Frequently ask Questions - Audioengine EU

General FAQs
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Spotify Disclosure with B-Fi/A1-MR
  - In order to stream Spotify to the Audioengine B-FI or A1-MR, Spotify requires a paid Premium account. This unlocks the Spotify-Connect feature within the app to send the audio to your Audioengine B-FI/A1-MR. A single device using a personal (1 user only) Spotify Premium account cannot play multiple songs simultaneously. However, this would be possible with a family plan and more than 1 device (B-Fi or A1-MR) though.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- How do I connect my HD3/HD4 speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our HD3 and HD4 speakers
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the front panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine HD3 (or HD4)” to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the front panel should be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button on the front panel until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- My A1/A1-MR speakers sound distorted, what should I do?
  - If your A1 or A1-MR speakers sound distorted, are buzzing, or just don’t sound quite right, we’d recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using the stereo mini input and Bluetooth (or WiFi in the case of the A1-MR), one at a time, to see how the speakers react.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- How do I connect a subwoofer to the A1 or A1-MR ?
  - You can use either a single LFE RCA cable or stereo white/red RCA cable. Connect FROM your powered speaker’s ‘Subwoofer’ output TO your subwoofer’s ‘Left’ RCA input or the subwoofer’s LFE input. For stereo RCA cables, just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Where’s the speakers’ EQ control?
  - There are no EQ controls on Audioengine speakers, but EQ can be controlled in software for your digital audio sources, and from preamp EQ hardware, legacy receivers, etc. for analog sources.
- How to connect speakers to a TV?
  - Our options for connecting speakers to the TV are likely more limited, depending on what kind of audio output options the TV has. Most older televisions have an analog audio output, and this can be connected to any of our powered speakers. However, most newer TVs have removed the analog output option and only provide optical or HDMI Arc outputs. Many also have Bluetooth. If you are OK using Bluetooth for the TV, any of our Bluetooth capable speakers would work. That said, depending on the implementation on the TV, there is the possibility of lag and you may have to manually connect each time you turn off the TV. For a wired connection, only our HD6 speakers have an optical input. These were designed to provide easier connectivity to a TV, and to be used as medium to large room speakers. For a wired connection from the TV to any other speakers we make, an external digital to analog converter (DAC) would be needed to convert the optical output to analog, and then that could be connected to our powered speakers. The drawback of using the optical output is that normally it is a fixed output and the TV remote will not control the volume. The volume would have to be controlled at the speakers or at the DAC if a separate one is being used.
- Low volume from my speakers?
  - It’s important to note that your source device (whatever you are using to send audio TO your speakers) can impact the volume of the speakers as well. For instance, if you have them connected to a computer/laptop/tablet, you would need to make sure your device’s system volume is raised. If it’s only set to 25% or 50%, that will limit how loud the speakers can get. This is true when using either a wired connection or when connected via Bluetooth. If you are using the speakers with a turntable that has a built in pre-amp, then double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” If you do not have a phono pre-amp, you would need to pick one up to properly connect our speakers to the turntable.
- Common Audio File Formats
  - AAC AAC (Advanced Audio Coding) refers to digital audio coding standard that represent audio files based on lossy audio compression. It was launched as successor of MP3 file format. AAC achieves better sound quality as compared to MP3 at the same bit rate. The format was adopted as default media format by YouTube, iPhone, iPod, iPad, Apple iTunes and several other platforms. WMA A .WMA file is a Windows Media Audio file. WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio. The files that contain the .wma extension are audio files that are used mostly for music. The WMA file format is proprietary to Microsoft. WMA files are compressed, similar to MP3 files. A lossless version of WMA does exist (WMA-L), but most WMA files use a lossy compression system. MP3 The MP3 format is a compression system for music. The goal of using MP3 is to compress a CD-quality song by a factor of 10 to 14 without noticeably affecting the CD-quality sound. With MP3, a 32-megabyte song on a CD compresses down to about 3 MB. This lets you download a song much more quickly, and store hundreds of songs on your computer’s hard disk. MP3 files are commonly used to store audio tracks, podcasts, lectures, sermons, and audiobooks. OGG An OGG file is a compressed audio file that uses free, unpatented Ogg Vorbis audio compression. It is similar to an .MP3 file, but sounds better than an MP3 file of equal size, and may include song metadata, such as artist information and track data. OGG files are supported by many software music players and some portable music players. Vorbis is the most popular and common type of .ogg file, but there are numerous others. In addition to the .ogg extension, you may also see .ogv, .oga, .ogx, .ogm, .spx, and .opus. FLAC A FLAC file is an audio file compressed in the Free Lossless Audio Codec (FLAC) format, which is an open-source lossless audio compression format. It is similar to an .MP3 file, but is compressed without any loss in quality or loss of any original audio data. ALAC The ALAC file extension is short for Apple Lossless Audio Codec (ALAC). These files use M4A format because ALAC is a codec used for encoding audio data and not an audio file container format like an MPEG-4 file. These are audio files used for storing digital music in lossless format without losing any sound quality from the original audio data. WAV A WAV file is a raw audio format created by Microsoft and IBM. The format uses containers to store audio data, track numbers, sample rate, and bit rate. WAV files are uncompressed lossless audio and as such can take up quite a bit of space, coming in around 10 MB per minute with a maximum file size of 4 GB. WAV files are generally going to be much larger than other popular audio file types, like MP3, due to the fact they are typically uncompressed (compression is supported, though). Because of this, they’re mainly used in the professional music recording industry to retain the maximum quality of audio. AIFF An AIFF file is an audio file saved in the Audio Interchange File Format (AIFF). It contains high-quality audio saved in an uncompressed, lossless format. AIFF files may also be saved as .AIF files or .AIFC files (if they are compressed). Unlike .MP3 files, AIFF files are uncompressed. Because AIFF files’ data is not compressed, AIFF files typically contain higher-quality audio than similar MP3 files. However, the files also take up more disk space since they contain more data.
- My volume knob has become loose/unresponsive – what should I do?
  - You may have a loose volume pot. This can happen when the nut that holds the volume pot in place becomes loose. This can be easily accessed and tightened without opening the speakers up. Try this: 1) Pull the plastic volume knob off the volume pot. Depending on how tight it’s on, you might be able to pull it off with just your fingers. If not, you may need to cover the knob with a soft cloth and pull out with pliers. 2) Use a deep well 10mm socket (or socket driver) to tighten the nut around the volume pots shaft. 3) Press the plastic volume knob back over the volume pot’s shaft, and retest.
- Why is Windows 10 is asking me for PIN when I try to pair my computer to your speakers/B1 via Bluetooth?
  - Although we do not require a PIN for pairing to any of our products via Bluetooth, there are instances in which Windows requests this info. Entering ‘0000’ should resolve this issue when you are prompted to do so.
- Why do my speakers hum when connected to my turntable?
  - ‘-Make sure your speakers are not sitting on the same surface as your turntable as this can cause distortion in the audio. -Check your tone arm to assure it is calibrated and balanced. -If your turntable has a grounding cable, make sure it’s attached to a nearby metallic source like an external phono preamp/stereo receiver/etc. -If your turntable has a built-in bluetooth transmitter, make sure it is not both hardwired and bluetooth-connected to your Audioengine speaker system as this will cause a feedback loop. You can manually disconnect any bluetooth-connected source from your Audioengine speakers by holding down the bluetooth LED button for a few seconds till it starts blinking.
- What fuse do my A5+ or HD6 speakers use?
  - In countries such as the US, Canada, and Japan the fuse is a 110-120V AC power is a 5mm x 20mm 3.15 amp @ 250 – slow blow fuse. If you are outside those mentioned countries, please use a 220-240v is a 5mm x 20mm 1.6 amp @250 – slow blow fuse.
- Can I connect the powered speaker to the passive one wirelessly?
  - No. There is not a way to do this wirelessly. Our speakers require speaker wire to connect the left and right channels together.
- The included speaker wire doesn’t look like it will fit. What gives?
  - Don’t worry! It will fit. Some of our speakers include speaker wire that is terminated with “banana plugs”. It’s important for this connection to be very tight; so, the metal ends of the banana plugs make good contact against the inside of the 5-way binding post. It’s for this reason that the Banana plugs we use on the included speaker wire utilize a spring style connection. The ends may appear too large to fit in the hole at the end of the 5-way binding post, but the plug will compress as you insert them. Some amount of force may be necessary to get the plug to go in, but know that this is normal, and won’t damage the plug or the 5-way binding post. Click here to view a video demonstration.
- Can I use Audioengine speakers with an existing Sonos setup?
  - Absolutely! You can connect any Audioengine speaker with an analog output to any Sonos product that has the Line-In feature. You can also connect any Audioengine passive speakers into an existing Sonos system using the Sonos Amp.
- Can I connect Alexa to my wireless Audioengine speakers?
  - Absolutely! To do so:
    - Open the Alexa App on your smartphone or tablet (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo/Alexa device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices, and select it
- Will I hear buzz from the speakers if I place my phone near them?
  - All Audioengine speakers are video and magnetically-shielded, however “GSM buzz” cannot be blocked by magnetic shielding. What actually causes this is your phone being in 2G or “EDGE” instead of 3G or 4G. For best results when using your phone as a music source, ensure that it’s operating on 3G (or 4G).
- What could be causing the crackling/popping sound coming from my speakers?
  - There are several common causes to static popping with desktop speaker setups. While our systems are magnetically shielded, interference and perceived popping/static can still come through. Here are some things to check: Audio Cables: Ensure your cables are fully inserted into the audio ports as partially inserted cables are susceptible to static and buzzing. Try a different cable if the issues persist. Wireless Interference: Another common cause is the proximity to devices like cell phones, wifi routers, halogen lamps, ect whose interference could cause a crackling sound. Try moving the system away from these devices to see if it clears up. *If you’re home music system is near a router/modem and you’re unable to move the speakers, you can also try upgrading your ethernet cable to Cat 8 as it has significantly improved shielding from EMI* Dirty Volume Pots: If this occurs when adjusting the volume, the crackling/popping could be the result of a dirty volume pot! To clean it, Try this – unplug the power cord and interconnects from your active speaker or N22 and turn the volume knob quickly from 0% to 100% 20-30 times. After that, plug it back in and give it a listen. If this shows any noticeable improvement, it can be repeated and should restore the set back to normal after a few cycles. If the issue persists, please let us know and we will be happy to help you out!
- The back of my powered speaker gets really hot! Is that normal?
  - Yes! Our amplifiers are all analog “class A/B”, which run at higher temperatures than other amp designs. Because of this, they sound SO MUCH better! The active speaker’s rear panel may get hot to the touch, but it’s certainly within safety agency standards. If it’s truly overheating, (which is extraordinarily rare) you will likely notice a metallic smell. Then, the speakers will likely auto power off. If this happens, please contact customer support right away.
- My order confirmation shows the same address for billing and shipping, but they should be different. What should I do?
  - Don’t worry! No change is necessary! When an order is placed, it often will show the same address for both billing and shipping on our end. But again, don’t worry. Since the payment went through PayPal, Bolt or Amazon Pay, the payment itself is the only part that must have the correct billing address to submit successfully. This means that you would have had to have entered the correct billing address at the time of the payment for the order to go through. As long as the shipping address is correct, we will get it to the right place.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, but one speaker sounds very distorted. What can I do?
  - There are a few things that could cause this issue. You may need to adjust the counter balance weight on your turntable’s tonearm. If there’s too much or too little tracking weight, this can cause issues like distortion. It could also be bad for your records! You can also test your speakers with a different source. This would help you confirm whether the issue is with the speakers themselves or the turntable. If you find that the issue persists across different types of devices, be sure to reach out to our customer support team for assistance!
- Are Audioengine subwoofers magnetically shielded?
  - Yes! All of our speakers and subwoofers are directly video shielded. They also allow the user to place the speakers or subwoofer within a few inches of a video monitor. In addition, this shielding offers protection for hard-drive digital music players.
- Audio and video aren’t in sync when using Bluetooth. This wasn’t happening before. What happened?
  - Don’t worry! Your Audioengine product is most likely not the problem. Audioengine Bluetooth products are designed to have very low latency (<30ms). It’s important to know that your source device has an impact on latency as well. Issues with the sound being out of sync can sometimes happen when your source’s software is not up-to-date; so, be sure to update your source’s operating system (OS) if an update is available. Rebooting your source and speakers can help correct issues with sound delay as well.
- Can I use my Amazon gift card balance if I’m using AmazonPay?
  - No. Amazon will allow the use of any stored method of payment, but gift card balances can only be used on purchases made directly on Amazon.
- The LED indicator on my power supply is not on and solid. What does this mean?
  - If the LED indicator on your power supply is off, then you may simply need a replacement power supply. You can find replacement power supplies for the original A2s and N22 here: https://audioengineusa.com/shop/accessories/a2-n22-replacement-power-supply/ Also, you can find A2+ or HD3 replacement power supplies here: https://audioengineusa.com/shop/accessories/a2-plus-hd3-replacement-power-supply/ However, please contact customer support if the LED indicator on your power supply is blinking on and off. This may indicate an issue with the speakers.
- What are the “silk dome” tweeters and woofers really made of?
  - Our silk dome tweeters and woofers are made of a synthetic silk that performs much better than real silk would. This also means that no animals are harmed in the making of our products!
- How do I connect bare speaker wire to my speakers?
  - Connecting the speaker wire 1. Use your thumb and finger to unscrew the connectors. 2. Insert each speaker wire into the holes on the side of connectors. 3. Retighten the connectors with your fingers. 4. The bare portion of the wire should be secured firmly in each connector. Repeat the procedure to connect the other end of the speaker wire to the other speaker. Check to make sure none of the speaker wire strands have come in contact with a nearby connector. As the A2+ speakers have the power amplifiers built inside, do not connect the speaker terminals to the speaker outputs of a stereo receiver.
- Can I turn Bluetooth off so my neighbors can’t connect to my speakers or B1?
  - It’s not possible to completely disable Bluetooth, but when in Pair or Discovery mode (when the button is flashing) Pair mode will automatically turn off after 5 minutes. Your speaker/B1 will be undiscoverable to unpaired devices but will remain visible to any device previously paired, so you can easily connect and disconnect from your phone, computer, or tablet. If you want to pair more devices, you can wake up Bluetooth again by pressing the Pair button on the speaker or B1, which will then start flashing to indicate it’s ready to pair.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Are Audioengine products compatible with Bluetooth 5.0?
  - Yes! We incorporate all the relevant functions and features from Bluetooth 5.0 that apply to our products! These features include; extended range, low latency (so that video and audio sync properly), as well as higher level aptX-HD, aptX, and AAC codecs (with the exception of our 512 portable speaker which supports SBC only). Keep in mind that the capability of the source is what controls the Bluetooth experience.
- Why don’t my speakers have more bass?
  - If the speaker wire connections on one side are swapped, this can result in a sound that is “scooped” where the lower frequency sounds that are mostly equal between the left and right speakers are reaching you out of phase with one another. This can result in the speakers sounding like they are lacking in bass. To check for this, make sure that the speaker wires are connected to the same color 5-way binding post on each side.
- If I connect my turntable to Audioengine speakers, do I need a phono preamp? Or can I simply connect the turntable directly to the analog input?
  - All turntables require a phono preamp stage before connecting to Audioengine speakers. Many turntables have this built-in , while others do not and would require an external phono preamp. Check the turntable manufacturer’s website or user manual. Some turntables may even include Bluetooth, in which case you can pair and connect them to the speakers wirelessly!
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- Do I need a separate receiver for Audioengine powered speakers?
  - Nope! Audioengine powered speakers have amplifiers built-in. This means you don’t need any extra equipment, other than a source to play music on (smartphone, tablet, computer, CD player, turntable, etc). Just plug your source directly into the inputs on the rear panel of the left speaker with the included cables, or connect to them via Bluetooth, and voila! You’re listening to music!
- Can Audioengine speakers be used outside?
  - Absolutely! It’s tough to protect speakers and electronics from extreme changes in temperature and humidity. Due to that, we don’t recommend the permanent installation of our speakers outdoors. It’s fine though (encouraged even) to bring them outside with you all day, and our speakers are simple to set up and take down, making them perfect for this!
- Is it true that speaker placement really can make a difference in sound quality?
  - There are different theories, but rooms and tastes are different so it’s tough to specify a “correct” placement. We suggest you experiment with different locations to see what works for you. As a general rule of thumb for the best sound stage balance, the speakers should be equidistant from side walls and a different distance from rear walls. Our front-ported speakers (such as the A2+, A2+ Wireless, HD3, and P4 speakers) do not need any rear panel clearance for better bass but recommend keeping them a few inches from the rear wall for adequate ventilation.
- Will my music have a delay if I’m watching a movie or music video?
  - Technically, yes. But thankfully, it won’t really be noticeable! Our Bluetooth implementation only has a latency/delay of ~30ms (milliseconds). So for example, you can watch videos from apps like YouTube and stream the audio through your speakers without any noticeable lag. Your source does play a role in the latency response time though.
- I’m connected to the optical output of my TV but I’m not getting any sound. What can I do?
  - In your TV menu verify that “PCM STEREO” is selected and “DOLBY DIGITAL” is off.
- If I connect my Audioengine speakers to a computer, smartphone, tablet, or other music player, what volume level should I set on the player and speakers and what is the ideal overall volume level on the music source to get the cleanest distortion-free sound?
  - Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings, but putting the volume knob around 11 or 12 o’clock is a good starting place if you plan on using your music source (smartphone, computer, TV, etc.) as the master volume control.
- Can I use a subwoofer with Audioengine powered speakers?
  - Even though Audioengine speakers have big and tight low end (which will easily fill a room and rival floor standing speakers many times their size), you can also connect an external sub if you wish. You can do so by connecting your Audioengine speakers to your sub’s line-level input, or you can even add our W3 wireless adapter for a wireless subwoofer!
- Do Audioengine speakers come with speaker grills?
  - Our woofers are made of aramid fiber and the tweeter domes are silk. Both of these materials are very robust and can handle quite a bit, therefore we decided against grill covers for most of our speakers as they tend to negatively color the sound. The HD6 and HD3 speakers do come with magnetically attachable grills for customers to decide whether or not they would like to use them!
- If my speakers are in idle mode, why can I still hear a faint hum or hiss if I put my ear very close to the speaker?
  - Even though the final amp stage is shut down during sleep, the pre-amp stage is still powered up so a slight hiss is not uncommon. If you have an analog audio cable plugged in to the speakers but not into anything else, it’s possible this could be picking up some noise as well.
- Do Audioengine speakers have an auto-sleep, idle, or auto-power-off function? Can I leave them on all the time?
  - Yes they do! They are equipped with a power-saving circuit that turns off the speaker’s final stage amp. This idle mode activates right after you stop playing music. Due to this power-saving function, it’s perfectly fine for the speakers to stay on all the time!
- Can I drill holes in my Audioengine speakers and mount them to a wall?
  - Due to the electronics, cabinet materials and finish, it’s not a good idea to drill into your speakers, but you can use side clamping mounts as an alternative. Mounts that clamp from the front and back may obstruct the bass port.
- Are two separate stereo speakers better?
  - We are firm believers that two quality speakers will always sound better than one or more speakers together in a single cabinet, regardless of the amplifier or sound enhancing technology used. There are some decent one-piece speaker systems that simulate stereo and surround sound from a single source but most fall short as they can’t accurately duplicate a wide sound stage with imaging as complete and rich as Audioengine speakers.
- Some people want to upgrade the audio on their TV’s but aren’t necessarily interested in surround sound. Can I hook up Audioengine speakers to my TV instead of buying a surround sound system or soundbar?
  - Audioengine speakers can be easily connected to your TV set as long as there are analog outputs available. Any of our speakers will provide a greatly enhanced TV audio experience with a wider soundstage and better imaging than most sound bars.
- If I connect my Audioengine speakers to a computer, phone, or other music player, what is the ideal volume level on the speakers and music source to get the cleanest distortion-free sound?
  - Every setup is different but we generally recommend leaving your speaker volume at around 11 or 12 o’clock and then using your music source (phone, tablet, computer, TV, etc.) as the master volume control.
- What if my speakers or subwoofer have a hum or buzzing sound?
  - Hum or buzz in the speakers is usually caused by something external to the speakers which is coupling noise into the speaker system (either through the AC lines, cordless phone, wireless router, or directly from the source input). A common reason is that the entire system is set up such that a “ground loop” results. Basically, a ground loop occurs when the AC power grounds and the system signal grounds are not at the same electrical potential. Refer to our online Setup Guides for a list of things to try.
- If my speakers are in sleep or idle mode, why can I still hear a faint hum or hiss if I put my ear very close to the speaker?
  - Even though the final amp stage is shut down during sleep, the pre-amp stage is still powered up so a slight hiss is not uncommon. If you have an analog audio cable plugged in to the speakers but not into anything else, it’s also possible this could be picking up some noise as well.
- How can such small speakers have such clean-sounding, deep, tight bass?
  - One of the reasons Audioengine active and passive speakers have such amazing bass in such a small package are the designs of the bass ports on each speaker. These aren’t just holes or slots in the cabinets, but specifically shaped openings with tubes designed with precise calculations. The result is incredible low end with minimal audible air turbulence. These are effectively mini-subs built into each speaker, allowing Audioengine speakers to be used with or without a separate subwoofer. It’s also worth mentioning that we don’t use any enhancement circuits to add fake bass, so what you’ll hear is real bass- low and clean.
- Can I control Audioengine speakers with my TV remote control? What if my TV only has one audio output that cannot be controlled with the TV remote?
  - Although many TVs have only one L/R audio output, which typically defaults to fixed, this setting can be sometimes be changed via the on-screen menu so please check your manual to see which outputs are variable. If your TV has multiple audio outputs, the most commonly variable output would be the headphone output. If your TV doesn’t have a variable output at all, no worries; for larger speakers like the A5+ and HD6 we include a remote control that can adjust the volume of the speakers directly for just such a purpose.
- Are two separate speakers really better than one boombox or soundbar?
  - We are firm believers that two quality speakers will always sound better than one or more speakers together in a single cabinet, regardless of the amplifier or sound enhancing technology used. There are some decent one-piece speaker systems that simulate stereo and surround sound from a single source, but most fall way short as they can’t accurately duplicate a wide sound stage with imaging as complete and rich as Audioengine speakers.
- Some people want to upgrade the audio on their TV’s but aren’t necessarily interested in surround sound. Can I hook up some Audioengine speakers to my TV instead of buying a surround sound system or soundbar?
  - Audioengine speakers can be easily connected to the audio output on your TV set. Any of our speakers will provide an easy setup and a greatly enhanced TV audio experience with a wider soundstage and better imaging than most sound bars!
- I would like to connect my speakers to my Panasonic DVD player or TV or even my Denon stereo. Is this possible?
  - Yes, absolutely. All your A/V gear with an RCA or mini-jack 1/8″ connector (even a headphone jack) will work great with Audioengine powered speakers.
- How can I stream music from my computer to multiple Audioengine speakers or other stereo systems?
  - Check out our W3 Wireless Adapter set. These adapters allow you to stream wireless audio from any program/website/player to our speakers and subwoofer. Apple’s AirPort Express, the SONOS Connect, and Google’s Chromecast Audio are other options that can be added to Audioengine speakers. Where the W3 is a self-contained solution, these products instead rely on your existing home network to send music to multiple speakers at once.
- I have an Android phone that includes an IR transmitter. Can I use my phone to control the them?
  - Yes! We’ve been notified that several Android IR Remote Apps support Audioengine remote commands. So if you have a phone with an IR blaster, you can use the App to raise or lower the volume on your A5+/A5+ Wireless or HD6 speakers with your phone! Simply download one of the many IR Remote Apps on Google Play, and test them out.
- If I connect my Audioengine speakers to a computer, smartphone, or other music player, what volume level should I set on the player and speakers? What is the ideal overall volume level on the music source to get the cleanest distortion-free sound?
  - Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your prefered settings, but around 11 or 12 o’clock is a good starting place if you plan on using your music source (smartphone, computer, TV, etc.) as the master volume control.
- Can I have more than one source connected to the speakers? If I have 2 inputs plugged in at the same time, how do I switch between them?
  - Absolutely! Audioengine self-powered speakers include multiple analog inputs (in addition to digital inputs like USB, optical, or Bluetooth). These analog inputs are “open,” or active, meaning there isn’t any sort of switching built into the speakers; if both sources were playing while connected to the speakers, both would be audible. This makes it so you can leave 2 analog audio sources plugged in at the same time with no need to flip any switches!
- Is it OK to connect Audioengine active speakers to my stereo receiver or integrated amplifier?
  - Because Audioengine active speakers already have an amp built in, you never want to connect it to the amplifier output of a stereo amp or AV receiver that would typically connect with bare speaker wire or banana plugs. If you want to use an existing AV receiver as an input switcher and that system has preamp outputs (these would typically be RCA), you could connect these to the RCA inputs on your Audioengine powered speakers.
- The headphone jack on my computer is noisy but I want to connect my Audioengine speakers to my Mac. What do I do?
  - Some computer headphone outputs are noisy and have poor audio quality. If this is your computer, try streaming wirelessly to your A5+ Wireless. Or, check out our D1 or D3 wired DACs for 24-bit playback.
- Why do digital music files sound better with Audioengine speakers?
  - Audioengine speakers were specially designed and tuned to make MP3 and other digital music files sound great. We spent many months tuning each speaker and almost exclusively used various compresses and lossless files types encoded at different bitrates during this process. Even though we are big fans of digital music, your turntable or reel-to-reel tape player will sound equally great.
- Will Audioengine speakers work with a PC or Mac?
  - Absolutely! Use the computer’s headphone output, soundcard, or DAC audio output from your Mac or PC directly into Audioengine speakers and you’re good to go. PC, Mac, laptop or any computer.
- What makes Audioengine wireless Bluetooth speakers and receivers better than other Bluetooth systems?
  - Some of the features we feel make our products better are overall ease of setup, high-quality audio components and design, as well as high interference tolerance – all the good stuff that’s important for a wireless product to be of any real use. Audioengine Bluetooth products also features a higher signal-to-noise ratio due to the inclusion of a 24-bit high-performance DAC and much better wireless range than most Bluetooth products – up to 100 FT in most cases.
- Can Audioengine speakers be placed on their sides?
  - Yes, and we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Will the sound be affected if I place the left (active) speaker on the right side and the right speaker on the left?
  - Swapping sides will not have any negative effect on the soundstage or quality/clarity of the speakers. This will simply give you the reverse of what the artist intended for you to hear.
- Can I increase the length or change the speaker wire between each speaker?
  - Sure. For the best audio performance we’ve included 6.5 feet of 16 gauge wire with each powered speaker system but any “stranded” speaker wire will work. The speaker binding posts on the back of each cabinet will accept bare stranded wire, however you can also use wires terminated with spade lugs, banana plugs, or pins.
- Is it true that speaker placement really can make a difference in sound quality?
  - There are different theories but rooms and tastes are different so it’s tough to specify a correct placement. We suggest you experiment with different locations to see what works for you. As a general rule of thumb for the best sound stage balance, the speakers should be equidistant from side walls and a different distance from rear walls. Our rear-ported speakers (such as the A5+, HD6, and HDP6) pretty forgiving when it come to being placed near walls, but we do recommend keeping them at least a few inches from the rear wall for adequate ventilation.
- Do higher power output ratings for audio gear mean louder or better sounding speakers?
  - Not necessarily. Audioengine speakers and amplifiers are very efficient and designed together as a system so therefore we get more volume output than stereo receivers or amplifiers that might higher wattage or power numbers. Due to this tuning we achieve big sound outputs with a fraction of the power required by other systems.
- Can I take my Audioengine speakers to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, just switch the voltage selector on the rear panel to match the AC power for the country you are in before powering them on. We recommend changing the fuse when using a different voltage. For 220 volts, here’s the value you would need: 5mm x 20mm – 1.6 amps @ 250 volts. The power cable is detachable on our powered speakers which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- Can I use a power inverter with Audioengine speakers?
  - Sure! You will need about 100-120 watts.
- What is the AC power cable type for Audioengine powered speakers?
  - We use non-polarized 2-Pin IEC 320-C7 cables. These are fairly standard cables, and you should be able to find them locally if needed. You can also find them in the Accessories section in our store.
- What is the difference between powered and active speakers?
  - There are a few notable differences but both designs function basically the same. “Active” and “powered” speakers refer to speakers with power amplifiers built into either one speaker or both. Audioengine speakers were designed with the power amps in the left speaker to make connections easier as they only require one power cord and all connections are on the same speaker.
- Why do I have to plug one speaker into the wall?
  - Audioengine powered speaker models have a built-in power amplifier in the left speaker so you won’t need a stereo receiver or other extra components for power.
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Why is the Bluetooth LED orange instead of white?
  - If the Bluetooth LED is illuminated orange that means you are streaming in aptX HD which is a higher grade of Bluetooth signal.
- Where can I find the serial number?
  - Here’s how to find the serial number of your Audioengine product: On powered speakers (such as the A5+, A2+ HD6, HD3, S8, and B2) you can find the serial number on the back of the powered speaker underneath the barcode.
    - The P4s will have a white sticker located near the binding posts on the back of either speaker, which will have the serial number underneath the barcode.
    - On products like the D1, B1, and D2, you can find the serial number on the bottom of the unit after “Serial Number”.
    - On the W3, the serial number can be found on the white sticker on the packaging on both the outer and inner box.
    - The N22 serial number can be found on the silver sticker on the back of the amplifier.
    With the exception of the D1, B1, D2, and both the DS1 and DS2 desktop stands, you can also find the serial number on the packaging on the white square sticker.
- Are your refurbished products covered by your warranty?
  - Yes! All of our refurbished products carry the same three-year warranty as our new products.
- Interference from my wireless modem?
  - If you’re running into noise issues with nothing plugged into your speakers, it’s possible this could be due to interference from a nearby wireless source, such as a modem or phone; typically this presents itself as a hum or buzz. One thing we’d recommend is turning off nearby components one by one to see how that affects things; this can help narrow down the culprit. If a particular component, like a nearby modem, is causing interference with the speakers, we’d recommend experimenting with placement of either the device or the speakers to see if moving things around alleviates the problem. If you continue to have problems, don’t hesitate to open a support ticket at the main support page.
- Tell us more about the LINK cables offered on your website
  - We’ve partnered with a company called LINK and as a result, we now offer LINK brand cables on our webpage. LINK cables are high quality cables hand-assembled here in the States using quality materials. If you’re wanting to upgrade your audio cables, LINK cables are definitely a solid choice!
- Would there be any difference in sound quality between mini-stereo (3.5mm) and RCA?
  - There shouldn’t be. Both mini-stereo and RCA send out the same analog signal, just in a different way.
- Are there any plans to incorporate Airplay technology into Audioengine products?
  - At this time, we are actively collecting information to answer inquiries about Airplay 2 and Homekit. Please stay tuned for more info by signing up for our newsletter here: https://audioengineusa.com/email-newsletter-signup/
- What’s so great about TIDAL?
  - Here in the Audioengine offices, we’ve been using TIDAL and think it’s a great service, especially for those who want to stream high quality audio. TIDAL tracks and albums are streamed at 1411 Kbps instead of 256-320 Kbps (used by Apple Music, Spotify and others). There’s more bits in the stream, so you hear details and ambient cues that are missing on lower bit services. Tidal is a true music lovers dream featuring over 35 million tracks and 75,000 high definition videos. You can even download as much music as your devices can handle and listen off-line.
- The headphone jack on my computer is noisy but I want to connect my Audioengine speakers to it. What do I do?
  - Some computer headphone outputs are noisy and have poor audio quality. If this is your computer, try our W3 wireless adapter (basically a wireless DAC with an analog output) or our D1 or D3 wired DACs for 24-bit playback.
- How can one of your external computer DACs improve my music?
  - An external DAC is essentially a very high end external sound card. Its components, and the implementation of those components, make it more capable than what might be built into a computer, not to mention the benefit of moving those sensitive components outside and away from the potentially noisy interior of your computer. All of this means that the signal your speakers receive will be clearer, with a lower noise-floor. Also, the signal will have a more pronounced dynamic range over your internal sound card.
- How do I find out more information about DACs and computer audio?
  - There are some excellent online computer audio forums. A quick search will turn up everything you need to know about the best hardware and software. Computer audio is quickly evolving; however, so we suggest to check and make sure the information you find is up to date.
- What’s the difference between your factory refurbished products and new stock?
  - Audioengine Factory Refurbished Products are customer returns or new items with slight cosmetic blemishes that undergo Audioengine’s stringent refurbishment process prior to being offered for sale. Each Refurbished Product:
    - is fully tested.
    - is refurbished with replacement parts for any defects identified in testing.
    - is put through a thorough cleaning process and inspection.
    - is repackaged (including appropriate manuals, cables, etc.).
    - is placed into a Final QA inspection prior to being added to sellable refurbished stock.
    Refurbishment procedures follow the same basic technical guidelines as Audioengine’s Finished Goods testing procedures. We test and certify all Audioengine refurbished products and include our standard 3-year warranty and are eligible for our 30 Day Audition Period. Please note that promotional discount codes do not apply to refurbished products.
A2+ Powered Speakers
- Audioengine A2+ vs Edifier R1280DBs: Why A2+ Stands Out
  - Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DBs
    - Key Specifications
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Other Noteworthy Features
    - Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Edifier R1280DBs Overview
    - Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A2+
      
      Edifier R1280DBs
    - Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the realm of powered desktop speakers, the distinction between a good and an exceptional audio experience can be vast. The Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DBs both offer quality sound and features, but a closer look reveals why the A2+ is the superior choice for audiophiles and casual listeners alike.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/8JwbciPX0hE
    
    Main Differences Between Edifier R1280DBs and Audioengine A2+
    
    The Audioengine A2+ sets itself apart through its premium build quality, superior sound performance, and versatile connectivity options. Emphasizing a richer audio experience and modern aesthetics. While the Edifier R1280DBs aim for affordability and functionality, they do not offer the same level of premium materials or sound quality.
    
    Key Specifications
    - Audioengine A2+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB
    - Power Output: 60-Watt Peak Power Total
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX, USB, Analog Inputs
    - Edifier R1280DBs:
    - Built-in Amplifier Power: Up to 42 Watts
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0, RCA Inputs
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A2+ showcases its superior design with real-wood cabinets that are both hand-crafted and hand-painted, available in Satin Black, High Gloss White, High Gloss Red, and Matte Blue. This attention to detail sets them apart from the Edifier R1280DBs, which, despite having real wood cabinets, do not offer the same level of craftsmanship, lacking the hand-crafted and painted qualities that pushes the A2+ to a higher standard of design excellence.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    The Audioengine A2+ stands out with its 60 watts of power, supported by a Class AB amplifier and Bluetooth aptX, for a superior sound experience. In contrast, the Edifier R1280DBs, although featuring Bluetooth 5.0, are limited to a 42-watt output, which does not allow for the same level of volume or audio clarity, emphasizing the A2+’s enhanced sound capabilities.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine enhances customer confidence with US-based customer phone support, a 30-day audition period, and a 3-year warranty, highlighting its commitment to product excellence. Conversely, Edifier offers essential support with a 30-day return policy and a 2-year warranty.
    
    Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Superior Sound Quality: With its built-in DAC and AB Amplifier, the A2+ allows you to hear your favorite songs the way the artist intended.
    - Premium Design: The hand-crafted and hand-painted wood cabinets not only provide superior acoustics but also add a touch of elegance to your space.
    - Versatile Connectivity: The A2+ supports a wide range of devices through Bluetooth aptX, USB, and analog inputs, ensuring compatibility with any setup.
    - Exceptional Customer Support: Audioengine’s commitment to customer satisfaction is evident in their responsive US-based customer phone support and comprehensive 3-year warranty.
    Edifier R1280DBs Overview
    
    While the Edifier R1280DBs are a solid choice for those on a budget, offering Bluetooth connectivity and a practical design, they lack the A2+’s premium finish, signature Audioengine sound quality, and industry leading customer support.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A2+
    - Pros: Exceptional sound quality; elegant, hand-crafted design; versatile connectivity; superior customer support.
    - Cons: Higher price but justified by the superior sound quality and craftsmanship.
    Edifier R1280DBs
    - Pros: Affordable, good for basic needs, and includes remote control.
    - Cons: Sound and build quality cannot match the A2+; limited support.
    Conclusion
    
    While both the Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DB offer quality sound and features, a closer look revealed that the Audioengine A2+ is the superior choice for both audiophiles and casual listeners. Through the hand-crafted and hand-painted cabinets and superior sound quality, the A2+ proves to be the best choice.
- Kanto YU2 vs. Audioengine A2+: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Kanto YU2 vs Audioengine A2+: Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Kanto YU2 and Audioengine A2+
    - Key Specifications
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Kanto YU2 Overview
    - Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Customer Service and Warranty
    - Pros and Cons
    - Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the competitive world of desktop audio systems, the difference between an average and exceptional experience is marked by details that go beyond mere volume. The Audioengine A2+ and Kanto YU2 both strive to dominate this niche, but the A2+ stands out significantly in both performance and design.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A2+ and Kanto YU2
    - The Audioengine A2+ excels with its Class AB amplifier, known for superior sound quality, over the Kanto YU2’s Class D amplifier.
    - The YU2 does not support Bluetooth. The A2+ supports Bluetooth with Qualcomm’s advanced aptX codec offering clearer, more versatile connectivity than the wired capabilities of the YU2.
    - With discrete analog crossovers, the A2+ ensures a more refined audio separation compared to the YU2’s digital approach.
    - Front-ported speakers, like the Audioengine A2+, offer greater flexibility in placement and better bass response in confined spaces compared to rear-ported designs, like the Kanto YU2, which require more room to avoid bass buildup and distortion.
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine A2+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB Analog
    - Power Output: 60W Peak Power Total (30W Peak per Channel)
    - Inputs: 3.5mm Stereo Mini-Jack, RCA, USB, Bluetooth aptX
    Kanto YU2:
    - Amplifier Type: Class D
    - Power Output: 100W Peak Power (50 Watts Total RMS)
    - Inputs: 3.5mm Mini-Jack AUX, USB, NO RCA INPUT
    Overall Design
    
    Audioengine A2+ not only prioritizes acoustic quality but also highlights detailed attention to design. Each speaker is hand-crafted from real wood and hand-painted using the same 13-step process as a baby grand piano. This not only enhances the aesthetic of any setup but also improves audio performance by reducing unwanted resonances, providing a warmer and more natural sound compared to materials like plastic or metal. This level of craftsmanship is not seen in the Kanto YU2, which opts for a more simplistic approach, lacking the A2+’s hand-painted and handcrafted real wood finish.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    The A2+ leverages its powerful Class AB amplifier to deliver an expansive and detailed sound, making it ideal for diverse audio settings from quiet background music to party-level sound without distortion. In contrast, the Kanto YU2, although capable within smaller spaces, struggles to maintain clarity at higher volumes due to its Class D amplifier configuration, highlighting the A2+ as the more versatile and superior-sounding option.
    
    Kanto YU2 Overview
    
    The Kanto YU2, while a competent competitor in the budget speaker market, is designed with basic functionality in mind. It offers a basic digital audio connection via USB and a minimal physical footprint, making it suitable for desktop environments where space is at a premium. However, it lacks the robust feature set and acoustic fidelity that define the A2+, positioning it as a more entry-level option.
    
    Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    
    Beyond delivering exceptional sound quality, the A2+ excels with user-friendly features such as extended-range wireless Bluetooth aptX and multiple input options, ensuring seamless connectivity across devices. This simplicity extends to the speaker’s operation, where inputs are always ready to accept signals without the need to toggle between sources manually, making the A2+ both powerful and incredibly convenient for daily use.
    
    Customer Service and Warranty
    
    Audioengine is dedicated to exceptional customer service and reliability, offering a comprehensive 3-year warranty on all products, which far surpasses the industry standard. This commitment is highlighted by the unique 30-day audition period, allowing customers to experience the quality of the A2+ in their own space. Moreover, Audioengine prides itself on US-based customer phone support where clients can speak directly to knowledgeable staff who work collaboratively to resolve any issues. This contrasts with Kanto’s offering, which includes only a 2-year warranty, reflecting a lesser commitment to customer assurance and product longevity.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A2+:
    
    Pros: Exceptional sound quality due to class AB amplifier and integrated DAC; handcrafted, hand-painted real wood design; versatile connectivity; superior customer support.
    
    Cons: Fewer color options and slightly taller design.
    
    Kanto YU2:
    
    Pros: Suitable for limited-space setups and seven color options
    
    Cons: Compromised sound quality at higher volumes, less detailed design, and compressed customer service.
    
    Conclusion
    
    Comparing the Audioengine A2+ and Kanto YU2 reveals a clear disparity in quality and value. The A2+ not only outperforms the YU2 in terms of sound and design but also in its comprehensive feature set and customer-centric offerings. For those seeking a superior desktop audio experience, the A2+ proves an unbeatable choice. Cementing A2+’s position as the preferred system for both audiophiles and casual users seeking premium sound on their desktop.
- Audioengine A2+ Rated Best Desktop Speakers of 2024 by NYMag.com
  - Audioengine’s A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers have clinched the title of Best Desktop Speaker of 2024, as declared by New York Magazine. This recognition shines a spotlight on the A2+’s superior sound quality, wrapped in the sleek, new matte blue finish.
    
    Read the full review
    
    In an era where desktop speakers often compromise on quality for design, Audioengine stands out by merging both without sacrifice. The A2+ is not just another speaker—it’s a statement of high-fidelity audio meeting bold, innovative design.
    
    Jennifer Conrad from New York Magazine remarked on the A2+’s impressive capabilities, noting,
    
    “The speakers easily filled my office with music at a low volume and could be turned up loud enough to fill most of my apartment.”
    
    This is what Audioengine aims for: robust, clear sound that can command any room, regardless of volume levels.
    
    Since its inception in 2005, Audioengine has been at the forefront of creating home music systems that redefine the listening experience.
    
    The A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers embody this mission, offering Bluetooth connectivity and an intuitive setup that appeals to audiophiles and casual listeners alike, and that is what makes them the best desktop speakers of 2024. The addition of the matte blue model to the A2+ lineup showcases Audioengine’s commitment to providing options that cater to the individual style of our users.
    
    This accolade from New York Magazine is a testament to Audioengine’s legacy of innovation and quality in the audio industry. It celebrates not just the superior sound of the A2+, but also the company’s ongoing commitment to enhancing the way music is experienced in personal and professional spaces.
    
    For those in pursuit of desktop speakers that refuse to compromise on sound or style, the Audioengine A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers, especially in the new matte blue variant, offer an unrivaled audio experience that stands out in 2024’s competitive landscape.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- My speakers have no power. What should I do?
  - On the A2+ Wireless/HD3 models with an external power supply brick, first test it by plugging into wall power and observing the LED light on the brick to see if its solid, blinking, out. If it’s blinking or out, the power supply is likely faulty. If the light is solid, proceed to plugging into the speaker and observe the power supply brick LED once more. If it’s blinking or out, there is likely an issue with the internal amp. Contact support if either has an issue.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- How easy is it to set up the A2+ Home Music System with Bluetooth?
  - Our A2+’s are an all-in-one system with no extra components needed except your phone or computer. Simply place the speakers where you want them and connect the power supply. Hook up the included speaker wire from the powered left speaker to the right passive speaker. Then connect your music source with the supplied cables – or go wireless with any Bluetooth enabled source device, like a computer, smartphone, or tablet. Here is a quick video that can be used as a reference: A2+ Setup Video (Please note – there is no audio associated with the video.)
- Does A2+ come with speaker grills?
  - The A2+s do not include detachable magnetic grills.
- If I have a subwoofer of my own, how would I use it with the A2+s?
  - All you would need to do is connect the variable output of the A2+ into the input of your sub using RCA cables.
- Can I use my headphones with the A2+s?
  - You wouldn’t be able to use a pair of headphones directly with the A2+s; in order to use headphones with the A2+s, you would need to include something with a dedicated headphone amp, such as our D1. All you would need to do is plug the D1 into your computer (either with an optical or USB cable) and connect the D1 from its RCA outputs into either of the inputs of your speakers.
- Is the bass response any different in the A2+ vs. the original A2?
  - In the new A2+, we’ve included a linear limiter which will manage the bass at the point where bass distortion starts to occur. Being a linear limiter, it will not chop the signal but instead retains the shape of the waveform, not allowing it to go into distortion. This means if you listen to the A2+ at higher levels you’ll notice the bass response is tamed and not as boomy. It’s important to note that the limiter will have no effect at normal listening levels.
- Can you stream music wirelessly to the A2+ with the Audioengine wireless adapters like you can with the A5+ Classic?
  - Yep, an AC wall outlet near the A2+ is all you need to power the AW3 wireless Receiver.
- If I connect my turntable to the A2+ will it be necessary to purchase a phono preamp or can I simply connect the turntable directly to the A2+ input?
  - Some turntables will need a preamp before being connected and others may have one built-in. With that in mind, it is best to check the turntable manufacturer’s website, the turntable’s user manual, or you can even try your turntable without the preamp first to see how it operates.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- Can I use a power inverter with my A2+?
  - Sure, for A2+ you will need an inverter that can supply about 50-60 watts.
- Can I take my A2+s to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, you can. The A2+ speakers use a switching power supply so it will automatically convert to the different voltage. The power cable is also detachable which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- How do I use my W3 wireless adapter with the A2+ powered speakers, since they don’t have a USB power plug built into the speakers?
  - Plug the W3 AC Power Supply (one adapter is included with the W3) into an AC outlet, connect the W3 Receiver into the adapter, and run the mini-jack cable from the Receiver to the A2+’s. If you’re not using your W3 transmitter with a computer, and need a second power supply for your setup, you can find extra power supplies here. You can also use spare USB phone or tablet chargers to power the W3, just make sure they can supply at least 500mA.
- Do the A2+s have an auto-sleep, idle, or auto-power-off function? Can I leave them on all the time?
  - The A2+ is equipped with a power-saving circuit that turns off the final stage of the speaker’s amplifier when no input signal is detected, so you can absolutely leave them on when not in use. This activates right after you stop playing music, and is instantaneous (as soon as the input signal stops and it disengages automatically once an input in reintroduced), so there shouldn’t be a noticeable delay when resuming audio. It’s also fine to power off your speakers when not in use if you prefer.
- Since the A2+ already has a built in DAC, does that mean I cannot use another one?
  - While the DAC in the A2+ is better than what might be built in to most computers, adding a 24 bit DAC, like our D1 or D3, would still be a benefit to audio quality.
- Can I use the A2+ with my iPad or iPhone via USB to bypass the internal DAC and get better sound?
  - Yes. You will need to pick up the USB Camera Adapter from Apple, which allows a USB connection to the iPad (and, as of iOS7, the iPhone). Then just hook up as you would from a computer.
- When using the USB input of the A2+, what bit rate and bit depth should I set my system to?
  - The A2+ internal DAC handles up to 48K transfer rate, and up to 16 bits bit-depth. Your system will generally default to these settings when you hook up the A2+. If you mainly use 44.1K files, you might set this as the default in your system. Many system players like JRiver and Amarra will default to the proper bit rate automatically.
- Why isn’t the A2+ available in the bamboo finish?
  - We researched adding a bamboo version to the A2+ line, but found that the speaker size is actually too small and costly to produce them in bamboo using the same process as with our A5+ and P4 speakers.
- What are the differences between A2+ the original A2?
  - Here are the upgrades made to the A2+:
    - USB digital-to-analog converter (DAC)
    - Variable audio output (connect a subwoofer or wirelessly send audio to other speakers with our optional W3 wireless adapter)
    - Upgraded speaker connectors
    - Upgraded power supply
    - Upgraded accessory cables
HD3 Wireless Speakers
- Dayton Audio MK402BTX vs. Audioengine HD3 Home Music System: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Audioengine HD3 and Dayton Audio MK402BTX
    - Key Specifications
    - Key Features
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Dayton Audio MK402BTX Overview
    - Audioengine HD3 Exclusive Advantages
    - Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine HD3
      
      Dayton Audio MK402BTX
    - Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    When choosing a Home Music System, the difference in quality and features between models can greatly influence the listening experience. The Audioengine HD3 offers premium sound quality and aesthetic design, while the Dayton Audio MK402BTX caters to those looking for functional simplicity. This comparison will detail how these models meet the needs of audiophiles and casual listeners alike.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine HD3 and Dayton Audio MK402BTX
    
    The Audioengine HD3 Home Music System is celebrated for its superior sound quality and compact, handcrafted design, featuring high-quality Bluetooth connectivity and versatile audio inputs. Conversely, the Dayton Audio MK402BTX focuses on basic functionality with its straightforward Bluetooth connectivity and lacks the refined audio clarity and design sophistication of the HD3.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine HD3:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB (Analog)
    - Power Output: 60 Watt Peak Power Total
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX HD, USB, Analog Inputs
    Dayton Audio MK402BTX:
    - Woofer Type: 4″ treated-paper woofer
    - Power Output: 40 Watts Output
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth 4.2, Auxiliary Input
    Key Features
    
    The Audioengine HD3 showcases a comprehensive suite of connectivity options, including advanced Bluetooth aptX-HD technology, which supports high-fidelity wireless streaming. This feature ensures superior audio transmission quality, preserving the integrity of sound through wireless connections. In contrast, the Dayton Audio MK402BTX provides only basic Bluetooth functionality, lacking support for high-definition codecs like aptX-HD. This limitation means that the MK402BTX may not deliver the same level of audio clarity and detail that HD3 users enjoy, specifically in wireless setups.
    
    Overall Design
    
    Audioengine’s HD3 stands out with its use of handcrafted, hand-painted real wood cabinets, significantly enhancing both aesthetics and acoustic performance. This commitment to high-quality materials and craftsmanship underlines Audioengine’s dedication to superior standards. Conversely, the Dayton Audio MK402BTX uses standard MDF cabinets, which, while functional, lack the craftsmanship and enhanced acoustic properties offered by the HD3’s real wood construction.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    Equipped with a Class AB amplifier, the Audioengine HD3 excels in delivering a rich, nuanced sound that maintains detail and depth across all volume levels. This sophisticated amplification not only enhances the audio fidelity but also ensures a dynamic range that preserves the subtleties of the music, making every listening session an immersive experience. On the other hand, the Dayton Audio MK402BTX, while equipped with a built-in amplifier, does not achieve the same level of sound quality. Its amplifier is less capable of handling complex audio tracks without losing clarity, especially at higher volumes, which results in a comparatively flat and less engaging audio experience.
    
    Dayton Audio MK402BTX Overview
    
    The Dayton Audio MK402BTX is engineered for straightforward audio delivery, prioritizing basic functionality and ease of use. This speaker system is ideal for users seeking straightforward sound output without additional features as it falls short of providing the nuanced listening experience that audiophiles seek. The MK402BTX’s design focuses on general utility rather than audio excellence, making it adequate for casual listening but not for those who appreciate depth and detail in their audio experience, areas where the Audioengine HD3 excels significantly.
    
    Audioengine HD3 Exclusive Advantages
    - Superior handcrafted, hand-painted design with real wood cabinets
    - Enhanced sound quality through Class AB amplification
    - Advanced connectivity including Bluetooth aptX-HD for hi-res streaming
    - Built-in headphone amp with a 24-bit DAC
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine HD3:
    - Pros: Superior audio quality; hand-crafted and hand-painted design; versatile connectivity; excellent customer support.
    - Cons: Higher cost, but reflects the superior quality, customer service, and features offered such as the built-in headphone amp and superior DAC.
    Dayton Audio MK402BTX:
    - Pros: Cost-effective; straightforward functionality.
    - Cons: Compromised audio quality due to basic amplifier capabilities; lacks advanced connectivity options; lacks craftsmanship in design.
    Conclusion
    
    For audiophiles and discerning listeners who value top-tier audio quality and design, the Audioengine HD3 is the clear choice. It provides a comprehensive audio solution with its superior craftsmanship and sound engineering. While the Dayton Audio MK402BTX offers a viable option for basic listening needs, it cannot match the HD3’s overall fidelity and aesthetic appeal.
- Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
  - Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
    
    Remember how in old science fiction movies a character could just talk out loud to a spaceship and it would do anything they commanded?
    
    The idea of voice control technology has long been embedded in our expectations for the “future”, and even though most of those old science fiction movie-makers couldn’t imagine computers any further-advanced than those already available in 1979, they certainly hit the nail on the head with their forecast of voice control. Nowadays, with the help of products like Amazon Echo (and its voice-controlled personal assistant ‘Alexa’), users can control aspects of their home just by verbalizing simple commands. But even with the huge strides this technology has made in recent years, it’s impossible to get audiophile-quality sound from the speakers in an Amazon Echo product. Audioengine can help with this, but before we dive into how, let’s talk a little more about the Amazon Echo.
    
    Is your Amazon Echo killing your audio quality?
    
    First, while Echo and Alexa do in fact go hand-in-hand, they are not the exact same thing.
    
    Echo is a line of smart speakers manufactured by Amazon, and Alexa is an intelligent personal assistant software used to control Echo. Users can speak aloud to give Alexa, and therefore Echo, verbal commands (always beginning with the wake word, ‘Alexa’) such as, “Alexa, play my favorite song,” or “Alexa, what’s on my calendar this Saturday?” Alexa will respond accordingly, so long as the questions asked or commands given are within Alexa’s realm of capability. With tons of Echo-compatible add-on products on the market, there really isn’t a whole lot that falls outside of Alexa’s wheelhouse.
    
    The most common commands Alexa handles are music-related: whether it’s calling up a Spotify playlist, turning up or down the volume, or finding a specific song you haven’t heard in years but are randomly thinking about and absolutely have to hear right this second!! The accessibility is astounding, no doubt, but its main consequence is that you are forced to listen to all your music on Echo’s built-in speakers instead of your own beastly audio system. This is not to say Amazon has ignored their sound quality altogether, but realistically there’s only so much a single speaker housing of that size can handle. Suffice it to say, there are limitations.
    
    Luckily, Amazon has implemented a crucial feature which expands its functionality to accommodate customers who want to be able to interact with Alexa and still enjoy listening to podcasts, music, and stock tips through exterior systems. That’s right, it’s quick and easy to connect your Echo to Bluetooth speakers:
    - Open the Alexa App (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine Wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices
    Bang, you’re done!
    
    Now you can treat Alexa as if it were any other input device; you can still have whatever other devices you so choose connected to your Audioengine speakers, and since Alexa can control Echo’s volume with a simple, “Alexa turn down volume,” you can leave Audioengine’s volume knob exactly where you like it and adjust volume accordingly with Alexa. If you have our S8 Powered Subwoofer connected wirelessly to your mains, this configuration will still work which means you’ll get full-spectrum high fidelity audio when listening to all your favorite songs, without sacrificing the unparalleled convenience provided by a product like Amazon Echo. This will also work with our standalone B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver in the event you have a set of wired speakers you want to turn into wireless speakers.
    
    Modern technology is really opening up doors… and windows… and exhaust fans… it’s basically blasting the roof off the whole place.
    
    We are reaching the point where we can do just about anything we want with voice control technology, as long as we have all the right accouterments. Products like Amazon Echo make life so easy it hurts… perhaps it hurts so good that you want to lie down and say, “Alexa, play ‘Hurts So Good’ by John Mellencamp.” Don’t worry – we designed Audioengine Wireless speakers to do the rest.
- Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
  - Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
    
    Consumer electronics designers are, and have been, on a perpetual quest to give users the most streamlined experience imaginable.
    
    At this point in time it seems like modern-day designers have exceeded the bounds of what most of us could have ever imagined in the first place. Think about it, there is an app for literally everything; just by downloading a simple program onto your phone or tablet, your life can become easier. Wearable technology, like Apple Watch, and smart speakers, like Google Home, tie all of your electronics together to make technology and user-friendliness a lifestyle rather than a rare luxury. Today we are going to talk a little more about one of the leading products, what it does, and how Audioengine can take it one step further; that product is Google Home.
    
    What Is Google Home?
    
    Offically, this piece of technology is touted as a “Smart Speaker and Home Assistant.”
    
    A smart speaker is one of those sleek futuristic speakers that sits on your friend’s kitchen counter, plays whatever music someone tells it to, and sometimes has a snarky robotic comeback to your sarcastic remarks. There are a number of big brands making smart speakers (some of which we’ll discuss in other articles) and all of them have their pros and cons. One “pro” to the Google Home is the “Home Assistant” part. Google Home has an accompanying downloadable app that allows users to customize how the device interacts with and controls their home; lights, thermostats, coffee makers, and pretty much anything else can be controlled by Google Home and accessories. Once you have all of your desired devices properly connected and configured, turning them on and off is just one voice command away… how much easier can life get?
    
    When it comes to music, smart speakers make calling up the right tune an absolute breeze. Google Home can control apps such as Spotify, YouTube, and iHeartRadio among others, so you can tell it to play just about any song in the world. Google Home will even call up playlists you’ve saved within your music streaming apps, and you can tell the device to increase and decrease volume, pause, skip, and any other command you would typically give a media player. There is just one drawback; while Google Home offers a few different sizes (featuring different speakers), the product’s focus is not audiophile-grade sound quality. For that, we need to bring Audioengine into the mix.
    
    How Can Audioengine Take Google Home Further?
    
    You’re taking a step up in the world of consumer electronics and you’ve decided to purchase Google Home; you care about user-experience and you strive to stay ahead of the pop culture curve. That doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice a quality listening experience. As I always say, what good is having access to every song in the world if you’re just going to play them through an inadequate sound system? That’s like sharpening a hunting knife so you can cut hot butter with it.
    
    Luckily, the Google Home App (iTunes | Google Play) allows users to send audio to external Bluetooth speakers. Whether it’s the humble B2 Wireless Speaker, or a full-fledged pair of active Audioengine speakers such as the A5+ Wireless, Google Home is capable of transmitting your beloved music to your sonic system. Bam!!–we just completed the full circle of user-friendliness and ear-friendliness. It may sound complicated merely by description, but it’s actually extremely easy to configure, just follow the quick steps below:
    - Download and open the Google Home App on your phone or tablet.
    - Navigate to the “Devices” tab within the app
    - Tap “Settings” in the devices submenu
    - Scroll down to “Default Music Speaker” and tap “Pair Bluetooth Speaker”
    - Select your Audioengine speaker – and you’re done!
    Take control of your music.
    
    Now you’re ready to shout voice commands all over the house and rock out while you make dinner, host a party, or do whatever it is you do. You can even connect multiple sets of Audioengine wireless speakers for multi-room audio, by creating “groups” in the Google Home app (under that same “Devices” tab).
    
    Isn’t it nice that designers have created all this awesome technology for us? Now I’m just spit-balling, here, but — what if one day someone will make some kind of like a smart speaker… except it lives in your brain and reads your mind. Then you can just think about how good your favorite tunes will sound through a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers, and voila!
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
  - 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
    
    So you’ve decided to make the leap from wired to wireless music and might have made the mistake of Googling “Best Wireless Speakers.”
    
    We here at Audioengine know how overwhelming this can be and we extend our deepest sympathies. But it’s time to put your concerns to rest as we’re here to give you some important buying tips… and yes, you may need these tips to make it through this with your sanity intact.
    
    Before we start, let it be known we are not trying to sway you in any particular direction but we only want to make sure you’re aware of a few items that could go overlooked. And the majority of the following advice can be applied to pretty much any purchase you’re making in the audio world.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Price point
    
    As with anything, it is important to start by setting a budget for yourself and finding a product that aligns with this budget.
    
    There are a ton of great wireless products out there, some of them are practically being given away, and others might cost your life savings. No matter your budget, one fact remains: a quality wireless speaker setup doesn’t HAVE to be expensive. Conversely, you often get what you pay for, so it is wise to be wary of a product whose price tag looks more like a shoe size if you catch my drift.
    
    Features
    
    Another important point that will assuredly be different for everyone is the inclusion of features.
    
    If you’re looking for a simple wireless speaker with no options and no extra inputs, then don’t bother spending hours comparing products that are saturated with bells and whistles. If, on the other hand, you know you want the option to connect an analog device like a stereo or surround sound receiver, for instance, make this determination early and stick with it. There will always be an option to suit your exact needs so don’t feel pressured.
    
    Reviews
    
    Reviews are king in today’s world.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/fWk3Xm_EHuY?feature=oembed&wmode=transparent
    
    Everything from the usability of a product to the competence of a company’s customer service team can be scrutinized in an online review, and that’s why it’s obviously important to read as many reviews as you can find (and to also read between the lines with some of these). A responsible company addresses negative reactions and does not let any concern go unnoticed. Reviews not only tell us how customers react to a product but how a company reacts to its customers. And the way a company reacts to its customers can tell you whether you’re making a good or bad purchase.
    
    Warranties and trials
    
    This is always a fun one! If you’re having trouble deciding between two or more products because they have the same features and similar reviews, why not go with the one that offers a trial or a better warranty?
    
    The wireless audio market is extremely competitive, and most companies are offering a brief trial period with no penalties or full-coverage or even an extended warranty period. The fact is, a company with a truly great product has nothing to fear and is confident in their product’s ability to satisfy anyone and everyone.
    
    Portability and durability
    
    Where are you going to be using these speakers? Are you going to sling wireless audio from the kitchen to the living room, or are you taking this setup down to the park for a picnic? Do you need the speakers to be battery powered? Waterproof?
    
    I know, I know, asking way too many questions but you should be asking these questions too! Again, there will always be a product that suits your needs for portability — and often times, if the speakers are easily portable, they will also be durable to some extent. The caveat is that certain other aspects of the speakers will inevitably suffer. Sound quality, aux inputs, wireless range, etc.; these are all things that have the potential to “get the boot” the more portable or waterproof your speakers need to be.
    
    Sound quality and wireless range
    
    Obviously we want our wireless speakers to sound great and to not drop out or lose signal EVER.
    
    The sound quality of the actual speaker itself is something you may need to derive from customer reviews, unless you have the option to actually hear the speaker before making a purchase. Apart from that, it’s best to read up on the company, what materials they are using, and what the speakers can be compared to, etc.
    
    But when it comes to the sound quality of the actual WIRELESS itself, you’ll need to look out for a few things. Wi-fi or Bluetooth and other fun terms all define different ways a speaker can receive wireless audio information and process it. Each of these has its own pros and cons, and some will be more or less suitable to your particular setup. Wi-fi is good if you want to transmit audio to multiple speakers at once but Bluetooth has a much easier setup and the ease-of-use is a HUGE advantage. But for the best sound quality AND ease-of-use, you will want to look for Bluetooth products that use the aptX or aptX HD “codecs”. These will give you the best audio quality possible, and with Audioengine, the longest range as well. If you wish to get into more technical details about this type of wireless audio, please read our article on Bluetooth aptX HD technology.
    
    In summary, there are a myriad of products on the market and all have their pros and cons. To get started, make a list of things you want and need out of your music system. Determine what is necessary, nice-to-have, and what you don’t need. Then when you make the detrimental error of Googling, “Best Wireless Speakers,” you might make it through to the other side with your sanity intact.
    
    Still struggling with choosing the right speaker? Take our quiz and make it easy!
- Does my Home Music System Really Need a Subwoofer?
  - Customer Inquiry: “I’ve recently upgraded to the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System and am thoroughly impressed by the sound quality. Is there a way to further enhance this setup for a richer audio experience?”
    
    Why a Subwoofer is Important:
    
    The Audioengine A2+ excels in high and mid-range frequency reproduction, providing an expansive soundstage. Its mid-woofers deliver a balanced bass, but for deeper, more resonant bass frequencies, adding a subwoofer will introduce you to an entirely new music experience, with bass reminiscent of your favorite live concert.
    
    Expanding Your System with a Subwoofer Integrating a subwoofer into your Audioengine home music system can dramatically improve your audio landscape:
    - Deepened Bass Response: A subwoofer like the Audioengine S8 is dedicated to reproducing the lowest frequency sounds, enhancing the depth and dimension of the audio, especially in tracks with significant low-end elements.
    - Enhanced Balance and Clarity: The subwoofer takes on the lower frequencies, allowing your system to focus on delivering clear highs and detailed mids. This separation ensures a balanced sound output and maximizes the performance of each component within its frequency range.
    Adding a subwoofer reveals the full spectrum of sound that the artist intended to be a part of your musical experience.
    
    Subwoofer Types: Sealed vs. Ported and Their Placement
    - Sealed Subwoofers for Jazz and Acoustic:
    - These subwoofers, like the Audioengine S6, offer a tighter and more precise bass, perfect for the nuanced sounds in jazz and acoustic music. Due to their controlled bass response, they are versatile in terms of placement and can be positioned either on the desk or in any compact space within the room.
    - Front-Firing Ported Subwoofers for Metal and Energetic Genres:
    - These subwoofers are designed to handle the depth and intensity of genres like metal. They are ideally placed at listening height for the best experience. An elevated shelf or the desk itself can be great spots, ensuring the sound is directed straight at the listener for maximum impact.
    Space Considerations: Choosing the Right Size and Placement
    - U and L-Shaped Desks: These desk designs offer unique opportunities for subwoofer placement. With more corner space and legroom, you can consider slightly larger subwoofers that wouldn’t traditionally fit under a standard desk.
    - Proper Placement: A front-firing subwoofer should be placed in an elevated position, such as your desktop, while a down-firing subwoofer should be placed on the floor.
    - Larger Subwoofers for Spacious Setups: If you have more room, especially with U and L-shaped desks, a larger subwoofer can be placed on the ground under the desk. Their down-firing design is particularly effective in this placement, as it allows the sound to resonate off the floor, filling the room without taking up valuable desk space.
    Conclusion:
    
    Selecting the right subwoofer for your desktop setup involves understanding your music preferences, considering your available desk space, and deciding on the appropriate size and type of subwoofer. Whether it’s a compact sealed model for jazz and acoustic melodies or a larger ported subwoofer for the dynamic ranges of metal, the ideal choice will transform your listening experience into an experience rivaled only by live performances.
- An Introduction to: Wireless Home Speakers
  - Why go wireless?
    
    If you haven’t used them before, wireless speakers might sound like a hassle to set up, connect to, and maintain in your home. The truth is, getting your wireless speaker system started doesn’t take much and can easily be done in a matter of minutes.
    
    With all of the mobile technology available at our fingertips, there’s no reason to be tied down to one method of listening to your music; whether it’s your phone, laptop or tablet, your streaming sources are unlimited when you go wireless.
    
    One of the greatest benefits to adopting a wireless speaker system is getting rid all of those unsightly wires running along your floors and behind entertainment centers. This alone gives you plenty of options for placing your wireless speakers where they will work best for your listening experience. Not to mention that without all of the wires and confusing installation instructions, you’re free to connect them to your phone, computer or tablet via Bluetooth and start enjoying them right away.
    
    It’s fairly simple to connect directly to Pandora, Spotify, or any other music streaming source you prefer as long as you follow instructions. Audioengine’s wireless speakers, for example, are designed so that once they’re turned on, you need only activate Bluetooth in your device’s settings menu and select the correct speaker to connect.
    
    If you do run into trouble installing or connecting to your new speakers, our Audioengine support reps are ready to step in and show you the best possible solution for the issue.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Our technology
    
    At Audioengine, we provide only the best products. Currently, we have a few varieties of wireless home speakers, including the B2 wireless speaker, which boasts an easily adapted Bluetooth wireless system for your phone, and the HD6 wireless speaker with versatile power and connectivity features. We also are readily available to answer any of your questions, so you not only get the awesome sounding audio you want, but also the tools to make it fit right into your home.
- Is Wireless Audio Quality Any Good?
  - With many modern audio speakers and systems adding wireless functionality to their list of features, you may wonder whether you are doing yourself a disservice by going wireless and ask yourself “is wireless audio quality any good?”
    
    Believe it or not, wireless can sound just as good as a wired connection, meaning you won’t have to sacrifice quality for convenience.
    
    Our wireless speakers utilize Bluetooth technology which definitely has its advantages; it’s fairly universal and, with its lack of proprietary software, is really easy to set up. There must be a catch, right? In the past, we felt that Bluetooth technology wasn’t up to snuff, both in terms of the range of the signal and the quality of audio. In recent years, however, Bluetooth technology has seriously done a lot of growing up; advances in the technology has increased the bandwidth and range, making it not only function great, but sound great. Bluetooth now has the capability of streaming up to CD quality, or 16-bit/44.1kHz, over the air, which means that right out of gate you’re able to send great sending audio without being tethered by cables.
    
    Codecs play a part in how Bluetooth audio is sent and received and some codecs provide slightly better fidelity than others.
    
    In products like our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver, we utilize the aptX HD codec, which we feel provides you with the highest fidelity decoding possible. Some devices, like most iOS devices, don’t utilize aptX, but even though we use aptX in our products, other great codecs like SBC and AAC will work and sound great. Not to mention, we utilize built-in DACs in our Bluetooth products, which will take your audio and pad the bit-depth to a 24-bit format, giving you added benefits such a lower noise floor.
    
    Even though we use Bluetooth in more of our newer products, we do have other wireless options if you’re looking for any non-Bluetooth solutions. We offer two different wireless audio adapters, the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter the D2 Wireless DAC. The wireless technology used in both of these products is a lot like Wi-Fi, but on a closed protocol built specifically for high-resolution audio. The W3 includes a 16-bit/44.1kHz DAC, which makes it able to send CD-quality uncompressed audio over the air. If you’re looking for high-quality, though, the D2 represents the absolute highest possible performance wireless audio device we could build, able to send 24-bit/96kHz wirelessly.
    
    So is wireless audio quality any good? The short answer is yes!
    
    Using only the best hardware and software, you can rest assured that the wireless gear you’ve been considering will not only add convenience to your listening experience, but will retain the authenticity that you expect from your music.
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How To Use Wireless Bluetooth Speaker Systems
  - Take wireless sound to new levels.
    
    When you finally take the plunge and purchase a new wireless Bluetooth speaker system, you’ll be surprised at the type of sound quality you can get from such a compact source when you have the tools you need to optimize it.
    
    The main thing to keep in mind when shopping for a wireless Bluetooth speaker system is how you will be using. This will help you decide what to buy and how you’ll set it up to fit your listening preferences. Luckily, our wireless speakers have the added benefit of a decent range, which means that even after you set them up in your home or office, your device can still remain paired up with the speaker while you move around and go about your day.
    
    All of our wireless speakers include simple instructions to get you started:
    - Position your speakers in the best location for your listening needs and plug them into the nearest outlet.
    - Open the settings menu on your phone, tablet or computer. From there, you can go ahead and turn on your Bluetooth options, then select the named speaker.
    - When the speaker’s pair light goes solid, you’re paired up and ready to jam!
    If you purchase products like Audioengine’s HD3 wireless speaker set, you will have a versatile setup at your disposal that is capable of connecting and blasting out great tunes using a wide variety of sources. The HD3 wireless speakers can also be used directly with your computer, any product with line level RCA and mini-stereo outputs, as well as all Audioengine digital-to-analog converters and wireless audio adapters. You could even stream audio to the HD3s via Bluetooth and use either analog input at the same time. You can also add a subwoofer to the mix for the perfect low-end extension. After all, what’s the harm in adding more bass to your listening experience?
    
    Wireless Bluetooth speakers are typically some of the more adaptable products out there, especially when they’re as compact as our B2 wireless speaker. Since the B2 is a single-cabinet Bluetooth speaker, there isn’t the need for an AV receiver or oversized speakers, making it the perfect mini-music system. Even this smaller speaker has multiple connection options – including any music system with an analog audio output – in addition to being the perfect companion for audiophiles and novices alike.
    
    Our technology
    
    Here at Audioengine, we like to give you plenty of options for all of your listening needs. That’s why we offer wireless Bluetooth speakers and other speaker sets that are compatible with most smartphones, tablets, and computers, allowing for multiple connections and streaming sources. If you need the assistance of one our support reps or need more information about our products, check out our support page and find the answers you need!
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- HD3 Materials And Construction
  - 0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets with real wood veneer
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    2.75″ (70 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
- HD3 Cabinets
  - To minimize unwanted resonances and distortion, Audioengine cabinets have thick high-resin MDF walls with extensive internal bracing. Heavy internal sound-damping material is used to reduce unwanted sound reflections inside the cabinet. All cabinet edges are rounded which look great and reduce high-frequency diffraction effects on the front baffles. The HD3 cabinet contains tuned, front-port slots.
- HD3 Environmental Requirements
  - Operating temperature: 32 degrees F to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating temperature: -4 degrees F to 113 degrees F
    Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
- HD3 Headphone Amp Specifications
  - Headphone Amp Type
    OPA2134
    
    Full-scale Headphone Output Level
    2.0 V RMS
    
    Output Impedance
    2 ohms
    
    Recommended Headphone Impedance Level
    10 ohms to 10K ohms
- HD3 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    Each speaker – 7″(17.8 cm) x 4.25″ (10.8 cm) x 5.5″ (14 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (powered) – 4 lb (1.8 kg)
    Right (passive) – 3.4 lb (1.5 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    10 lb (4.6 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    11.75″ (30 cm) x 8.8″ (22.5 cm) x 11.6″ (29.5 cm)
- HD3 Usb Specifications
  - Connector Type
    Micro-USB
    
    USB Device Class
    USB 1.1 or above
    
    Input Bit Depth
    24 bit (padded)
    
    Input Sample Rate
    44.1 kHz/48 kHz
- HD3 Bluetooth Specifications
  - Internal D/A Converter
    PCM 5102
    
    Internal BT Receiver
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    24 bit (padded)
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.0
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptX HD, aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
- hd3 general specifications
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX HD speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class AB
    
    Rated Power Output:
    15W RMS per channel at 4 ohms (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output:30W per channel at 4 ohms (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 60W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    2.75” aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75“ Silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, USB, Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    RCA variable line-out, 3.5 mm mini-jack headphone out
    
    Input Voltages
    110-240 V 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    >95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    <50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    65 Hz-22 kHz ±2.0 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    100Hz-22kHz ±2.0dB (<5dB down)
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    5K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- I’m experiencing issues with my speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10/Windows 11 operating system. What could be causing this, and how can I fix it?
  - If you are experiencing issues with your speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10+ operating system, it might be due to the DCH (Declarative, Componentized, Hardware Support Apps) drivers. While DCH drivers offer many benefits, they can sometimes cause compatibility issues with USB audio devices, resulting in problems such as delays when sound starts, poor audio quality, or the speakers not being recognized properly.
    
    Solution: To resolve these issues, we recommend switching from DCH drivers to non-DCH (standard) drivers. Here’s a step-by-step guide to help you do that:
    1. Uninstall the Current DCH Drivers:
      
      Open the Device Manager on your PC.
      
      Locate your audio device under “Sound, video, and game controllers.”
      
      Right-click on the device and select “Uninstall device.”
      
      Ensure you check the option to delete the driver software for this device to completely remove the DCH drivers.
    2. Download the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Visit the support website of your motherboard or computer manufacturer.
      
      Navigate to the driver download section and find the non-DCH Realtek (or appropriate) audio drivers for your system.
    3. Install the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Download and run the installer for the non-DCH drivers.
      
      Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation process.
    4. Restart Your PC:
      
      After installing the non-DCH drivers, restart your computer to apply the changes.
    By switching to non-DCH drivers, the compatibility issues with your USB speakers should be resolved, allowing you to enjoy optimal audio performance.
    
    Additional Tips
    - Check for Firmware Updates: Ensure your speakers have the latest firmware installed. Visit the manufacturer’s website for firmware updates that may improve compatibility and performance.
    - USB Ports: Try connecting your speakers to a different USB port to see if the issue persists.
    - Contact Support: If you continue to experience issues, please contact our customer support team. Provide details about your operating system, motherboard model, and the specific problems you are encountering.
    We hope this helps you resolve any issues and enhances your experience with our speakers. If you have further questions or need assistance, don’t hesitate to reach out to our support team.
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- HD3 Size: What is the dimensions of the HD3?
  - Each speaker is 7″H x 4.25″W x 5.5″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Can I place my Audioengine speakers on their side?
  - Absolutely! Our speakers are safe to place sideways and, from our experience, sound great. When doing so, we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- How do I connect my HD3/HD4 speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our HD3 and HD4 speakers
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the front panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine HD3 (or HD4)” to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the front panel should be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button on the front panel until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- Which input should I use with my speakers for the best sound quality?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models
    All digital audio sources will ultimately need to be converted to analog to provide sound through any speaker system. The USB and Bluetooth inputs will pass the digital signal on to the speaker’s internal digital-to-analog converter (DAC), while the RCA/3.5mm inputs are already analog and have been converted by the built-in DAC in your source. So it’s a question of which DAC sounds best to you. We would recommend testing each input separately to see which one you prefer!
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Do I still need wires for my “Wireless” speakers?
  - Yes, you still need to connect the active/left speaker to the passive/right speaker via the included speaker wire. The passive right speaker has no power source of its own and relies on the amplified signal coming over the wire.
- My speakers have no power. What should I do?
  - On the A2+ Wireless/HD3 models with an external power supply brick, first test it by plugging into wall power and observing the LED light on the brick to see if its solid, blinking, out. If it’s blinking or out, the power supply is likely faulty. If the light is solid, proceed to plugging into the speaker and observe the power supply brick LED once more. If it’s blinking or out, there is likely an issue with the internal amp. Contact support if either has an issue.
- Can I use an inverter with my HD3 speakers?
  - Sure, for HD3 you will need an inverter that can supply about 50-60 watts.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Can I take my Audioengine HD3 speakers to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, you can. The HD3 speakers use a switching power supply so it will automatically convert to the different voltage. The power cable is also detachable which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- Can I stream via Bluetooth and use the USB input at the same time?
  - No. The Bluetooth and USB inputs both share the internal DAC for processing, so you can only listen to one at a time, with Bluetooth taking priority. If you’re using USB for example, and start using Bluetooth, the USB signal will cut and Bluetooth will take over. Depending on your source, if you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers may automatically switch back to USB after a few seconds.
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- How does the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+ Wireless and HD6 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - ‘-Both analog (3.5mm mini-jack and RCA) inputs are “open” or active, so you can leave 2 audio sources plugged in at the same time. -The USB (Optical for HD6) and the Bluetooth module share the same DAC (Digital to Analog Converter) If connected to both, the Bluetooth connection will take precedence. If you’re using USB (Optical for HD6) for example, and start using Bluetooth, USB (Optical for HD6) will mute and Bluetooth will take over. If you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers will automatically switch back to USB (Optical for HD6) after a few seconds. *Please note, if you have a digital (Bluetooth, USB or Optical) and or multiple analog sources connected and streaming you are able to hear the input sources if they play simultaneously.
- Can I use a subwoofer with Audioengine speakers?
  - Audioengine speakers have a low end which will easily fill a room and rival floor standing speakers many times their size, but you can also connect a subwoofer (or connect Audioengine speakers to your sub’s line-level output). You can add our W3 wireless adapter for a wireless subwoofer! It’s also worth noting that the HD3 includes a bass cut switch, to help them blend even better with an external subwoofer.
- Is it possible to have simultaneous connections to the HD3?
  - Yes, there are multiple audio inputs on Audioengine powered speakers and both inputs are “open” or active so you can leave your audio sources connected at the same time.
- Can you stream music wirelessly to the HD3 with the Audioengine wireless adapters instead of Bluetooth?
  - Yes, an AC wall outlet near the HD3 is all you need to power the W3 or D2 wireless receiver. Simple.
- If I connect my turntable to the HD3 will it be necessary to purchase a phono preamp or can I simply connect the turntable directly to the HD3 input?
  - Some turntables will need a preamp before being connected and others may have one built-in. Check the turntable manufacturer’s website or user manual.
- The HD3 has a built in USB digital-to-analog converter (DAC), but can I also use a different DAC?
  - While the HD3 has a fantastic 24-bit DAC, you can always run your own external DAC to the speakers by connecting to the analog inputs.
- The sound quality of my computer’s headphone jack isn’t very good but I want to connect my Audioengine speakers. What do I do?
  - Some computer headphone outputs have poor audio quality, so if this is your computer, try connecting from the USB port to your with HD3 or connect wirelessly via Bluetooth.
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Why is the Bluetooth LED orange instead of white?
  - If the Bluetooth LED is illuminated orange that means you are streaming in aptX HD which is a higher grade of Bluetooth signal.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- The volume control on my speakers is acting odd, or not responding at all. What do I do?
  - You may have a loose volume pot. This can happen when the nut that holds the volume pot in place becomes loose. This can be easily accessed and tightened without opening the speakers up. Try this: 1) Pull the plastic volume knob off the volume pot. Depending on how tight it’s on, you might be able to pull it off with just your fingers. If not, you may need to cover the knob with a soft cloth and pull out with pliers. 2) Use a deep well 10mm socket (or socket driver) to tighten the nut around the volume pots shaft. 3) Press the plastic volume knob back over the volume pot’s shaft, and retest.
- Why can I only output up to 16-bit on my computer when using the HD3s via USB?
  - This is normal. The HD3’s USB interface can only accept a 16-bit format; however, the HD3’s DAC will automatically pad the bit depth to 24-bit internally during playback, for lower noise and better dynamic range.
- Can I use the HD3 with my iPad or iPhone via USB to bypass the internal DAC and get better sound?
  - Absolutely! This is especially useful for connecting wired with newer iPhones that do not have a headphone jack output. You will need to pick up the USB Camera Adapter from Apple, which allows a USB connection to the iPad (and, as of iOS7, the iPhone). Then just hook up as you would from a computer. If you’d like to be able to charge your iPhone or iPad while you use them like this, you can use the USB 3 version of Apple’s USB camera adapter, which also allows passthrough charging at the same time.
- Does HD3 come with speaker grills?
  - The HD3 speakers do include detachable magnetic grills. The grills have thin rubber pads to prevent marks or damage to the finish or the cabinet, so your HD3s will keep looking great even if you like to remove / replace them frequently!
- When using the USB input of the HD3, what sample rate and bit depth should I set my system to?
  - The HD3’s USB interface handles up to 16-bit, and sample rates up to 48kHz, though the bit-depth will be padded internally to 24-bit. Your system will generally default to these settings when you hook up the HD3. If you mainly use 44.1K files, you might set this as the default in your system to ensure minimal sample-rate conversions. Many system players like JRiver and Amarra will default to the proper sample rate automatically.
- Can I connect multiple sources to the HD3? Can I stream via Bluetooth and use the USB input at the same time?
  - You should be able to use multiple sources with the HD3s just fine. The analog inputs on the HD3 are always active. They will play at the same time as the Bluetooth or USB input. Bluetooth and USB share the DAC though, so you can only listen to one at a time, and Bluetooth takes priority. If you’re using USB for example, and start using Bluetooth, USB will mute and Bluetooth will take over. If you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers will automatically switch back to USB after a few seconds.
- How do I connect the active and passive speakers together?
  - The HD3 includes a speaker wire with banana plugs on either end, so using them with the speakers should be a simple set up. The binding posts on the back of each speaker would need to be screwed down and the plugs would need to be inserted into the center hole (please refer to the picture for reference). You would need to make sure that each end matches with the color on the corresponding binding post; for example, if you inserted the red banana plug into the red binding post on one speaker, the same would follow suit for the other speaker. The spring style banana plugs provided with the HD3s may look like they won’t fit, but they will actually compress to fit into the posts on the speakers, so some amount of effort will be needed to insert them.
HDP6 Passive Speakers
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- HDP6 Size: What are the dimensions of the HDP6?
  - The dimensions of each speaker is 11.75″H x 7.2″W x 9.4″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Can I use your N22 amplifier with the HDP6?
  - The N22 can work with the HDP6s, but we would recommend using the speakers with an amplifier that can provide more power to the speakers than the N22 can provide.
- Why don’t the HDP6 speakers have built in amplifiers similar to the A2+ and A5+ Classic active systems?
  - The HDP6 came about from requests from customers that already have our powered speakers and/or have a music system and needed speakers but wanted the same Audioengine sound from a passive speaker.
- Can I use the HDP6 passive speakers with the Audioengine S8 sub?
  - Yes! You would just need an amp to supply power to the HDP6 speakers and connect to the S8.
- The HDP6 is rated at 4 ohms but my receiver has speaker outputs listed as 8 ohms. Will the HDP6s work with my receiver?
  - The lower the speaker impedance, the more current (amperage) your amp or receiver will need to provide, but most separate power amps have more than a sufficient power supply and power amp sections for driving 4 ohm loads with ease. In fact many amps will perform better with a 4 ohm load as opposed to 8 ohms if their design is robust enough to supply the extra current. A quick web search will bring up more information on this subject.
- What amplifiers work best with the HDP6?
  - The HDP6 is a very efficient speaker and designed to work well with digital hybrid amplifiers (Class-D, Class-T, etc.) as well as most stereo receivers, integrated amps, tube amplifiers, and whole-house music systems such as the Sonos ZonePlayer 120. The HDP6s have an amplifier power rating of 10-150W per channel, so any amplifier that outputs that power should work great!
N22 Desktop Audio Amplifier
- N22 General specifications
  - Type
    Compact Integrated Stereo Amplifier
    
    Rated Power Output: 22W RMS per channel at 4 ohms (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 100W per channel at 4 ohms (AES)
    
    Amplifier type
    Dual Class D TDA 7492 amplifier
    
    Input voltages
    110-240V, 50/60Hz auto-switching
    
    Inputs
    RCA and 1/8″ (3.5mm) mini-jack
    USB-C
    
    Outputs
    RCA variable preamp
    
    Speaker outputs
    5-way binding posts
    
    SNR
    >95dB A-weighted
    
    THD+N
    <0.02% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    -50dB
    
    Frequency response
    20Hz-22kHz ±1dB
    
    Input impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Input sensitivity
    410mV (@max volume)
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Headphone amplifier
    Burr-Brown/TI OPA2134
    
    Dimensions
    7″(H) x 2.75″(W) x 5.5″(D)
    
    Weight
    3.55 lbs (1.6kg)
    
    Shipping weight
    5.0 lbs (4.6kg)
    
    Shipping box dims
    11.5″(H) x 7.5″(W) x 9.5″(D)
    
    Finish
    Satin Black
    
    Upstanding design
    The vertical design of the N22 with its integrated stand allows the 22 watt/per channel stereo class D TDA 7492 amplifier to run cool through passive convection without a fan or massive heatsink. The N22 fits easily on your desk and doesn’t take up much space.
    
    Discrete headphone amplifier
    For headphone enthusiasts the N22 includes a high-performance, low-noise discrete amplifier which works well with all types of headphones and earphones.
    
    Variable line out
    The N22 includes a variable preamp output so you can connect a subwoofer, external amplifier, or Audioengine wireless adapter and control the volume of the line-out from the front panel.
    
    Simple operation
    Both audio inputs on the N22 are active so two audio sources may be connected to the amplifier at the same time without the need for an input switch. A standby idle mode is also included to conserve power when you’re not playing music.
    
    Wireless rear speakers
    Use the N22 amp, Audioengine P4 passive speakers, and our W3 wireless adapter for a low-cost but great-sounding wireless rear channel setup for your home theater.
- I’m experiencing issues with my speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10/Windows 11 operating system. What could be causing this, and how can I fix it?
  - If you are experiencing issues with your speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10+ operating system, it might be due to the DCH (Declarative, Componentized, Hardware Support Apps) drivers. While DCH drivers offer many benefits, they can sometimes cause compatibility issues with USB audio devices, resulting in problems such as delays when sound starts, poor audio quality, or the speakers not being recognized properly.
    
    Solution: To resolve these issues, we recommend switching from DCH drivers to non-DCH (standard) drivers. Here’s a step-by-step guide to help you do that:
    1. Uninstall the Current DCH Drivers:
      
      Open the Device Manager on your PC.
      
      Locate your audio device under “Sound, video, and game controllers.”
      
      Right-click on the device and select “Uninstall device.”
      
      Ensure you check the option to delete the driver software for this device to completely remove the DCH drivers.
    2. Download the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Visit the support website of your motherboard or computer manufacturer.
      
      Navigate to the driver download section and find the non-DCH Realtek (or appropriate) audio drivers for your system.
    3. Install the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Download and run the installer for the non-DCH drivers.
      
      Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation process.
    4. Restart Your PC:
      
      After installing the non-DCH drivers, restart your computer to apply the changes.
    By switching to non-DCH drivers, the compatibility issues with your USB speakers should be resolved, allowing you to enjoy optimal audio performance.
    
    Additional Tips
    - Check for Firmware Updates: Ensure your speakers have the latest firmware installed. Visit the manufacturer’s website for firmware updates that may improve compatibility and performance.
    - USB Ports: Try connecting your speakers to a different USB port to see if the issue persists.
    - Contact Support: If you continue to experience issues, please contact our customer support team. Provide details about your operating system, motherboard model, and the specific problems you are encountering.
    We hope this helps you resolve any issues and enhances your experience with our speakers. If you have further questions or need assistance, don’t hesitate to reach out to our support team.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- I’m hearing noise or static thru my speakers with my N22?
  - Make sure to maximize your audio source volume/s connected to the N22 and lower the N22 volume dial to minimize naturally occurring noise floor that can come thru the speakers when amplifiers are turned up high.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers have no power. What should I do?
  - On the A2+ Wireless/HD3 models with an external power supply brick, first test it by plugging into wall power and observing the LED light on the brick to see if its solid, blinking, out. If it’s blinking or out, the power supply is likely faulty. If the light is solid, proceed to plugging into the speaker and observe the power supply brick LED once more. If it’s blinking or out, there is likely an issue with the internal amp. Contact support if either has an issue.
- Why is one of my speakers louder than the other while using the N22 at lower volumes?
  - This is actually normal behavior. It’s is a tradeoff of using an analog potentiometer for the N22. Analog potentiometers are tactile, and don’t require a microprocessor like a digital encoder would, but they sometimes do have some volume imbalance at lower levels. An easy solution for this is to raise the volume of your N22, and lower the volume at your source device.
- If I plug in headphones will the N22 mute my music playing through the speakers?
  - Yes, plugging in headphones will bypass the speaker output so audio will play through your headphones only.
- Is it OK to remove the stand attached to the N22 and place the amp on it’s side?
  - The N22 needs to be kept upright with the stand attached for proper cooling.
- Can I take my Audioengine N22 to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, the N22 uses an external switching power supply so it will automatically convert to a different voltage when plugged in. The power cable is also detachable which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- Is it possible to use the N22 amp to power the rear channels of my surround system?
  - Yes, the N22 amp + P4 passive speakers + W1 or W3 wireless stereo adapter will make a great-sounding wireless rear channel setup.
- Can I connect a subwoofer to the N22?
  - Yes, simply connect the full-range output of the N22 into your sub’s line-level input. The sub and speaker volume can be controlled together by the N22 volume control.
- Can I increase the length or change the speaker wire between the N22 and each speaker?
  - Sure. We’ve included two 5-foot, 16-gauge speaker wires with the N22 but any “stranded” speaker wire will work. The standard-size speaker binding posts on the back of the amp will accept bare stranded wire, however if you want to terminate the wires we recommend using spade or pin-type terminals.
- Will my low impedance (low Z) Grado headphones work with N22?
  - Yes, the N22 will work well with headphones or earphones with an impedance from 16 to 300 ohms.
- What type of speakers work best with the N22 amplifier?
  - The N22 is an efficient design and works great with any 4, 6, or 8 ohm passive speakers, including the Audioengine P4!
D1 24-bit DAC/Headphone Amp
- Audioengine D1 vs D1P and DAC3: Reviews from Top Publications
  - Audioengine D1, D1P and DAC3 Reviews from Top Publications
    
    What are the differences?
    
    The Audioengine D1, D1P, and DAC3 each offer a distinct approach to enhancing your music. The D1 is a classic choice for desktop setups, transforming ordinary computer audio into something rich and clear. It’s designed for those who want to elevate their home listening without the hassle of complex equipment.
    
    The D1P takes the D1’s strengths and packs them into a more portable form. It’s ideal for those who need high-quality sound on the go, without sacrificing performance. The D1P’s compact size makes it easy to carry, but its sound remains powerful and precise.
    
    Then there’s the DAC3, the most advanced of the three. It delivers studio-quality sound in a sleek, portable package, perfect for those who demand the best audio performance no matter where they are. The DAC3 is versatile, connecting easily to modern devices while ensuring every note is captured with perfect clarity.
    
    Each model serves a purpose, whether you’re setting up at home, traveling, or simply wanting the best sound possible. Audioengine has designed these DACs to meet the needs of every listener, ensuring that your music always sounds its best.
    
    On this collection page you’ll find detailed reviews from industry experts and major publications that applaud Audioengine’s D1, D1P, and DAC3.
    
    These reviews collectively affirm the top-tier performance and reliability of our digital-to-analog converters and headphone amplifiers. Each piece is celebrated for its precision engineering and outstanding audio fidelity, offering users an unrivaled listening experience.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/C0rt9IiLBxM
    
    Audioengine D1 vs. D1P: Key Differences
    
    The Audioengine D1 and D1P are both 32-bit digital-to-analog converters designed for outstanding audio performance, but they cater to different preferences and use cases.
    
    Audioengine D1 is equipped with the PCM5102 DAC chip, making it a robust choice for desktop audio setups. It features USB and S/PDIF optical inputs and provides outputs for headphones and powered speakers. This makes the D1 an ideal solution for users looking to enhance their home audio systems.
    
    On the other hand, the Audioengine D1P is built for portability without compromising sound quality. It features the ESS ES9219C DAC chip, supports high-resolution audio formats, and offers MQA rendering. The D1P includes a toggle switch for easy switching between headphone and line-out modes and is powered via USB-C, ensuring compatibility with various modern devices like laptops and smartphones. This makes the D1P a versatile choice for audiophiles who seek premium sound quality in a compact design.
    
    By offering features tailored to different applications, both the Audioengine D1 and D1P maintain the brand’s commitment to providing high-fidelity audio solutions, whether at home or on the go.
    
    Audioengine D1P Professional Review:
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/8o3b1S0GF2Q?si=YrLFkap-9CL2y8Zl
    
    NEW Audioengine D1P DAC and Headphone Amplifier
    
    For those demanding the best sound quality, the D1P enhances music streaming to high-fidelity, exceeding the capabilities of traditional audio equipment.
    
    It bypasses the limitations of standard device sound cards, ensuring that your favorite tracks from platforms like Tidal, Apple Music, or Spotify are delivered in studio-level quality. Supporting high-resolution audio formats — including PCM up to 32bit 384KHz, DSD up to 256, and MQA files — the D1P allows you to immerse yourself in the full depth of your music, unveiling every note with clarity and detail.
    
    Audioengine DAC3 and Headphone Amplifier
    
    Professional Review by The Honest Audiophile
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/qFKbLYB4nxM
    
    More Professional Reviews:
    
    Best DAC and Headphone Amplifier of 2024: Audioengine D1
    
    C-Tech by CalCalist
    
    “The D1 by Audioengine has been honored as the “Best DAC and Headphone Amplifier of 2024″ by C-Tech by CalCalist. This prestigious accolade highlights our dedication to excellence and innovation in audio technology. The D1 is praised for its superior sound quality and advanced features, making it the preferred choice for audiophiles seeking the ultimate in audio performance and convenience.”
    
    Audioengine HD3 – Hi-Fi Stereo Desktop Speakers w/ Built-in 10K OHM Headphone Amplifier
    
    Reddit R/Headphones
    
    “The HD3 features a PCM5102 DAC and a OPA2134 headphone amp that’s separate from the main speaker amp…The 3.5 mm headphone output does exactly what it’s supposed to do: power your headphones without coloring the sound.
    
    There was no noticable hiss or distortion at either end of the volume range. All you get is clean power with no coloration.
    
    At $399 — $319 refurb — the HD3 is an awesome value that rolls 2 channel powered speakers, a DAC, a headphone amp, and Bluetooth receiver all into compact and attractive package.”
- D1 General specifications
  - DAC type
    USB and Optical
    
    Inputs
    USB Audio
    S/PDIF Optical
    
    D/A converter
    ESS ES9018
    
    USB transfer mode
    Asynchronous dual clock
    
    USB controller
    CT7601CR USB streamer
    
    USB device class
    Type 1.1 or above
    
    Input bit depth
    Up to 32 bits
    
    Input sample rate (USB)
    32kHz-96kHz native playback
    188.2kHz & 192kHz re-sampled to 96kHz
    
    Input sample rate (optical)
    32kHz-192kHz native playback
    
    Outputs
    Analog RCA L/R stereo
    Analog 3.5mm mini-jack stereo
    
    Full-scale output level
    2.0V RMS
    
    Output impedance
    2 ohms
    
    Recommended headphone impedance range
    10 ohms to 600 ohms
    
    Headphone amplifier
    ES9601C SABRE
    
    Optical receiver
    CS8416
    
    Frequency response
    10Hz-25KHz (+/- 0.5dB)
    
    SNR
    (DC to 20 kHz) >110dB
    
    THD+N
    (1kHz FS 96kS/s) <0.0025%
    
    Crosstalk
    -85db
    
    Power requirement
    USB 5V DC, 200mA
    
    USB power filtering
    2-stage redundant regulation
    
    Product dimensions
    3.5″ (8.9 cm) x 3.75″ (9.5 cm) x 1″ (2.5 cm)
    
    Shipping weight
    1.0lbs (0.5kg)
    
    Environmental
    Operating Temperature: 32 to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating Temp: -4 to 113 degrees F
    Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
    
    Included accessories
    USB cable
    Setup guide
    Microfiber bag
    
    D1 DAC
    The D1 uses the ESS ES9018 DAC, which is well regarded for its low noise and high fidelity. Due to the high signal-to-noise specs of the ES9018 and the added benefit of double redundancy power source conversion and filtering, the D1 presents impressive low noise and low distortion characteristics. The D1 can process digital audio at any bit depth up to 32-bits and any sample rate up to 96kHz (192kHz using optical)
    
    D1 Headphone Amplifier
    The D1 includes the ES9601C SABRE headphone driver amp with circuit protection and is designed for a wide range of headphones that will satisfy even the most critical listeners.
    
    D1 Power
    The D1 is powered directly from the USB input and passed through two stages of regulation to ensure no USB power variations affect the audio quality. Because of the efficiency of the D1, it can even be powered by a phone or tablet.
    
    D1 Preamp
    The audio line-out preamp connects to powered speaker systems, amplifiers, or other external decoders with an analog or optical output.
    
    D1 Volume Control
    Volume for headphones and line-out is controlled directly from the D1 front panel via the digitally-controlled analog potentiometer. Smoothly adjust volume levels at fine increments without any undesirable noise or channel imbalance at lower volumes.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- My 24-bit D1 USB connection is not being recognized
  - The Gen 1 24-bit D1 requires a USB 2.0 cable to work properly. If your computer has USB-C inputs, use a 2.0 USB cable with a type C-to-A USB adapter.
- I’m not able to adjust the volume with my tv remote using the Optical input?
  - All Optical audio is considered a “fixed” output, meaning volume will not attenuate from the TV remote. If you have an HD5/HD6 you can use the Audioengine remote for this. Fo
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- The audio cuts out at randomly when using the optical input with my TV, what can I do?
  - When using the optical input of the D1 DAC or the HD6 speakers, you’ll need to make sure your TV’s audio output is set to PCM (not Dolby, DTS, or 5.1/surround). Special hardware is needed to process Dolby audio signals. If your TV is set to Dolby, it’s likely you’ll hear some audio but it will be intermittent in nature with dropouts. Once the output is set to PCM, this should resolve the issue. Check with your TV manufacturer for directions on how to make this adjustment.
- How powerful is the headphone amp in the D1? Will it drive my headphones?
  - The D1 includes a headphone amplifier based on the ES9601C SABRE low noise opamp. This headphone amp is able to provide low-impedance, high-fidelity audio to a wide range of headphones. We’ve found the sweet spot for the D1 is headphones that measure between 20 and 300ohms. The resistance of a pair of headphones can tell you a little bit about how much power they need, though other variables do have an impact as well. We have heard from customers with headphones measuring as much as 600ohms who say they’re happy with the output of the D1.
- My D1 occasionally makes a clicking noise during playback. How can I avoid this?
  - Try removing all other USB devices temporarily, and try each USB port on your computer one at a time to see which one works best in your setup. USB audio needs quite a bit of bandwidth, so for best results ensure your D1 is on a “High-Speed” bus and not a “Full-Speed” bus.
- I’m having trouble using my D1 with Foobar in WASAPI and KS mode. What do I do?
  - In the Foobar control panel, under Preferences->Output, set the buffer length to minimum. A few customers have mentioned that WASAPI mode is more stable when used under WinAmp, so try that as well.
- Is there a recommended “break-in period” for the D1?
  - Your D1 will sound great out of the box and will get better over time, however, it’s best to play music for 40 to 50 hours first before doing any critical listening.
- How do I make sure that the D1 DAC is set to 24-bit/96KHz audio?
  - If using a Mac, open the Audio MIDI Setup utility in Applications->Utilities, under Audio Devices, choose “Audioengine D1″ and check that the format is set to 96 and the bit depth is set to 24bit. On a PC, open the sound options through the control panel. Then choose Speakers – Audioengine D1” and select Properties. You can select the output format from the dropdown in the advanced tab.
- How can the D1 external computer DAC improve my music?
  - The D1 is essentially a very high-end external sound card. Its components and implementation of those components make it more capable than what might be built into a computer, not to mention the benefit of moving those sensitive components outside and away from the potentially noisy interior of your computer. All of this means the signal your speakers receive will be clearer, with a lower noise-floor, and with a more pronounced dynamic range over your internal sound card.
- Can I send audio to both the optical and USB inputs at the same time?
  - Unfortunately that is not how the D1 is designed, as the optical connection will take priority. You may be able to have the optical and USB connected to different devices, but it depends on the how the optical device operates. Some devices will deactivate their optical out when no media is playing. Others will leave it active and send an empty signal when no audio is playing, in that case you will want to shut the optical source off. It can be bypassed when using something like an optical switcher so that you can toggle between the optical source and the USB input.
- Should I be using the optical or USB input on my D1?
  - Both USB and Optical should provide the same high-quality digital signal to your D1. In most cases where both USB and optical are available, we usually recommend USB since it’s a shorter signal path. The only real difference is that the optical input on the D1 can support up to 192KHz input if your source supports it. We’d certainly recommend trying both if you have them available to see if you can notice any difference in your setup, and with your audio files.
- Is it normal for the D1’s USB cable to be loose?
  - It’s normal for USB B connections to have a little play as well as some of the metal to be showing when they are plugged in, so no need to worry. It will be fully connected once you feel and hear the click noise from the connection.
- Why do I lose system volume control when using the D1 with my computer?
  - Optical and USB outputs are all digital, so both Windows and Mac OS X will disable the system volume control when they are in use. You can still control the volume directly in iTunes (or any media player), with the front panel volume control on the D1, or with the volume control on your audio system.
- Can I use the D1 with my Airport Express for even better sounding Airplay?
  - Absolutely! We’ve had a lot of really good feedback from our customers on this, and it’s really easy to add to an existing Airplay setup. You can connect your Airport Express into the D1’s optical input using a mini-Toslink to Toslink cable to pass a digital signal to the D1. Like other setups without a computer you’ll still need to connect the D1 to a USB connection for power – Either a USB AC adapter like we offer in our accessories, or a nearby USB port capable of delivering a minimum of 500mA. Please note that the USB port on the Airport express is intended only for lower powered or self powered devices (like a printer) and will not reliably power the D1.
- Can I use the D1 with an Apple iPhone or iPad?
  - Yes! You will need an Apple USB 3 camera adapter. What you would need to do is connect the D1 and its USB cable to the USB A port on the Apple USB 3 camera adapter, and then the male lightning end of the Camera Adapter to your iOS device. You will also need to have a power supply that can power enough to the D1 and your device. Apple’s USB C Fast charger is recommended for this.
- How do I use the optical input of the D1?
  - When you connect an optical cable, the D1 will sense that an optical input is present and give that input priority. If using D1 with optical outputs from your TV, DVD player, Apple TV, etc you will need an AC USB power adapter (sold separately) to power D1. When using the optical output from your computer, you may power D1 via the computer’s USB power and therefore no external power supply is needed.
- Is D1 USB input isochronous or asynchronous?
  - The D1 is asynchronous, which means it controls the data streams timing using its own internal clock to minimize jitter.
- Will the D1 work with USB 1.1?
  - Yes, however, note that 24/96 HD digital audio pushes the limits of USB 1.1 speeds. Due to this it’s highly recommended that you connect to a higher-speed USB 2.0 port.
- Can I connect the D1 DAC to a USB hub?
  - You can, but we recommend not using USB hubs as the hubs can lead to a reduction in data flow rate which may not be fast enough for higher-resolution audio. Additionally, when using a USB hub, you are adding in the possibility of internal noise being picked up. For example, wireless mouse/keyboards may negatively impact the audio quality.
- I have the original Audioengine 5 (not the A5+ Classic), will the D1 / D2 DAC work with the inputs on that original model?
  - You can use Audioengine DACs with your original A5s, no problem. You would simply use a standard RCA cable and the RCA to mini-jack adapter that came with the A5 to connect the RCA output from the DAC in to one of the mini-jack inputs.
- Will the D1 work with my low-impedance headphones?
  - The D1 includes a headphone amplifier based around the ES9601C SABRE low noise opamp. This headphone amp is able to provide low-impedance, high-fidelity audio to a wide range of headphones and supports headphones with impedances 10 ohms and higher.
- Are the RCA connections on the rear of the D1 fixed or variable?
  - These RCA outputs are variable, adjusting the volume on the D1 will adjust the output of any speakers or amp connected to this output. This makes the D1 a handy way to control the volume of both your speakers AND headphones.
- When I plug in headphones will the D1 RCA outputs be muted?
  - Yes, the output will mute and audio will only play through your headphones.
- What media player software and audio file formats are compatible with the D1 when using it with a computer?
  - When connected via USB with a computer, the D1 acts like a USB sound-card. Because of this, once it’s set as your default playback device, it should work with any application on your computer playing audio, and with any file format the software supports.
- Where can I download drivers for the D1?
  - The D1 is a USB Plug-and-Play audio device. which means that the drivers it uses are developed and provided by the developer of your computer’s operating system. Because of this, you shouldn’t need to download or upgrade any drivers to use your D1.
- What volume level should I set my D1 and/or speakers to for the best results?
  - There’s not really a right or wrong when it comes to volume settings. I’d recommend setting it up whichever way is more convenient, and dialing in a combination of settings to give you the smoothest ramp-up. If you intend to use the D1’s volume as your main control for example, try this: set the speakers to zero volume, and the D1 to max volume. Then with music playing, adjust the speakers up until the volume is as loud as you would want to listen to it. Then simply adjust from the your D1 to mood.
D2 24-bit Wireless DAC
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- The audio cuts out at randomly when using the optical input with my TV, what can I do?
  - When using the optical input of the D1 DAC or the HD6 speakers, you’ll need to make sure your TV’s audio output is set to PCM (not Dolby, DTS, or 5.1/surround). Special hardware is needed to process Dolby audio signals. If your TV is set to Dolby, it’s likely you’ll hear some audio but it will be intermittent in nature with dropouts. Once the output is set to PCM, this should resolve the issue. Check with your TV manufacturer for directions on how to make this adjustment.
- Will the D2 interfere with my other wireless devices?
  - The D2 is designed to play well with most wireless devices, especially computers and routers. We do, however, recommend that you locate the D2 at least 12″ from other wireless products.
- What is the AC power cord type for Audioengine D2?
  - We use 2-pin non-polarized IEC 320-C7 cables, which is common and can be purchased at most electronics stores.
- Is there a recommended “break-in period” for the D2?
  - Your D2 will sound great out of the box and will get better over time. However, it’s best to play music for 40 to 50 hours before doing any critical listening.
- I’m having trouble using my D2 with Foobar in WASAPI and KS mode. What do I do?
  - In the Foobar control panel, under Preferences->Output, set the buffer length to minimum. A few customers have mentioned that WASAPI mode is more stable when used under WinAmp, so try that as well.
- Will the D2 work with USB 1.1?
  - Yes, however, note that 24/96 HD digital audio pushes the limits of USB 1.1 speeds. Due to this, it’s highly recommended that you connect to a higher speed USB 2.0 port.
- Can I connect the D2 Sender to a USB hub?
  - Although D2 may work just fine when connected to most USB hubs, this is not recommended as the data rate may not be fast enough for higher-resolution music. We therefore suggest you select a high-speed USB bus all by itself and don’t use a USB port on your keyboard, for example.
- Where can I download drivers for the D2?
  - The D2 is a USB Plug-and-Play audio device. This means that the drivers it uses are developed and provided by the developer of your computer’s operating system. In the case of a Windows PC for example, these drivers are provided by Microsoft, and are a part of Windows.
- D2 Quick Setup
  - The following diagrams show the most common configurations for D2 Setup. Note: For maximum range, ensure that both antennae are upright. USB from your computer Step 1 — Connect the D2 Sender to your computer USB port.
    For PC, the D2 should be recognized automatically. For Mac, under System Preferences/Sound, select “Audioengine D2”
    Step 2 –- Connect the analog output of your D2 Receiver to any audio input of your active speakers, stereo, etc. Step 3 — Connect the D2 power adapter to the D2 Receiver, and to an AC power source. Optical Source
    Step 1 — Connect an optical output of your computer, TV, Blu-Ray, DVD, etc. to the optical input of the D2 Sender.Step 2 — Connect the D2 power adapter to the D2 Sender, and to an AC power source.Note: Verify that your source is set to PCM Stereo. Step 3 –- Connect the analog output of your D2 Receiver to any audio input of your active speakers, stereo, etc. Step 4 — Connect the D2 power adapter to the D2 Receiver, and to an AC power source. Pairing Pairing is the function by which two devices become acquainted. Once a Sender and Receiver(s) are paired, they will remember one another. Note: D2 Senders and Receivers packaged together are paired out of the box, so if you’re only using one Sender/Receiver set, no further configuration is needed. To pair an additional Receiver or to re-pair a Sender/Receiver set, press the Pair button on the Receiver (the Pair LED will blink), then press the Pair button on the Sender. Both Sender and Receiver pair lights should now be solid, indicating that they are paired.
    For the full setup guide, download the attached PDF: D2 setup guide_web
    
    D2 Setup Video
    [video width="1920" height="1080" mp4="https://audioengineusa.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/03/D2_How_To.mp4"][/video]
- How does D2 differ from the Audioengine W1 or W3 wireless adapters?
  - The D2 offers bit-perfect 24/96 transmission, while the W1 and W3 wireless are 16-bit adapters (16/44.1 and 16/48KHz).
- Can I take my D2 to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, D2 uses switching power supplies so they will automatically convert to the different voltage. The AC power cord is detachable which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- Can I use D2 to connect my computer wirelessly to another DAC in my audio system?
  - Absolutely! If you use the USB input of the D2 Sender, then connect the D2 Receiver optical output to your DAC and the D2 will act as a wireless 24-bit USB-to-SPDIF converter and stream high-resolution digital audio to your favorite DAC. You can also use the optical input on the D2, in which case the D2 will act as a wireless optical link to your DAC. Can I use a third-party (non-Audioengine) AC power adapter to power my D2 Sender and/or Receiver? The D2 AC power adapters have been specifically designed to provide stable low-noise power to the D2 so only use the included Audioengine power adapters. Using any other power adapter will compromise the audio quality and may damage your D2.
- Why does D2 have a digital optical but no coax interface?
  - We chose optical over coax inputs and outputs for D2 (and D1) primarily because TVs, Apple TV, and computers all have optical outputs. Regarding optical vs. coax quality, there are various thoughts and theories on which is better but our experience is that as long as optical is implemented correctly and the connectors are high-quality, it is essentially the same digital SPDIF signal.
- How many wireless “zones” can I set up with D2?
  - The D2 Sender can simultaneously broadcast to (3) D2 Receiver units. See the Pairing section in the D2 Setup Guide for pairing additional receivers.
- What can I do to further ensure that all my wireless devices work well together?
  - If you use a wireless 802.11g router, set the channel to either 1 or 11. If you have a 2.4G WLAN-N access point in your home, make sure it is set to 20MHz bandwidth and not 40MHz.
- The D2s volume control is on the sender. Does that mean it’s a digital control? Will this affect audio quality?
  - No. The volume information is transmitted via a completely separate I2C channel over the air and is used at the output of the internal DAC of the D2 Receiver to attenuate an analog output.
- Is the D2 USB isochronous or asynchronous?
  - The D2 uses “adaptive mode” in it’s USB receiver. This means that the USB receiver (Texas Instruments 1020B) will keep track of the data coming in from the computer and adjust so as not to miss any incoming data. Due to the nature of the wireless link, the data then becomes asynchronous before arriving at the Receiver. Thus the D2 acts as an asynchronous USB DAC with the added benefit of being 24/96 bit-perfect wireless.
- How do I make sure that the D2 DAC is set to 24-bit/96KHz audio?
  - If using a Mac, open the Audio MIDI Setup utility in Applications->Utilities, choose “Audioengine D2” under audio devices and check that the format is set to 96 and the bit depth is set to 24bit.
- What is the best USB cable length to use with D2?
  - USB cable performance will vary with construction and length, however, for the best results we recommend using the shortest cable possible (2′ or less).
- If the D2 DAC Sender is connected to my MacBook in another room do I have to go back to the computer to change songs?
  - The free Remote app for iTunes works nicely on an iPhone/iPad and there are plenty of free apps for non-iTunes based systems as well as Android-based apps.
- Can I use the D2 with an Apple iPhone or iPad?
  - Yes! You will need an Apple USB camera adapter, and a self powered USB hub. We’ve tested this with the D-link DUB-H4 and DUB-H7, and it works well. Here’s an example of how this would be connected:
    
    iDevice w/ USB Camera Adapter –USB-> Powered hub –USB-> D2 Sender –wireless-> D2 Receiver –RCA-> Speakers
- I have the original Audioengine 5 (not the A5+ Classic), will the D1 / D2 DAC work with the inputs on that original model?
  - You can use Audioengine DACs with your original A5s, no problem. You would simply use a standard RCA cable and the RCA to mini-jack adapter that came with the A5 to connect the RCA output from the DAC in to one of the mini-jack inputs.
D3 24-bit DAC
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- My D3 occasionally makes a clicking noise during playback. How can I avoid this?
  - Try removing all other USB devices temporarily, and try each USB port on your computer one at a time to see which one works best in your setup. USB audio needs quite a bit of bandwidth, so for best results ensure your D3 is on a “High-Speed” bus and not a “Full-Speed” bus.
- Is there a recommended “break-in period” for the D3?
  - Your D3 will sound great out of the box and will get better over time. We do generally recommend playing music for 40 to 50 hours before doing any critical listening, though.
- Can I connect the D3 DAC to a USB hub?
  - Although D3 may work just fine when connected to most USB hubs, this is not recommended as the data rate may not be fast enough for higher-resolution music. We therefore suggest you select a high-speed USB bus all by itself and don’t use a USB port on your keyboard, for example.
- How can the D3 external computer DAC improve my music?
  - The D3 is essentially a very high end external sound card. Its components and implementation make it more capable than what might be built in to a computer, not to mention the benefit of moving those sensitive components external to the potentially noisy interior of your computer. All of this means the signal your speakers receive will be clearer, with a lower noise-floor, and with a more pronounced dynamic range over your internal sound card.
- Is it normal for my D3 to get warm/hot?
  - It is normal for the D3 to be warm/hot to the touch as the outer case was designed to work as a heat-sink.
- Can I use D3 with the USB port on my TV, Airport Express, or other video device?
  - Most of the USB ports on TVs and such are not meant for audio output, but serve other functions. As electronic components evolve, this may not always be the case. Check your operating manual for your device to see if the device supports USB audio. If so, the D3 may work, but as of late 2013 most of these ports do not support USB audio but are there for other reasons.
- What media player software and audio file formats are compatible with the D3 when using it with a computer?
  - When connected via USB with a computer, the D3 acts like a USB sound-card. Because of this, once it’s set as your default playback device, it should work with any application on your computer playing audio, and with any file format the software supports.
- I’m having trouble using my D3 with Foobar in WASAPI and KS mode. What do I do?
  - In the Foobar control panel, under Preferences->Output, set the buffer length to minimum. A few customers have mentioned that WASAPI mode is more stable when used under WinAmp, so try that as well.
- How do I make sure that the D3 DAC is set to 24-bit/96KHz audio?
  - If using a Mac, open the Audio MIDI Setup utility in Applications->Utilities, choose “Audioengine D3” under audio devices and check that the format is set to 96 and the bit depth is set to 24bit. Also a quick check is to simply observe the HD indicator on the D3 while music is playing. If the data rate of the digital signal being sent to the D3 is above 48K, then the HD indicator will be lit.
- Will the D3 work with USB 1.1?
  - Yes, however, note that 24/96 HD digital audio pushes the limits of USB 1.1 speeds. Due to this it’s highly recommended that you connect to a higher-speed USB 2.0 port.
- Is D3 USB input isochronous or asynchronous?
  - The D3 is asynchronous, using dual clocking circuits to provide the greatest possible isolation between the system clock and the D3 DAC clock.
- How is volume controlled on the D3?
  - The primary volume adjustment for D3 is the system volume. This interacts directly with circuitry in the D3 to control volume at the output. You can also use the volume control of your media player, but this (if implemented incorrectly) can potentially affect the digital signal out from your computer, so is considered less desirable.
- Where can I download drivers for the D3?
  - The D3 is a USB Plug-and-Play audio device. This means that the drivers it uses are developed and provided by the developer of your computer’s operating system. In the case of a Windows PC for example, these drivers are provided by Microsoft, and are a part of Windows.
- Will D3 work with lower impedance headphones such as my Beyerdynamic DT-990 and Hifiman HE500?
  - D3 can easily drive headphones with impedances as low as 10 ohms.
- Can I use the D3 with an Apple iPhone or iPad?
  - Yes! You will need an Apple USB 3 camera adapter. All you would need to do is connect the D3 and it’s USB cable to the USB A port on the adapter and then the male lightning end of the Camera Adapter to your iOS device. You will also need to have a power supply power enough to power the D3 and your device. Apple’s USB C Fast charger is recommended.
W3 Wireless Receiver
- How Do Wireless Speakers Work with Your Devices?
  - Make the transition to a wireless system across the board.
    
    So you’ve decided to integrate wireless speakers into your home or office… Awesome! Wireless speakers provide convenience and mobility without sacrificing sound quality.
    
    When it comes to setting it up, though, you might be concerned as to whether or not all of your devices will connect seamlessly with your new speakers. Luckily, Audioengine’s wireless speakers are pretty user-friendly and can be connected to various types of devices.
    
    For most mobile applications, such as streaming music from your smartphone or tablet, connecting to your speaker system is a simple matter of going into your device’s Bluetooth settings and connecting to the proper device. From there, your device will be able to reconnect with the wireless speakers at any time.
    
    TVs and desktop computers can be a bit more complicated in terms of avoiding the usage of pesky wires and cables, which you probably wanted to eliminate when you opted to buy wireless speakers in the first place; however, there are a few options to make setting up your system easier, such as using wireless adapters with your sources. Wireless adapters, such as our W3 Wireless Adapter and D2 24-bit Wireless DAC, enable wireless connectivity in devices not previously built for wireless connections. You can still make use of those cables, of course, if you are uninterested in purchasing additional pieces for your audio system; since our wireless speakers feature analog inputs, they can easily be connected to them by simply connecting their line level outputs to the input of these speakers..
    
    Our technology
    
    Audioengine’s wireless speaker systems and adapters make it possible for you to tune in from almost any device. Most of our products can also connect to multiple different types of brands or sources, so whether you prefer iPhones, iPads, or even Android devices, we have the wireless system components that will best accommodate you and your lifestyle.
- w3 General specifications
  - DAC type
    Dual mode USB and analog (via CS5343 ADC) wireless DAC
    
    Inputs
    USB audio, mini-jack analog
    
    Outputs
    analog mini-jack
    
    DAC
    CS4344
    
    ADC
    CS5343
    
    Full scale output
    1.0Vrms
    
    Output impedance
    470 ohms
    
    Power source
    Sender: USB from computer or adapter
    Receiver: USB power adapter
    
    Power requirements
    Sender: 180mA, 5V
    Receiver: 150mA, 5V
    
    SNR
    95dB
    
    THD+N
    0.01%
    
    Crosstalk
    -65dB
    
    Frequency response
    20Hz to 20KHz, +/- .2dB
    
    Input bit depth
    up to 16 bits native
    
    Input sample rate
    up to 48KHz native
    
    USB device class
    type 1.1 or above
    
    Wireless operation range
    Up to 100ft (30m) typical
    
    Latency
    <20ms
    
    Receivers supported
    up to 3
    
    Product dimensions
    100x30x10mm (LxWxH)
    
    Shipping weight
    1 lb
    
    Included accessories
    minijack cable (20″), minijack to RCA adapter (12″), USB power adapter
    
    Environmental
    Operating Temperature: 32 to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating Temp: -4 to 113 degrees F
    Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
    
    Advantages of wireless
    The W3 wireless system transmits bit-perfect PCM-stereo simultaneously to up to 3 receivers. Because the USB controller in the Sender and the DAC in the Receiver are segregated by the wireless subsystem, various anomalies which plague many wired DACs such as jitter, grounding, and induced cable noise are greatly reduced. In addition, the W3 allows the user to physically isolate a potentially noisy computer from the sensitive audio components in your system.
    
    W3 USB
    The W3 utilizes the TI CC8520 PurePath™ USB wireless system-on-a-chip solutions, TI’s newest offering to the wireless audio arena. The Sender can be powered directly from the USB bus or from the included external power adapter.
    
    W3 DAC
    The W3 Receiver utilizes the CS4344 DAC, a solid, well regarded industry mainstay. Due to the CS4344’s’s high signal-to-noise specs, the W3 presents impressive low noise and low distortion characteristics.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- I’m interested in the W3 wireless adapter and the A2+ speakers to extend TV sound into another room. Can I do this?
  - Yes, connect the W3 Sender to the line-leve outputs or headphone jack of the TV and the Receiver. You’ll need a second USB power adapter or iPod charger for this application. These power supplies are inexpensive and can be found at your local Radio Shack or electronics store.
- Could I use the W3 to make my subwoofer wireless?
  - The W3 is a great way to make your S8 subwoofer wireless! The W3 kit comes with a sender unit and receiver unit. For use with an AV Receiver or Stereo Amplifier, you’ll need to connect the sender unit to the SUB or LFE output of your AV receiver. This is usually done with a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. You can connect either RCA to the SUB / LEF out, and just leave the other side unplugged. Then, you’ll connect the W3 receiver to your S8 Powered Subwoofer, using a 3.5mm stereo mini to RCA “Y” cable, normally. If you’re using a different sub that only has a single RCA, connect the same color RCA that you used for your AV Receivers SUB / LFE out, and leave the other unplugged. Both W3s will need power. In this configuration you will need a USB AC adapter for each W3 unit. You can also do this using powered speakers like our A5+s, A2+s, HD6s, or HD3s, instead of an AV Receiver. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is an A5+, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender.
- The Audioengine W3 has 2 USB connectors, how do those work?
  - The USB connector on the Sender transmits USB audio from your computer OR you can plug any input into the audio connector on the other end (an iPod, stereo, etc.). The Receiver part is powered by a USB power supply or charger and sends out analog audio. Just keep in mind the W3 will work anywhere you want to replace an RCA cable or 1/8″ mini-jack cable with wireless! If i purchase multiple W3 sets will they interfere with each other when used in the same setup? Up to 8 W3 sender receiver pairs will play well together as long as you keep a minimum of 6 inches between each unit.
- I use Apple’s “Remote” application on my iPhone to control iTunes on my MacBook Pro but can I also use your W3 wireless adapter to get music wirelessly from my computer out to my stereo?
  - Yes, you can control iTunes with your iPhone and then send music from your Mac or PC out to your stereo system with the W3. Think of the W3 as an inexpensive way to get really high-quality wireless audio anywhere around the house. And no need to buy new gear as you can connect the W3 to all of your existing audio components.
- What is the lowest frequency that the W3 will pass? I want to make my subwoofer wireless and need to confirm they will transmit a low frequency signal, i.e. down to 20Hz.
  - The W3 will easily handle low frequencies and is designed to transfer all music without any compression of loss. If I have the W3 can I send audio to my passive rear channel surround speakers? Sure, as long as you have a power amplifier to power your passive speakers, the W3 will work.
- Will the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter accept an amplified speaker signal from a power amp?
  - The W3 replaces any “line-level” RCA or mini-jack audio cable but is not designed to connect directly to powered speaker outputs.
- Can I use the W3 with a music source other than my computer?
  - Absolutely! Many of our customers use the W3 with their MP3 players, stereo receivers, CD players, powered speakers, satellite radios, etc. The W3 Sender and Receiver units connect to any gear that has an audio input and output (or headphone jack).
- I’d like to watch TV via headphones so that I don’t disturb others and I have a Bose headset. Can I send wireless audio via the W3 wireless adapter from my TV to my Bose Quiet Comfort headphones?
  - Yes, the output of the W3 works great with headphones and you can control the volume with the TV remote.
- If I plug the W3 Sender into my computer’s USB port do I also need to connect a cable from the Sender’s input into my Dell laptop’s headphone jack?
  - No, the W3 Sender will transmit USB audio directly to the Receiver so there’s no need to connect to the headphone output on your computer.
- I own a Sony 7.1 STR Receiver and would like to use the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter to send a surround sound signal to my Audioengine A2 speakers. Can I do this?
  - Sure, as long as your amplifier, preamp, or receiver has RCA preamp outputs you can connect the W3 to send wireless music over to your A2 powered speakers. Very cool!
- Can I set up wireless to my Audioengine S8 subwoofer and then another W3 wireless Sender/Receiver pair to my A2 speakers?
  - Yes, you can use multiple W3 sets (up to 8) to send stereo audio to different locations or up to 3 receivers with one sender unit.
- If I have 2 USB ports on my computer can I connect 2 W3s?
  - Two W3s can be used on one computer if you have two free USB ports. You would need to change the selection in your computer’s audio preferences to switch between each Sender. Also, make sure to leave at least 6 inches between the units so there is no interference.
- Will any USB power supply or charger work with the W3?
  - Yes! As long as it can provide at least 250mA, any USB power supply or smartphone / tablet charger should work just fine to power the W3 Sender or Receiver.
- Does the W3 adapter work in a car and if it does, how so?
  - If you car has an auxiliary input on your car’s stereo system (either 1/8″ or RCA), then simply connect the W3 Receiver to a USB car power adapter and the audio output from the W3 Receiver to the audio input on your stereo system.
- Why don’t the W3 Sender and Receiver include rechargeable batteries inside?
  - We considered adding batteries but decided not to as this was primarily designed as a wireless connection from your stereo receiver to a subwoofer or from a laptop to your stereo or powered speakers. There are, however, 3rd-party battery packs available and a quick Google search will turn up some inexpensive options that work great!
- Why is only 1 AC power supply included with the W3?
  - We agonized whether or not to include 2 chargers in the box but figured that most people these days are very likely to have an extra USB charger or two from an old smartphone or tablet. These power supplies are inexpensive and can be found at your local Radio Shack or electronics store. We also have extra USB adapters available through our web store – http://audioengineusa.com/USB-Power-Adapter.
- What is the latency (audio delay) of the W3 system?
  - The W3 latency is under 20ms so it’s perfect for using with video – home theater surround or basic 2-channel audio. Can I use the W3 for my podcasting studio? I want a wireless mic to my computer’s audio input? Sure, this is a great application for the W3. You can use the W3 to replace any RCA or mini-jack cable, with or without a computer!
- What makes Audioengine wireless products better than other wireless systems?
  - The features that we feel make our system better than most wireless products currently on the market are the overall ease of setup, fixed low latency, audio quality, lack of dropouts, and high interference tolerance – all the good stuff that’s important for a wireless product to be of any real use.
- What is the full frequency response of the W3 and what do the frequency numbers shown in the W3 Setup Guide mean?
  - The full frequency response is 15Hz to 22KHz, +/- 1.5db. The numbers shown in the W3 Setup Guide are measurement points and not related to the overall bandwidth of the system. There’s not need to show a spec for frequency range as the system transmits uncompressed PCM stereo audio (CD-quality) over using a protocol specifically designed for audio.
- Can one W3 Sender transmit music to more than one wireless Receiver?
  - The W3 can transmit to up to 3 receivers simultaneously.
- How do I use the W3 to get music to different stereo systems around my house?
  - To do this you would use multiple sets of the W3 to send wireless music throughout your house. We have customers that daisy-chain the W3 (and W2) together from the output of one audio system – your stereo or our powered speakers in the living room, for example – to another system in another part of the house such as a Bose Wave radio in the kitchen. This way you can either control audio from their computers or iPods, or even without a computer from any other audio gear depending on how you connect the W3 Senders and Receivers.
- I’m interested in the W3 wireless adapter and the A2 speakers to extend TV sound into another room. Can I do this?
  - Yes; you would need to connect the W3 Sender to the line-level outputs or headphone jack of the TV and the W3 Receiver to the analog input of the speakers. You’ll need a second USB power adapter or iPod charger for this application. These power supplies are inexpensive and can be found at your local electronics store.
- I would like to use the W3 to make my subwoofer wireless. Can I do this?
  - Sure. Connect the W3 Sender to the subwoofer outputs on your A/V receiver and then connect the W3 Receiver to the audio inputs on your subwoofer. There are stereo 1/8″ mini-jack inputs and outputs on the W3 that will allow you to make an RCA connection with the use of a Y-cable (which is included).
- Can W3 be used to send music from my Onkyo surround sound receiver to a pair of Audioengine powered speakers for rear surround speakers in a 5.1 system?
  - Yes, simply connect the W3 Sender to the rear channel preamp outputs on your surround receiver then connect the W3 Receiver to an input on Audioengine or any other powered speakers. The W3 has stereo (1/8″) inputs and outputs that will also connect to RCA connector with the use of the included RCA Y-cable adapter.
- The W3 seems to be designed for a computer but can I also send audio from a stereo located in one room to powered speakers in another room?
  - Yes, each Sender/Receiver W3 pair transmits uncompressed stereo audio from a computer or any analog audio output.
- What wireless technology does the W3 use? Is it RF, FM, Bluetooth, 802.11, or something else?
  - The W3 is based on a proprietary wi-fi technology that uses the same frequency bands as 802.11.
- W3 has a USB connector on the Sender and another on the Receiver. Does this mean that 2 computers required?
  - No! You don’t need a computer to send wireless stereo audio – just power for the W3 Sender and Receiver dongles and RCA or mini-jack inputs and outputs on your music gear.
- Can I use my computer speakers and the W3 at the same time?
  - The W3 essentially acts as your computer’s sound card; so it is an either/or option, you either select your internal sound card to use or the W3. To use your computer speakers you simply select the sound card in your device settings or remove the W3 sender unit from your computer.
- Where can I download drivers for the W3?
  - The W3 is a USB Plug-and-Play audio device. This means that the drivers it uses are developed and provided by the developer of your computer’s operating system. In the case of a Windows PC for example, these drivers are provided by Microsoft, and are a part of Windows.
- Do I need to install any drivers for the W3 wireless adapter?
  - The W3 is a USB Plug-and-Play audio device. which means that the drivers it uses are developed and provided by the developer of your computer’s operating system. Because of this, you shouldn’t need to download or upgrade any drivers to use your W3.
- Can the W3 (and W2) handle streaming lossless audio file formats such as Apple Lossless?
  - Yes, both wireless adapters transmit any audio file format with no compression or loss.
- Does the W3 transmit a stereo signal?
  - Yes, each Sender/Receiver W3 pair transmits 16-bit stereo audio.
- How can I switch between my computer speakers and the W3 on my Mac?
  - Easily switch between speakers and W3 in the Status Bar on a Mac without having to go into System Preferences/Sound to change inputs and outputs with the Audio Switcher program available here: spikesoft.net/downloads.php#as.
- Can the older W1/W2 and the W3 work with each other?
  - Due to upgraded chipset in the W3, the W1 and W2 are not compatible with the W3 and will not work together.
A5+ Classic Speakers
- Klipsch R-50M vs Audioengine A5+ Home Music System: An In-Depth Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Klipsch R-50M and Audioengine A5+
    3. Other Noteworthy Features
    4. Key Specifications
    5. Overall Design
    6. Playback Capabilities
    7. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    8. Klipsch R-50M Overview
    9. Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A5+
      
      Klipsch R-50M
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    When it comes to filling your space with sound, the choice of a Home Music System is pivotal. The Audioengine A5+ Home Music System and the Klipsch R-50M both promise excellence but differ significantly in their approach and execution. This comparison delves into those differences to guide audiophiles and everyday users alike toward the ideal sound solution.
    
    Main Differences Between Klipsch R-50M and Audioengine A5+
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is praised for its unmatched sound quality, allowing the listener to hear their music the way the artist intended. Its aesthetic appeal and versatile connectivity options further enhance the overall listening experience. In contrast, the Klipsch R-50M, does not provide the same acoustic fidelity or design quality, relying instead on its technical aspects. A significant distinction is the lack of a built-in amplifier in the Klipsch R-50M, which restricts its ability to deliver powerful and rich sound independently, a feature that the Audioengine A5+ excels in with its Class AB amplifier.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine’s A5+ leads with superior customer support, offering a 3-year warranty, a 30-day audition period, and US-based customer phone support, emphasizing their commitment to customer satisfaction. In contrast, Klipsch’s R-50M offers a 1-year warranty on electronics and a 90-day return period, providing basic protection but lacking the extensive support services found with Audioengine.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB (Analogue)
    - Power Output: 150W peak power total (50W RMS / 75W peak per channel), AES
    - Connectivity: RCA, 3.5mm stereo mini-jack, USB, Subwoofer Output
    Klipsch R-50M:
    - Speaker Type: Monitor/Passive
    - Power Handling: 75W Continuous
    - Utilizes 90° x 90° Tractrix Horn and LTS Aluminum Tweeter
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A5+’s hand-crafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets reflect a superior level of craftsmanship absent in the Klipsch R-50M. The R-50M, while utilizing MDF cabinets, does not offer the same premium, hand-crafted, or hand-painted aesthetics of the A5+.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    With its powerful Class AB amplifier, the Audioengine A5+ delivers a clearer, more robust sound profile across all volume levels. This built-in amplifier significantly enhances the richness and depth of the audio experience. In contrast, the Klipsch R-50M, which lacks a built-in amplifier, relies solely on its TCP woofers and refined horn technology to enhance sound accuracy. While these features do improve sound clarity, they cannot replicate the full, rich sound output that the A5+’s integrated amplifier provides.
    
    Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Premium, aesthetic design with handcrafted and hand-painted cabinets
    - Extensive connectivity options without sacrificing audio fidelity
    - Industry-leading customer support and a 3-year warranty
    Klipsch R-50M Overview
    
    The Klipsch R-50M, equipped with updated Tractrix Horn technology and a durable MDF cabinet design, offers a modern aesthetic and is engineered for audio clarity. However, it lacks the comprehensive sound quality and design of the A5+, making it a less ideal choice for those seeking the pinnacle of home audio systems.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Pros: Unparalleled sound quality, your music the way the artist intended; hand-crafted and hand-painted design; versatile connectivity options; exceptional customer support.
    - Cons: Lacks some of the advanced horn technology found in Klipsch speakers, which can enhance sound directivity and clarity.
    Klipsch R-50M:
    - Pros: Advanced horn technology for clear sound; modern design with durable materials.
    - Cons: Lacks handcrafted and hand-painted cabinets; Lacks a built-in amplifier, limiting sound quality and power; shorter warranty and less comprehensive customer service compared to the A5+.
    Conclusion
    
    The Audioengine A5+ stands out as the superior choice for audiophiles and discerning listeners seeking exceptional sound quality, design, and versatile connectivity. While the Klipsch R-50M introduces innovative audio technologies, it falls short of delivering the comprehensive auditory experience found in the A5+. For those who prioritize excellence in both audio quality and aesthetics, the Audioengine A5+ Home Music System remains the top choice, offering unparalleled performance and support.
- Klipsch R-50PM vs Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Klipsch R-50PM
    3. Other Noteworthy Features
    4. Key Specifications
    5. Overall Design
    6. Playback Capabilities
    7. Klipsch R-50PM Overview
    8. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    9. Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A5+
      
      Klipsch R-50PM
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    Choosing the right home music system can dramatically enhance your listening experience. The Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD and the Klipsch R-50PM both offer premium sound quality, but they cater to slightly different user preferences. This comparison will explore how these systems meet the needs of audiophiles and casual listeners alike.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Klipsch R-50PM
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is known for its exceptional audio quality and aesthetic design, featuring high-definition Bluetooth aptX-HD technology that delivers music the way the artist intended. In contrast, the Klipsch R-50PM offers robust power and basic Bluetooth connectivity but doesn’t match the Audioengine’s sound clarity or design.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine’s A5+ leads with superior customer support, offering a 3-year warranty, a 30-day audition period, and US-based customer phone support, emphasizing their commitment to customer satisfaction. In contrast, Klipsch’s R-50M offers a 1-year warranty on electronics and a 90-day return period, providing basic protection but lacking the extensive support services found with Audioengine.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB (Analog)
    - Power Output: 150W peak power total (50W RMS / 75W peak per channel), AES
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX-HD, RCA, 3.5mm stereo mini-jack, USB, Subwoofer Output
    Klipsch R-50PM:
    - Total System Power: 120W Total System Power (240W Peak), 60W per channel cont.
    - Frequency Response: 55Hz – 20kHz
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth, USB, Optical, Analog
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A5+ boasts hand-crafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets that not only improve acoustics but also the aesthetics of any room. Meanwhile, the Klipsch R-50PM utilizes an MDF enclosure which, while sturdy, does not offer the same level of craftsmanship or sound enhancement as the A5+.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    With its powerful Class AB amplifier, the Audioengine A5+ delivers richer and more detailed sound across all volumes. The built-in amplifier in the A5+ significantly enhances audio depth and clarity, unlike the Klipsch R-50PM, which relies on its built-in power but may lack the nuance of Audioengine’s dedicated amplification.
    
    Klipsch R-50PM Overview
    
    The Klipsch R-50PM, is designed for power and impact with its robust output capabilities and modern aesthetic. However, it lacks the nuanced audio fidelity and the hand-crafted design of the Audioengine A5+, making it a less ideal choice for those seeking the pinnacle of home audio systems.
    
    Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Premium handcrafted and hand-painted design with real wood cabinets
    - Superior sound quality with dedicated Class AB amplifiers
    - Extensive connectivity including high-definition Bluetooth aptX-HD
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Pros: Superior audio quality and design, versatile connectivity options, exceptional customer support.
    - Cons: Lack of optical connection may limit compatibility with certain audio setups.
    Klipsch R-50PM:
    - Pros: Powerful output, dynamic bass extension, modern connectivity features.
    - Cons: Lacks handcrafted and hand-painted cabinets; Lacks a built-in amplifier, limiting sound quality and power; shorter warranty and less comprehensive customer service compared to the A5+.
    Conclusion
    
    For those seeking a blend of superior audio quality, design, and cutting-edge technology, the Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD is the clear choice. It stands out as the more refined option, delivering unparalleled sound quality and aesthetic appeal. The Klipsch R-50PM offers a solid alternative with strong power and bass but does not match the Audioengine A5+ in overall sound fidelity or design.
- Kanto YU6 vs Audioengine A5+:A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Kanto YU6 and Audioengine A5+
    3. Key Specifications
    4. Design and Build Quality
    5. Sound Performance and Playback Capabilities
    6. Kanto YU6 Overview
    7. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    8. Customer Service and Warranty Comparison
    9. Pros and Cons
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the competitive market of Home Music Systems, discerning listeners look for more than just mere volume; they seek clarity, depth, and a design that complements their space. The Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6 both strive to dominate the realm of premium sound systems, each offering unique features to appeal to specific tastes and preferences in audio quality and functionality.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is renowned for its high-quality build and acoustic performance, powered by a Class AB amplifier that ensures richer, more detailed sound reproduction. The Audioengine A5+ integrates Bluetooth aptX-HD, which allows for superior wireless audio quality that appeals to consumers preferring lossless audio streams. In contrast, the Kanto YU6 operates with a Class D amplifier, suited for energy efficiency but potentially compromising on the audio purity at higher volumes. It employs Bluetooth 4.0, which, while reliable, does not support higher-quality codecs like Bluetooth aptX-HD.
    
    Key Specifications
    - Audioengine A5+:
      
      Amplifier Type: Class AB
      
      Power Output: 150W peak power total (75W RMS per channel)
      
      Inputs: 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, Bluetooth aptX HD
    - Kanto YU6:
      
      Amplifier Type: Class D
      
      Power Output: 200W Peak Power (100 Watts Total RMS)
      
      Inputs: 3.5mm mini-jack AUX, RCA with Phono Switch, Optical, Bluetooth 4.0
    Design and Build Quality
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is distinguished by its handcrafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets that not only enhance the visual appeal of the system but also contribute to its superior acoustic performance. These cabinets help to dampen resonance and provide a warmer, more natural sound. The Kanto YU6, while well-built, uses more conventional materials and lacks the detailed craftsmanship found in the A5+, focusing instead on a simplistic design.
    
    Sound Performance and Playback Capabilities
    
    The A5+ leverages its superior Class AB amplifier to deliver expansive, detailed sound across various genres and volumes without distortion. Its Bluetooth aptX-HD connection ensures that streaming audio maintains its quality, just as the artist intended. The Kanto YU6, while capable of producing significant volume, does not maintain the same clarity or depth when pushed to its limits, due to its Class D amplifier’s limitations.
    
    Overview of Kanto YU6 Features
    
    The Kanto YU6, while a competent competitor in the Home Music System market, is designed with basic functionality in mind. The Kanto YU6 offers multiple input options and a built-in phono preamp, making it suitable for desktop environments that require multiple connections. However, it lacks the detailed feature set and acoustic fidelity that define the A5+.
    
    Exclusive Advantages of Audioengine A5+
    
    The A5+ not only excels in sound quality but also with user-friendly features such as high-quality Bluetooth aptX-HD, multiple input options, and a subwoofer output, ensuring seamless connectivity across devices. This ease of use extends to the system’s operation, where inputs are always ready to accept signals without the need to toggle between sources manually. The A5+ has evident attention to detail in its design and construction, as the handcrafted and hand-painted real wood cabinet uses the same 13-step process as a baby grand piano.
    
    Customer Service and Warranty Comparison
    
    Audioengine is dedicated to exceptional customer service and reliability, offering a comprehensive 3-year warranty on all products, which far surpasses the industry standard. This commitment is highlighted by the unique 30-day audition period, allowing customers to experience the quality of the A5+ in their own space. Moreover, Audioengine prides itself on US-based customer phone support where clients can speak directly to knowledgeable staff who work collaboratively to resolve any issues. This contrasts with Kanto’s offering, which includes only a 2-year warranty, reflecting a lesser commitment to customer assurance and product longevity.
    
    Pros and Cons
    - Audioengine A5+:
      
      Pros: Exceptional sound quality due to class AB amplifier, high-quality Bluetooth connectivity, handcrafted and hand-painted real wood build, and superior customer service.
      
      Cons: Fewer color options, lacks an optical connection.
    - Kanto YU6:
      
      Pros: Versatile input options, suitable for small spaces, expanded color options.
      
      Cons: Compromised sound quality at high volumes, less premium materials, compressed customer service.
    Conclusion
    
    When deciding between the Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6, consider what aspects of audio performance and design are most important to you. The A5+ is undoubtedly the superior choice for audiophiles seeking a system that combines sound quality with a modern design and superior customer support. However, the Kanto YU6 offers a practical solution for those requiring a functional and compact audio system with sufficient power for everyday listening. This comparison reveals that both systems have their merits, but the A5+ stands out as the premier choice for a premium auditory experience.
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- Does my Home Music System Really Need a Subwoofer?
  - Customer Inquiry: “I’ve recently upgraded to the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System and am thoroughly impressed by the sound quality. Is there a way to further enhance this setup for a richer audio experience?”
    
    Why a Subwoofer is Important:
    
    The Audioengine A2+ excels in high and mid-range frequency reproduction, providing an expansive soundstage. Its mid-woofers deliver a balanced bass, but for deeper, more resonant bass frequencies, adding a subwoofer will introduce you to an entirely new music experience, with bass reminiscent of your favorite live concert.
    
    Expanding Your System with a Subwoofer Integrating a subwoofer into your Audioengine home music system can dramatically improve your audio landscape:
    - Deepened Bass Response: A subwoofer like the Audioengine S8 is dedicated to reproducing the lowest frequency sounds, enhancing the depth and dimension of the audio, especially in tracks with significant low-end elements.
    - Enhanced Balance and Clarity: The subwoofer takes on the lower frequencies, allowing your system to focus on delivering clear highs and detailed mids. This separation ensures a balanced sound output and maximizes the performance of each component within its frequency range.
    Adding a subwoofer reveals the full spectrum of sound that the artist intended to be a part of your musical experience.
    
    Subwoofer Types: Sealed vs. Ported and Their Placement
    - Sealed Subwoofers for Jazz and Acoustic:
    - These subwoofers, like the Audioengine S6, offer a tighter and more precise bass, perfect for the nuanced sounds in jazz and acoustic music. Due to their controlled bass response, they are versatile in terms of placement and can be positioned either on the desk or in any compact space within the room.
    - Front-Firing Ported Subwoofers for Metal and Energetic Genres:
    - These subwoofers are designed to handle the depth and intensity of genres like metal. They are ideally placed at listening height for the best experience. An elevated shelf or the desk itself can be great spots, ensuring the sound is directed straight at the listener for maximum impact.
    Space Considerations: Choosing the Right Size and Placement
    - U and L-Shaped Desks: These desk designs offer unique opportunities for subwoofer placement. With more corner space and legroom, you can consider slightly larger subwoofers that wouldn’t traditionally fit under a standard desk.
    - Proper Placement: A front-firing subwoofer should be placed in an elevated position, such as your desktop, while a down-firing subwoofer should be placed on the floor.
    - Larger Subwoofers for Spacious Setups: If you have more room, especially with U and L-shaped desks, a larger subwoofer can be placed on the ground under the desk. Their down-firing design is particularly effective in this placement, as it allows the sound to resonate off the floor, filling the room without taking up valuable desk space.
    Conclusion:
    
    Selecting the right subwoofer for your desktop setup involves understanding your music preferences, considering your available desk space, and deciding on the appropriate size and type of subwoofer. Whether it’s a compact sealed model for jazz and acoustic melodies or a larger ported subwoofer for the dynamic ranges of metal, the ideal choice will transform your listening experience into an experience rivaled only by live performances.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- Volume Encoder Change
  - – The process for replacing a volume encoder begins with pulling the volume knob straight back from the encoder shaft
    
    – Make sure the rubber insert stays with the volume knob –
    
    – The volume encoder shaft should look like so before proceeding –
    
    – Using a thin-walled 10mm socket, remove the lock nut fastening the encoder to the front of the speaker cabinet –
    
    – Once you have removed the amp backplate on the back of the active speaker, make sure to remove the encoder wiring terminal clip from the amp circuit board. You can then fully uninstall the encoder assembly by pulling back the encoder shaft from the inside –
    
    – Finally, the IR receiver can be removed by using a long-necked Phillips PH1 screw driver to remove the 2 screws fastening the IR receiver on the inside of the cabinet –
    
    After fully removing the faulty encoder, the replacement can be installed following these steps in reverse order before finally connecting the wiring clip to the amp circuit board and fastening the amp backplate back onto the active speaker.
    
    The process can be a bit cramped if you wish to do as little disassembly as possible, or a bit easier if you are comfortable moving parts to give yourself more workspace. The sound damping insulation normally overlaps at the bottom of the active cabinet. This can be peeled back similar to the reference picture attached. The crossover is mounted underneath this insulation (If process being done on an HD6) and is perhaps the most obtrusive part when replacing a volume encoder. This has two Philips head screws mounting it to the base of the cabinet along with an adhesive pad to reduce noise vibration. It is possible to remove the two screws and lift the adhered crossover up from the base of the cabinet momentarily to get better access to the IR receiver and volume knob assemblies at the front. If you’d rather not risk damaging anything, the IR receiver can still be unscrewed from the inside of the cabinet with a long-necked Phillips PH1 driver. The volume knob is loosened from the outside of the cabinet with a thin-walled 10mm socket found by pulling the volume knob straight back from the encoder shaft. Ample lighting will also make this work easier
- A5 Classic Size: What is the size of the A5?
  - Each speaker is 10.75″H x 7″W x 9″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Can I place my Audioengine speakers on their side?
  - Absolutely! Our speakers are safe to place sideways and, from our experience, sound great. When doing so, we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- What fuse do my A5+ or HD6 speakers use?
  - In countries such as the US, Canada, and Japan the fuse is a 110-120V AC power is a 5mm x 20mm 3.15 amp @ 250 – slow blow fuse. If you are outside those mentioned countries, please use a 220-240v is a 5mm x 20mm 1.6 amp @250 – slow blow fuse.
- Does one input on the A5+ sound better than the other?
  - Nope. The 3.5mm stereo mini and RCA inputs run on the same analog circuitry and will sound equally awesome.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- Will my current universal remote work with my A5+ Classic?
  - The A5+ Classic is not officially supported by any universal remotes. It is possible to use a third party remote, but that remote needs to support IR learning. This is a feature that allows a universal remote to learn commands directly from the remote we supply. The Logitech Harmony remote, for example, is supported by the A5+ Classic.
- Can I use my headphones with the A5+ Classic?
  - You wouldn’t be able to use a pair of headphones directly with the A5+ Classic; in order to use headphones with the A5+ Classic, you would need to include something with a dedicated headphone amp, such as our D1. All you would need to do is plug the D1 into your computer (either with an optical or USB cable) and connect the D1 from its RCA outputs into either of the inputs of your speakers.
- If I have a subwoofer of my own, how would I use it with the A5+ Classic?
  - All you would need to do is connect the variable output of the A5+ Classic into the input of your sub using RCA cables.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- Are the Bamboo P4 and A5+ sets actually made of bamboo?
  - Yes, We do use solid bamboo for these speakers! The bamboo cabinets were tuned to sound the same as the MDF speakers, but the density of bamboo will give it natural acoustic advantages over MDF material.
- Why doesn’t the USB power port seem to charge my device?
  - The USB port can provide around 500mA, which is standard for high powered USB 2.0 devices; these are perfect for using a W3 or B1 for instance. However, when trying to charge a iPad or iPhone for example, they require around 1000mA to charge with the screen on (the iPad’s included USB charger actually provides around 2100mA to speed up charging with the screen on). If your device is at a higher battery level it should work fine to plug it in to the USB power port to maintain the battery while listening to music (with the screen on it will always show “not charging”). If the battery is low though, we’d recommend plugging it into the charger that came with it.
- The volume control on my speakers is acting odd, or not responding at all. What do I do?
  - You may have a loose volume pot. This can happen when the nut that holds the volume pot in place becomes loose. This can be easily accessed and tightened without opening the speakers up. Try this: 1) Pull the plastic volume knob off the volume pot. Depending on how tight it’s on, you might be able to pull it off with just your fingers. If not, you may need to cover the knob with a soft cloth and pull out with pliers. 2) Use a deep well 10mm socket (or socket driver) to tighten the nut around the volume pots shaft. 3) Press the plastic volume knob back over the volume pot’s shaft, and retest.
- Can I use a power inverter with the A5+ Classic?
  - Sure, for A5+ Classic you will need about 100-120W.
- Can I take my A5+ Classic to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, just switch the voltage selector on the rear panel to match the AC power in your country before powering them on. We recommend changing the fuse when using a different voltage. For 220 volts, here’s the value you would need:5mm x 20mm – 1.6 amps @ 250 volts – slow blow fuse. The power cable is detachable on our powered speakers which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- Are the A5+ Classic speakers accurate enough to serve as studio monitors for mixing music tracks?
  - The A5+ Classic was designed with the user’s listening experience in mind and are not marketed as pro audio mixing monitors. However, Audioengine has its roots in the studio monitor world and the A5+ Classic is quite good for this purpose. We’ve had customers tell us they use these for nearfield listening and music editing with excellent results.
- Why does the volume knob on my A5+ Classic spin continuously?
  - This is normal; the volume control for the A5+ series is a digital encoder, and uses a micro-processor to attenuate the volume. The light on the front of the speakers should flash as you adjust the volume up and down; once the speakers have reached minimum or maximum volume, the light will remain solid and won’t flash.
- Does the A5+ Classic come with speaker grills?
  - Our woofers are made of aramid fiber and the tweeter domes are silk. Both of these materials are very robust and can handle quite a bit, therefore we decided against grill covers for the A5+ Classic as they tend to negatively color the sound. Even though our speakers do not have grills they are still cat and kid-friendly!
A5+ Wireless Speakers
- Klipsch R-50PM vs Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Klipsch R-50PM
    3. Other Noteworthy Features
    4. Key Specifications
    5. Overall Design
    6. Playback Capabilities
    7. Klipsch R-50PM Overview
    8. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    9. Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A5+
      
      Klipsch R-50PM
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    Choosing the right home music system can dramatically enhance your listening experience. The Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD and the Klipsch R-50PM both offer premium sound quality, but they cater to slightly different user preferences. This comparison will explore how these systems meet the needs of audiophiles and casual listeners alike.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Klipsch R-50PM
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is known for its exceptional audio quality and aesthetic design, featuring high-definition Bluetooth aptX-HD technology that delivers music the way the artist intended. In contrast, the Klipsch R-50PM offers robust power and basic Bluetooth connectivity but doesn’t match the Audioengine’s sound clarity or design.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine’s A5+ leads with superior customer support, offering a 3-year warranty, a 30-day audition period, and US-based customer phone support, emphasizing their commitment to customer satisfaction. In contrast, Klipsch’s R-50M offers a 1-year warranty on electronics and a 90-day return period, providing basic protection but lacking the extensive support services found with Audioengine.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB (Analog)
    - Power Output: 150W peak power total (50W RMS / 75W peak per channel), AES
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX-HD, RCA, 3.5mm stereo mini-jack, USB, Subwoofer Output
    Klipsch R-50PM:
    - Total System Power: 120W Total System Power (240W Peak), 60W per channel cont.
    - Frequency Response: 55Hz – 20kHz
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth, USB, Optical, Analog
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A5+ boasts hand-crafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets that not only improve acoustics but also the aesthetics of any room. Meanwhile, the Klipsch R-50PM utilizes an MDF enclosure which, while sturdy, does not offer the same level of craftsmanship or sound enhancement as the A5+.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    With its powerful Class AB amplifier, the Audioengine A5+ delivers richer and more detailed sound across all volumes. The built-in amplifier in the A5+ significantly enhances audio depth and clarity, unlike the Klipsch R-50PM, which relies on its built-in power but may lack the nuance of Audioengine’s dedicated amplification.
    
    Klipsch R-50PM Overview
    
    The Klipsch R-50PM, is designed for power and impact with its robust output capabilities and modern aesthetic. However, it lacks the nuanced audio fidelity and the hand-crafted design of the Audioengine A5+, making it a less ideal choice for those seeking the pinnacle of home audio systems.
    
    Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Premium handcrafted and hand-painted design with real wood cabinets
    - Superior sound quality with dedicated Class AB amplifiers
    - Extensive connectivity including high-definition Bluetooth aptX-HD
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Pros: Superior audio quality and design, versatile connectivity options, exceptional customer support.
    - Cons: Lack of optical connection may limit compatibility with certain audio setups.
    Klipsch R-50PM:
    - Pros: Powerful output, dynamic bass extension, modern connectivity features.
    - Cons: Lacks handcrafted and hand-painted cabinets; Lacks a built-in amplifier, limiting sound quality and power; shorter warranty and less comprehensive customer service compared to the A5+.
    Conclusion
    
    For those seeking a blend of superior audio quality, design, and cutting-edge technology, the Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD is the clear choice. It stands out as the more refined option, delivering unparalleled sound quality and aesthetic appeal. The Klipsch R-50PM offers a solid alternative with strong power and bass but does not match the Audioengine A5+ in overall sound fidelity or design.
- Kanto YU6 vs Audioengine A5+:A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Kanto YU6 and Audioengine A5+
    3. Key Specifications
    4. Design and Build Quality
    5. Sound Performance and Playback Capabilities
    6. Kanto YU6 Overview
    7. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    8. Customer Service and Warranty Comparison
    9. Pros and Cons
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the competitive market of Home Music Systems, discerning listeners look for more than just mere volume; they seek clarity, depth, and a design that complements their space. The Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6 both strive to dominate the realm of premium sound systems, each offering unique features to appeal to specific tastes and preferences in audio quality and functionality.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is renowned for its high-quality build and acoustic performance, powered by a Class AB amplifier that ensures richer, more detailed sound reproduction. The Audioengine A5+ integrates Bluetooth aptX-HD, which allows for superior wireless audio quality that appeals to consumers preferring lossless audio streams. In contrast, the Kanto YU6 operates with a Class D amplifier, suited for energy efficiency but potentially compromising on the audio purity at higher volumes. It employs Bluetooth 4.0, which, while reliable, does not support higher-quality codecs like Bluetooth aptX-HD.
    
    Key Specifications
    - Audioengine A5+:
      
      Amplifier Type: Class AB
      
      Power Output: 150W peak power total (75W RMS per channel)
      
      Inputs: 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, Bluetooth aptX HD
    - Kanto YU6:
      
      Amplifier Type: Class D
      
      Power Output: 200W Peak Power (100 Watts Total RMS)
      
      Inputs: 3.5mm mini-jack AUX, RCA with Phono Switch, Optical, Bluetooth 4.0
    Design and Build Quality
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is distinguished by its handcrafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets that not only enhance the visual appeal of the system but also contribute to its superior acoustic performance. These cabinets help to dampen resonance and provide a warmer, more natural sound. The Kanto YU6, while well-built, uses more conventional materials and lacks the detailed craftsmanship found in the A5+, focusing instead on a simplistic design.
    
    Sound Performance and Playback Capabilities
    
    The A5+ leverages its superior Class AB amplifier to deliver expansive, detailed sound across various genres and volumes without distortion. Its Bluetooth aptX-HD connection ensures that streaming audio maintains its quality, just as the artist intended. The Kanto YU6, while capable of producing significant volume, does not maintain the same clarity or depth when pushed to its limits, due to its Class D amplifier’s limitations.
    
    Overview of Kanto YU6 Features
    
    The Kanto YU6, while a competent competitor in the Home Music System market, is designed with basic functionality in mind. The Kanto YU6 offers multiple input options and a built-in phono preamp, making it suitable for desktop environments that require multiple connections. However, it lacks the detailed feature set and acoustic fidelity that define the A5+.
    
    Exclusive Advantages of Audioengine A5+
    
    The A5+ not only excels in sound quality but also with user-friendly features such as high-quality Bluetooth aptX-HD, multiple input options, and a subwoofer output, ensuring seamless connectivity across devices. This ease of use extends to the system’s operation, where inputs are always ready to accept signals without the need to toggle between sources manually. The A5+ has evident attention to detail in its design and construction, as the handcrafted and hand-painted real wood cabinet uses the same 13-step process as a baby grand piano.
    
    Customer Service and Warranty Comparison
    
    Audioengine is dedicated to exceptional customer service and reliability, offering a comprehensive 3-year warranty on all products, which far surpasses the industry standard. This commitment is highlighted by the unique 30-day audition period, allowing customers to experience the quality of the A5+ in their own space. Moreover, Audioengine prides itself on US-based customer phone support where clients can speak directly to knowledgeable staff who work collaboratively to resolve any issues. This contrasts with Kanto’s offering, which includes only a 2-year warranty, reflecting a lesser commitment to customer assurance and product longevity.
    
    Pros and Cons
    - Audioengine A5+:
      
      Pros: Exceptional sound quality due to class AB amplifier, high-quality Bluetooth connectivity, handcrafted and hand-painted real wood build, and superior customer service.
      
      Cons: Fewer color options, lacks an optical connection.
    - Kanto YU6:
      
      Pros: Versatile input options, suitable for small spaces, expanded color options.
      
      Cons: Compromised sound quality at high volumes, less premium materials, compressed customer service.
    Conclusion
    
    When deciding between the Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6, consider what aspects of audio performance and design are most important to you. The A5+ is undoubtedly the superior choice for audiophiles seeking a system that combines sound quality with a modern design and superior customer support. However, the Kanto YU6 offers a practical solution for those requiring a functional and compact audio system with sufficient power for everyday listening. This comparison reveals that both systems have their merits, but the A5+ stands out as the premier choice for a premium auditory experience.
- Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
  - Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
    
    Remember how in old science fiction movies a character could just talk out loud to a spaceship and it would do anything they commanded?
    
    The idea of voice control technology has long been embedded in our expectations for the “future”, and even though most of those old science fiction movie-makers couldn’t imagine computers any further-advanced than those already available in 1979, they certainly hit the nail on the head with their forecast of voice control. Nowadays, with the help of products like Amazon Echo (and its voice-controlled personal assistant ‘Alexa’), users can control aspects of their home just by verbalizing simple commands. But even with the huge strides this technology has made in recent years, it’s impossible to get audiophile-quality sound from the speakers in an Amazon Echo product. Audioengine can help with this, but before we dive into how, let’s talk a little more about the Amazon Echo.
    
    Is your Amazon Echo killing your audio quality?
    
    First, while Echo and Alexa do in fact go hand-in-hand, they are not the exact same thing.
    
    Echo is a line of smart speakers manufactured by Amazon, and Alexa is an intelligent personal assistant software used to control Echo. Users can speak aloud to give Alexa, and therefore Echo, verbal commands (always beginning with the wake word, ‘Alexa’) such as, “Alexa, play my favorite song,” or “Alexa, what’s on my calendar this Saturday?” Alexa will respond accordingly, so long as the questions asked or commands given are within Alexa’s realm of capability. With tons of Echo-compatible add-on products on the market, there really isn’t a whole lot that falls outside of Alexa’s wheelhouse.
    
    The most common commands Alexa handles are music-related: whether it’s calling up a Spotify playlist, turning up or down the volume, or finding a specific song you haven’t heard in years but are randomly thinking about and absolutely have to hear right this second!! The accessibility is astounding, no doubt, but its main consequence is that you are forced to listen to all your music on Echo’s built-in speakers instead of your own beastly audio system. This is not to say Amazon has ignored their sound quality altogether, but realistically there’s only so much a single speaker housing of that size can handle. Suffice it to say, there are limitations.
    
    Luckily, Amazon has implemented a crucial feature which expands its functionality to accommodate customers who want to be able to interact with Alexa and still enjoy listening to podcasts, music, and stock tips through exterior systems. That’s right, it’s quick and easy to connect your Echo to Bluetooth speakers:
    - Open the Alexa App (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine Wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices
    Bang, you’re done!
    
    Now you can treat Alexa as if it were any other input device; you can still have whatever other devices you so choose connected to your Audioengine speakers, and since Alexa can control Echo’s volume with a simple, “Alexa turn down volume,” you can leave Audioengine’s volume knob exactly where you like it and adjust volume accordingly with Alexa. If you have our S8 Powered Subwoofer connected wirelessly to your mains, this configuration will still work which means you’ll get full-spectrum high fidelity audio when listening to all your favorite songs, without sacrificing the unparalleled convenience provided by a product like Amazon Echo. This will also work with our standalone B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver in the event you have a set of wired speakers you want to turn into wireless speakers.
    
    Modern technology is really opening up doors… and windows… and exhaust fans… it’s basically blasting the roof off the whole place.
    
    We are reaching the point where we can do just about anything we want with voice control technology, as long as we have all the right accouterments. Products like Amazon Echo make life so easy it hurts… perhaps it hurts so good that you want to lie down and say, “Alexa, play ‘Hurts So Good’ by John Mellencamp.” Don’t worry – we designed Audioengine Wireless speakers to do the rest.
- Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
  - Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
    
    Consumer electronics designers are, and have been, on a perpetual quest to give users the most streamlined experience imaginable.
    
    At this point in time it seems like modern-day designers have exceeded the bounds of what most of us could have ever imagined in the first place. Think about it, there is an app for literally everything; just by downloading a simple program onto your phone or tablet, your life can become easier. Wearable technology, like Apple Watch, and smart speakers, like Google Home, tie all of your electronics together to make technology and user-friendliness a lifestyle rather than a rare luxury. Today we are going to talk a little more about one of the leading products, what it does, and how Audioengine can take it one step further; that product is Google Home.
    
    What Is Google Home?
    
    Offically, this piece of technology is touted as a “Smart Speaker and Home Assistant.”
    
    A smart speaker is one of those sleek futuristic speakers that sits on your friend’s kitchen counter, plays whatever music someone tells it to, and sometimes has a snarky robotic comeback to your sarcastic remarks. There are a number of big brands making smart speakers (some of which we’ll discuss in other articles) and all of them have their pros and cons. One “pro” to the Google Home is the “Home Assistant” part. Google Home has an accompanying downloadable app that allows users to customize how the device interacts with and controls their home; lights, thermostats, coffee makers, and pretty much anything else can be controlled by Google Home and accessories. Once you have all of your desired devices properly connected and configured, turning them on and off is just one voice command away… how much easier can life get?
    
    When it comes to music, smart speakers make calling up the right tune an absolute breeze. Google Home can control apps such as Spotify, YouTube, and iHeartRadio among others, so you can tell it to play just about any song in the world. Google Home will even call up playlists you’ve saved within your music streaming apps, and you can tell the device to increase and decrease volume, pause, skip, and any other command you would typically give a media player. There is just one drawback; while Google Home offers a few different sizes (featuring different speakers), the product’s focus is not audiophile-grade sound quality. For that, we need to bring Audioengine into the mix.
    
    How Can Audioengine Take Google Home Further?
    
    You’re taking a step up in the world of consumer electronics and you’ve decided to purchase Google Home; you care about user-experience and you strive to stay ahead of the pop culture curve. That doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice a quality listening experience. As I always say, what good is having access to every song in the world if you’re just going to play them through an inadequate sound system? That’s like sharpening a hunting knife so you can cut hot butter with it.
    
    Luckily, the Google Home App (iTunes | Google Play) allows users to send audio to external Bluetooth speakers. Whether it’s the humble B2 Wireless Speaker, or a full-fledged pair of active Audioengine speakers such as the A5+ Wireless, Google Home is capable of transmitting your beloved music to your sonic system. Bam!!–we just completed the full circle of user-friendliness and ear-friendliness. It may sound complicated merely by description, but it’s actually extremely easy to configure, just follow the quick steps below:
    - Download and open the Google Home App on your phone or tablet.
    - Navigate to the “Devices” tab within the app
    - Tap “Settings” in the devices submenu
    - Scroll down to “Default Music Speaker” and tap “Pair Bluetooth Speaker”
    - Select your Audioengine speaker – and you’re done!
    Take control of your music.
    
    Now you’re ready to shout voice commands all over the house and rock out while you make dinner, host a party, or do whatever it is you do. You can even connect multiple sets of Audioengine wireless speakers for multi-room audio, by creating “groups” in the Google Home app (under that same “Devices” tab).
    
    Isn’t it nice that designers have created all this awesome technology for us? Now I’m just spit-balling, here, but — what if one day someone will make some kind of like a smart speaker… except it lives in your brain and reads your mind. Then you can just think about how good your favorite tunes will sound through a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers, and voila!
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
  - 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
    
    So you’ve decided to make the leap from wired to wireless music and might have made the mistake of Googling “Best Wireless Speakers.”
    
    We here at Audioengine know how overwhelming this can be and we extend our deepest sympathies. But it’s time to put your concerns to rest as we’re here to give you some important buying tips… and yes, you may need these tips to make it through this with your sanity intact.
    
    Before we start, let it be known we are not trying to sway you in any particular direction but we only want to make sure you’re aware of a few items that could go overlooked. And the majority of the following advice can be applied to pretty much any purchase you’re making in the audio world.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Price point
    
    As with anything, it is important to start by setting a budget for yourself and finding a product that aligns with this budget.
    
    There are a ton of great wireless products out there, some of them are practically being given away, and others might cost your life savings. No matter your budget, one fact remains: a quality wireless speaker setup doesn’t HAVE to be expensive. Conversely, you often get what you pay for, so it is wise to be wary of a product whose price tag looks more like a shoe size if you catch my drift.
    
    Features
    
    Another important point that will assuredly be different for everyone is the inclusion of features.
    
    If you’re looking for a simple wireless speaker with no options and no extra inputs, then don’t bother spending hours comparing products that are saturated with bells and whistles. If, on the other hand, you know you want the option to connect an analog device like a stereo or surround sound receiver, for instance, make this determination early and stick with it. There will always be an option to suit your exact needs so don’t feel pressured.
    
    Reviews
    
    Reviews are king in today’s world.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/fWk3Xm_EHuY?feature=oembed&wmode=transparent
    
    Everything from the usability of a product to the competence of a company’s customer service team can be scrutinized in an online review, and that’s why it’s obviously important to read as many reviews as you can find (and to also read between the lines with some of these). A responsible company addresses negative reactions and does not let any concern go unnoticed. Reviews not only tell us how customers react to a product but how a company reacts to its customers. And the way a company reacts to its customers can tell you whether you’re making a good or bad purchase.
    
    Warranties and trials
    
    This is always a fun one! If you’re having trouble deciding between two or more products because they have the same features and similar reviews, why not go with the one that offers a trial or a better warranty?
    
    The wireless audio market is extremely competitive, and most companies are offering a brief trial period with no penalties or full-coverage or even an extended warranty period. The fact is, a company with a truly great product has nothing to fear and is confident in their product’s ability to satisfy anyone and everyone.
    
    Portability and durability
    
    Where are you going to be using these speakers? Are you going to sling wireless audio from the kitchen to the living room, or are you taking this setup down to the park for a picnic? Do you need the speakers to be battery powered? Waterproof?
    
    I know, I know, asking way too many questions but you should be asking these questions too! Again, there will always be a product that suits your needs for portability — and often times, if the speakers are easily portable, they will also be durable to some extent. The caveat is that certain other aspects of the speakers will inevitably suffer. Sound quality, aux inputs, wireless range, etc.; these are all things that have the potential to “get the boot” the more portable or waterproof your speakers need to be.
    
    Sound quality and wireless range
    
    Obviously we want our wireless speakers to sound great and to not drop out or lose signal EVER.
    
    The sound quality of the actual speaker itself is something you may need to derive from customer reviews, unless you have the option to actually hear the speaker before making a purchase. Apart from that, it’s best to read up on the company, what materials they are using, and what the speakers can be compared to, etc.
    
    But when it comes to the sound quality of the actual WIRELESS itself, you’ll need to look out for a few things. Wi-fi or Bluetooth and other fun terms all define different ways a speaker can receive wireless audio information and process it. Each of these has its own pros and cons, and some will be more or less suitable to your particular setup. Wi-fi is good if you want to transmit audio to multiple speakers at once but Bluetooth has a much easier setup and the ease-of-use is a HUGE advantage. But for the best sound quality AND ease-of-use, you will want to look for Bluetooth products that use the aptX or aptX HD “codecs”. These will give you the best audio quality possible, and with Audioengine, the longest range as well. If you wish to get into more technical details about this type of wireless audio, please read our article on Bluetooth aptX HD technology.
    
    In summary, there are a myriad of products on the market and all have their pros and cons. To get started, make a list of things you want and need out of your music system. Determine what is necessary, nice-to-have, and what you don’t need. Then when you make the detrimental error of Googling, “Best Wireless Speakers,” you might make it through to the other side with your sanity intact.
    
    Still struggling with choosing the right speaker? Take our quiz and make it easy!
- Does my Home Music System Really Need a Subwoofer?
  - Customer Inquiry: “I’ve recently upgraded to the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System and am thoroughly impressed by the sound quality. Is there a way to further enhance this setup for a richer audio experience?”
    
    Why a Subwoofer is Important:
    
    The Audioengine A2+ excels in high and mid-range frequency reproduction, providing an expansive soundstage. Its mid-woofers deliver a balanced bass, but for deeper, more resonant bass frequencies, adding a subwoofer will introduce you to an entirely new music experience, with bass reminiscent of your favorite live concert.
    
    Expanding Your System with a Subwoofer Integrating a subwoofer into your Audioengine home music system can dramatically improve your audio landscape:
    - Deepened Bass Response: A subwoofer like the Audioengine S8 is dedicated to reproducing the lowest frequency sounds, enhancing the depth and dimension of the audio, especially in tracks with significant low-end elements.
    - Enhanced Balance and Clarity: The subwoofer takes on the lower frequencies, allowing your system to focus on delivering clear highs and detailed mids. This separation ensures a balanced sound output and maximizes the performance of each component within its frequency range.
    Adding a subwoofer reveals the full spectrum of sound that the artist intended to be a part of your musical experience.
    
    Subwoofer Types: Sealed vs. Ported and Their Placement
    - Sealed Subwoofers for Jazz and Acoustic:
    - These subwoofers, like the Audioengine S6, offer a tighter and more precise bass, perfect for the nuanced sounds in jazz and acoustic music. Due to their controlled bass response, they are versatile in terms of placement and can be positioned either on the desk or in any compact space within the room.
    - Front-Firing Ported Subwoofers for Metal and Energetic Genres:
    - These subwoofers are designed to handle the depth and intensity of genres like metal. They are ideally placed at listening height for the best experience. An elevated shelf or the desk itself can be great spots, ensuring the sound is directed straight at the listener for maximum impact.
    Space Considerations: Choosing the Right Size and Placement
    - U and L-Shaped Desks: These desk designs offer unique opportunities for subwoofer placement. With more corner space and legroom, you can consider slightly larger subwoofers that wouldn’t traditionally fit under a standard desk.
    - Proper Placement: A front-firing subwoofer should be placed in an elevated position, such as your desktop, while a down-firing subwoofer should be placed on the floor.
    - Larger Subwoofers for Spacious Setups: If you have more room, especially with U and L-shaped desks, a larger subwoofer can be placed on the ground under the desk. Their down-firing design is particularly effective in this placement, as it allows the sound to resonate off the floor, filling the room without taking up valuable desk space.
    Conclusion:
    
    Selecting the right subwoofer for your desktop setup involves understanding your music preferences, considering your available desk space, and deciding on the appropriate size and type of subwoofer. Whether it’s a compact sealed model for jazz and acoustic melodies or a larger ported subwoofer for the dynamic ranges of metal, the ideal choice will transform your listening experience into an experience rivaled only by live performances.
- An Introduction to: Wireless Home Speakers
  - Why go wireless?
    
    If you haven’t used them before, wireless speakers might sound like a hassle to set up, connect to, and maintain in your home. The truth is, getting your wireless speaker system started doesn’t take much and can easily be done in a matter of minutes.
    
    With all of the mobile technology available at our fingertips, there’s no reason to be tied down to one method of listening to your music; whether it’s your phone, laptop or tablet, your streaming sources are unlimited when you go wireless.
    
    One of the greatest benefits to adopting a wireless speaker system is getting rid all of those unsightly wires running along your floors and behind entertainment centers. This alone gives you plenty of options for placing your wireless speakers where they will work best for your listening experience. Not to mention that without all of the wires and confusing installation instructions, you’re free to connect them to your phone, computer or tablet via Bluetooth and start enjoying them right away.
    
    It’s fairly simple to connect directly to Pandora, Spotify, or any other music streaming source you prefer as long as you follow instructions. Audioengine’s wireless speakers, for example, are designed so that once they’re turned on, you need only activate Bluetooth in your device’s settings menu and select the correct speaker to connect.
    
    If you do run into trouble installing or connecting to your new speakers, our Audioengine support reps are ready to step in and show you the best possible solution for the issue.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Our technology
    
    At Audioengine, we provide only the best products. Currently, we have a few varieties of wireless home speakers, including the B2 wireless speaker, which boasts an easily adapted Bluetooth wireless system for your phone, and the HD6 wireless speaker with versatile power and connectivity features. We also are readily available to answer any of your questions, so you not only get the awesome sounding audio you want, but also the tools to make it fit right into your home.
- Is Wireless Audio Quality Any Good?
  - With many modern audio speakers and systems adding wireless functionality to their list of features, you may wonder whether you are doing yourself a disservice by going wireless and ask yourself “is wireless audio quality any good?”
    
    Believe it or not, wireless can sound just as good as a wired connection, meaning you won’t have to sacrifice quality for convenience.
    
    Our wireless speakers utilize Bluetooth technology which definitely has its advantages; it’s fairly universal and, with its lack of proprietary software, is really easy to set up. There must be a catch, right? In the past, we felt that Bluetooth technology wasn’t up to snuff, both in terms of the range of the signal and the quality of audio. In recent years, however, Bluetooth technology has seriously done a lot of growing up; advances in the technology has increased the bandwidth and range, making it not only function great, but sound great. Bluetooth now has the capability of streaming up to CD quality, or 16-bit/44.1kHz, over the air, which means that right out of gate you’re able to send great sending audio without being tethered by cables.
    
    Codecs play a part in how Bluetooth audio is sent and received and some codecs provide slightly better fidelity than others.
    
    In products like our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver, we utilize the aptX HD codec, which we feel provides you with the highest fidelity decoding possible. Some devices, like most iOS devices, don’t utilize aptX, but even though we use aptX in our products, other great codecs like SBC and AAC will work and sound great. Not to mention, we utilize built-in DACs in our Bluetooth products, which will take your audio and pad the bit-depth to a 24-bit format, giving you added benefits such a lower noise floor.
    
    Even though we use Bluetooth in more of our newer products, we do have other wireless options if you’re looking for any non-Bluetooth solutions. We offer two different wireless audio adapters, the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter the D2 Wireless DAC. The wireless technology used in both of these products is a lot like Wi-Fi, but on a closed protocol built specifically for high-resolution audio. The W3 includes a 16-bit/44.1kHz DAC, which makes it able to send CD-quality uncompressed audio over the air. If you’re looking for high-quality, though, the D2 represents the absolute highest possible performance wireless audio device we could build, able to send 24-bit/96kHz wirelessly.
    
    So is wireless audio quality any good? The short answer is yes!
    
    Using only the best hardware and software, you can rest assured that the wireless gear you’ve been considering will not only add convenience to your listening experience, but will retain the authenticity that you expect from your music.
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- A5 wireless Cabinets
  - To minimize unwanted resonances and distortion, Audioengine cabinets have thick high-resin MDF walls with extensive internal bracing. Heavy internal sound-damping material is used to reduce unwanted sound reflections inside the cabinet. All cabinet edges are rounded which look great and reduce high-frequency diffraction effects on the front baffles. The A5+ cabinet contains tuned, rear-port slots.
- a5 wireless Environmental Requirements
  - Operating temperature: 32 degrees F to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating temperature: -4 degrees F to 113 degrees F
    Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
- A5 wireless Materials And Construction
  - 0.5″ (13 mm) thick MDF cabinets
    5″ (130 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    Toroidal power transformer
- a5 wireless Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    Left (active) – 10.75″ (27 cm) x 7″ (18 cm) x 9″ (23 cm)
    Right (passive) – 10.75″ (27 cm) x 7″ (18 cm) x 7.75″ (20 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (active) – 15.4 lb (7 kg)
    Right (passive) – 9.6 lb (4.4 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    31 lb (14 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    22″ (56 cm) x 11.5″ (29 cm) x 15″ (38 cm)
- A5 bluetooth Bluetooth Specifications
  - Internal D/A Converter
    PCM5102
    
    Internal BT Receiver
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    24 bit (padded)
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.0
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptX HD, aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
- A5 bluetooth General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX HD speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class AB
    
    Rated Power Output:
    50W RMS per channel (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 75W per channel (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output:150W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    5″ aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75″ silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    RCA variable line-out
    
    Input Voltages
    115/240 V, 50/60 Hz manually switchable
    
    SNR
    >95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    <50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    50 Hz-22 kHz ±1.5 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection, replaceable external main fuse
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10 W
    Mute: 6 W
    Sleep: 4 W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- What kind of battery goes in the remote that came with my Audioengine system?
  - The Audioengine remote takes a CR2025 battery.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- Volume Encoder Change
  - – The process for replacing a volume encoder begins with pulling the volume knob straight back from the encoder shaft
    
    – Make sure the rubber insert stays with the volume knob –
    
    – The volume encoder shaft should look like so before proceeding –
    
    – Using a thin-walled 10mm socket, remove the lock nut fastening the encoder to the front of the speaker cabinet –
    
    – Once you have removed the amp backplate on the back of the active speaker, make sure to remove the encoder wiring terminal clip from the amp circuit board. You can then fully uninstall the encoder assembly by pulling back the encoder shaft from the inside –
    
    – Finally, the IR receiver can be removed by using a long-necked Phillips PH1 screw driver to remove the 2 screws fastening the IR receiver on the inside of the cabinet –
    
    After fully removing the faulty encoder, the replacement can be installed following these steps in reverse order before finally connecting the wiring clip to the amp circuit board and fastening the amp backplate back onto the active speaker.
    
    The process can be a bit cramped if you wish to do as little disassembly as possible, or a bit easier if you are comfortable moving parts to give yourself more workspace. The sound damping insulation normally overlaps at the bottom of the active cabinet. This can be peeled back similar to the reference picture attached. The crossover is mounted underneath this insulation (If process being done on an HD6) and is perhaps the most obtrusive part when replacing a volume encoder. This has two Philips head screws mounting it to the base of the cabinet along with an adhesive pad to reduce noise vibration. It is possible to remove the two screws and lift the adhered crossover up from the base of the cabinet momentarily to get better access to the IR receiver and volume knob assemblies at the front. If you’d rather not risk damaging anything, the IR receiver can still be unscrewed from the inside of the cabinet with a long-necked Phillips PH1 driver. The volume knob is loosened from the outside of the cabinet with a thin-walled 10mm socket found by pulling the volume knob straight back from the encoder shaft. Ample lighting will also make this work easier
- A5 Bluetooth size: What is the Dimensions of the A5 Bluetooth?
  - The size of each speaker is 10.75″Hx 7″W x 9″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Can I place my Audioengine speakers on their side?
  - Absolutely! Our speakers are safe to place sideways and, from our experience, sound great. When doing so, we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Do I still need wires for my “Wireless” speakers?
  - Yes, you still need to connect the active/left speaker to the passive/right speaker via the included speaker wire. The passive right speaker has no power source of its own and relies on the amplified signal coming over the wire.
- Bluetooth pairing light is solid but there is no audio?
  - If the Bluetooth pairing light is solid (any color), an active connection to another device has been established. Under most circumstances, our Bluetooth speakers/B1 only supports a single active connection at a time. So if someone else in your home has connected to your Bluetooth device/speakers, this could surely keep you from connecting another device to it. There is no on/off switch with the our Bluetooth devices or speakers, so once it’s plugged into power it’s on. The Bluetooth LED light will blink and be discoverable for 5 minutes once powered on. If in that 5 minute window it connects to a Bluetooth source, the light will go solid. After the 5 minutes is up, the light will turn off and it will no longer be discoverable by new sources, but it will still be on. If the LED is off, any previously connected device can still pair to it at any time from their device. If you want to pair to a new device, just tap the LED light once more and it will blink and be discoverable for another 5 minutes. If your Bluetooth device/speaker is connected to something and you want to disconnect that particular device, you can hold the button down for a few seconds before it disconnects and goes back into the flashing cycle. If the above does not help address the issue you are experiencing, we’d recommend going through the below list of troubleshooting tips: If you haven’t already, power cycle your Bluetooth speakers/B1 by unplugging the power connection, and reconnecting it. 1) Please make sure all of your connections are complete; also, check that all of your connector cables are in working order. You will want to swap out some interconnects to test for this. 2) Try playing audio from more than one application on your source device (phone, tablet, computer, etc.) 3) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. If an update is available, make sure you restart your device after the update is installed. 4) Try disconnecting from, and “forgetting” the Bluetooth speakers/B1 through your source’s Bluetooth settings. Then, try re-pairing and connecting to the two. 5) Try using a different source device with your Bluetooth speakers/B1 to see if the issue follows. Try using the analog as well as the digital optical output, to see if you have this issue with both connections. 6) If at all possible, try your Bluetooth speakers/B1 in a different location and / or setup to see if something is causing interference in the current location. Something as simple as a router, cordless / mobile phone, halogen lamps, etc. near the speakers may be causing the issue in your setup.
- What fuse do my A5+ or HD6 speakers use?
  - In countries such as the US, Canada, and Japan the fuse is a 110-120V AC power is a 5mm x 20mm 3.15 amp @ 250 – slow blow fuse. If you are outside those mentioned countries, please use a 220-240v is a 5mm x 20mm 1.6 amp @250 – slow blow fuse.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- How does the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+ Wireless and HD6 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - ‘-Both analog (3.5mm mini-jack and RCA) inputs are “open” or active, so you can leave 2 audio sources plugged in at the same time. -The USB (Optical for HD6) and the Bluetooth module share the same DAC (Digital to Analog Converter) If connected to both, the Bluetooth connection will take precedence. If you’re using USB (Optical for HD6) for example, and start using Bluetooth, USB (Optical for HD6) will mute and Bluetooth will take over. If you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers will automatically switch back to USB (Optical for HD6) after a few seconds. *Please note, if you have a digital (Bluetooth, USB or Optical) and or multiple analog sources connected and streaming you are able to hear the input sources if they play simultaneously.
- Can you stream music wirelessly to the A5+ Wireless with the Audioengine wireless adapters like you can with the A5+ Classic?
  - Yep, an AC wall outlet near the A5+ Wireless is all you need to power the W3 or D2 wireless Receiver.
- Do A5+ Wireless speakers have an auto-sleep, idle, or auto-power-off function? And can I leave them on all the time?
  - The A5+ Wireless have an idle mode which is engaged automatic when nothing is playing. The lights will remain on and solid and nothing needs to be done to resume audio playback. The sleep mode on the A5+ is manual and can be toggled on/off by pressing the volume knob in or by clicking the moon button on the A5+’s remote, so it won’t go into sleep mode automatically. Sleep mode will just reduce the power more than idle mode. It is perfectly fine to leave your A5+s powered on when not in use!
- If I have a subwoofer of my own, how would I use it with the A5+ Wireless?
  - All you would need to do is connect the variable output of the A5+ Wireless into the input of your sub using RCA cables.
- Will my current universal remote work with my A5+ Wireless?
  - The A5+ Wireless is not officially supported by any universal remotes. However, you can use a learning remote to copy the signals being sent by the A5+ Wireless’s remote. Check with the manufacturer of your remote to find out if it supports learning IR codes.
- Can audio be played through the A5+ USB charge port?
  - No. We designed the USB port on our Audioengine 5+ speakers for power charging only. Don’t worry, though. We’ve also included an audio input next to the USB port to plug your music into.
- Will my music have a delay through the A5+ Wireless if I’m watching a movie or music video?
  - Bluetooth has a delay of about 30ms (milliseconds) so you can watch videos and stream audio without any noticeable lag.
- Can I use my computer speakers and the A5+ Wireless at the same time?
  - If you have a Mac running Snow Leopard or later, you can create a multiple output device to accomplish this. See the link below for how-to instructions on Apple’s site: https://support.apple.com
- What does the indicator light on the A5+ Wireless rear panel mean?
  - The light on the rear panel of the A5+ Wireless is the Bluetooth LED indicator. Below are the various Bluetooth LED statuses and their meanings.
    - Bluetooth LED is on and solid: The A5+ Wireless has power and currently connected to a Bluetooth-enabled device.
    - LED indicator illuminates orange instead of white: This is normal! It means that your source is currently sending the A5+ Wireless an aptX signal.
    - Bluetooth LED is on and blinking: The A5+ Wireless has power and the Bluetooth receiver is in pairing mode.
    - Bluetooth LED is off and A5+ Wireless is on: Bluetooth is in standby and not in pairing mode. However, the A5+ Wireless is still visible to your device, so simply connect using your device and it will automatically wake up.
- If A5+ Wireless is paired and connected to my phone, do I need to do anything else to play music?
  - Once your A5+ Wireless is paired and connected then any app (iTunes, Amarra, etc.) – or online players such as Youtube – it will automatically play your music through Bluetooth.
- What’s the difference between the A5+ Wireless and the A5+ Classic?
  - The A5+ Wireless uses the same amplifier design and woofers that the A5+ Classic does, so both the A5+ Wireless and the A5+ Classic should sound virtually the same. The biggest difference between the two is the added Bluetooth receiver built into the A5+ Wireless; we’ve added a 24-bit DAC built inside that connects any bluetooth capable device (whether be your phone, tablet, or computer) to the speakers so you can stream high-quality music directly without having to use audio cables. The A5+ Wireless also features a minor cosmetic refresh; the most obvious of which includes centering the tweeters, as opposed to the offset tweeters featured on the A5+ Classic.
- Do I need to install any special software apps or drivers for the A5+ Wireless?
  - No extra software or drivers are needed. The A5+ Wireless is compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers.
- Is the A5+ Wireless designed only for use with Bluetooth devices?
  - There is an auxiliary input on the rear panel so you can directly connect any product with an audio output.
- What if my source doesn’t support aptX? Can I still use A5+ Wireless and if so, how will it sound?
  - You can absolutely still use the A5+ Wireless and it will sound great. AptX is a high-quality Bluetooth audio codec that works really well. In addition to mandatory support for SBC, Bluetooth also includes optional support for many other codecs, like MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and AAC, all of which have their own advantages, and some of which sound very close to AptX.
- If I connect my turntable to the A5+ Wireless will it be necessary to purchase a phono preamp or can I simply connect the turntable directly to the A5+ Wireless input?
  - Some turntables will need a preamp before being connected and others may have one built-in. With that in mind, it is best to check the turntable manufacturer’s website, the turntable’s user manual, or you can even try your turntable without the preamp first to see how it operates.
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Why is the Bluetooth LED orange instead of white?
  - If the Bluetooth LED is illuminated orange that means you are streaming in aptX HD which is a higher grade of Bluetooth signal.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- Are the Bamboo P4 and A5+ sets actually made of bamboo?
  - Yes, We do use solid bamboo for these speakers! The bamboo cabinets were tuned to sound the same as the MDF speakers, but the density of bamboo will give it natural acoustic advantages over MDF material.
- The volume control on my speakers is acting odd, or not responding at all. What do I do?
  - You may have a loose volume pot. This can happen when the nut that holds the volume pot in place becomes loose. This can be easily accessed and tightened without opening the speakers up. Try this: 1) Pull the plastic volume knob off the volume pot. Depending on how tight it’s on, you might be able to pull it off with just your fingers. If not, you may need to cover the knob with a soft cloth and pull out with pliers. 2) Use a deep well 10mm socket (or socket driver) to tighten the nut around the volume pots shaft. 3) Press the plastic volume knob back over the volume pot’s shaft, and retest.
- Why does the volume knob on my A5+ Classic spin continuously?
  - This is normal; the volume control for the A5+ series is a digital encoder, and uses a micro-processor to attenuate the volume. The light on the front of the speakers should flash as you adjust the volume up and down; once the speakers have reached minimum or maximum volume, the light will remain solid and won’t flash.
A5 Powered Speakers (Original)
- Klipsch R-50M vs Audioengine A5+ Home Music System: An In-Depth Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Klipsch R-50M and Audioengine A5+
    3. Other Noteworthy Features
    4. Key Specifications
    5. Overall Design
    6. Playback Capabilities
    7. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    8. Klipsch R-50M Overview
    9. Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A5+
      
      Klipsch R-50M
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    When it comes to filling your space with sound, the choice of a Home Music System is pivotal. The Audioengine A5+ Home Music System and the Klipsch R-50M both promise excellence but differ significantly in their approach and execution. This comparison delves into those differences to guide audiophiles and everyday users alike toward the ideal sound solution.
    
    Main Differences Between Klipsch R-50M and Audioengine A5+
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is praised for its unmatched sound quality, allowing the listener to hear their music the way the artist intended. Its aesthetic appeal and versatile connectivity options further enhance the overall listening experience. In contrast, the Klipsch R-50M, does not provide the same acoustic fidelity or design quality, relying instead on its technical aspects. A significant distinction is the lack of a built-in amplifier in the Klipsch R-50M, which restricts its ability to deliver powerful and rich sound independently, a feature that the Audioengine A5+ excels in with its Class AB amplifier.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine’s A5+ leads with superior customer support, offering a 3-year warranty, a 30-day audition period, and US-based customer phone support, emphasizing their commitment to customer satisfaction. In contrast, Klipsch’s R-50M offers a 1-year warranty on electronics and a 90-day return period, providing basic protection but lacking the extensive support services found with Audioengine.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB (Analogue)
    - Power Output: 150W peak power total (50W RMS / 75W peak per channel), AES
    - Connectivity: RCA, 3.5mm stereo mini-jack, USB, Subwoofer Output
    Klipsch R-50M:
    - Speaker Type: Monitor/Passive
    - Power Handling: 75W Continuous
    - Utilizes 90° x 90° Tractrix Horn and LTS Aluminum Tweeter
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A5+’s hand-crafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets reflect a superior level of craftsmanship absent in the Klipsch R-50M. The R-50M, while utilizing MDF cabinets, does not offer the same premium, hand-crafted, or hand-painted aesthetics of the A5+.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    With its powerful Class AB amplifier, the Audioengine A5+ delivers a clearer, more robust sound profile across all volume levels. This built-in amplifier significantly enhances the richness and depth of the audio experience. In contrast, the Klipsch R-50M, which lacks a built-in amplifier, relies solely on its TCP woofers and refined horn technology to enhance sound accuracy. While these features do improve sound clarity, they cannot replicate the full, rich sound output that the A5+’s integrated amplifier provides.
    
    Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Premium, aesthetic design with handcrafted and hand-painted cabinets
    - Extensive connectivity options without sacrificing audio fidelity
    - Industry-leading customer support and a 3-year warranty
    Klipsch R-50M Overview
    
    The Klipsch R-50M, equipped with updated Tractrix Horn technology and a durable MDF cabinet design, offers a modern aesthetic and is engineered for audio clarity. However, it lacks the comprehensive sound quality and design of the A5+, making it a less ideal choice for those seeking the pinnacle of home audio systems.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Pros: Unparalleled sound quality, your music the way the artist intended; hand-crafted and hand-painted design; versatile connectivity options; exceptional customer support.
    - Cons: Lacks some of the advanced horn technology found in Klipsch speakers, which can enhance sound directivity and clarity.
    Klipsch R-50M:
    - Pros: Advanced horn technology for clear sound; modern design with durable materials.
    - Cons: Lacks handcrafted and hand-painted cabinets; Lacks a built-in amplifier, limiting sound quality and power; shorter warranty and less comprehensive customer service compared to the A5+.
    Conclusion
    
    The Audioengine A5+ stands out as the superior choice for audiophiles and discerning listeners seeking exceptional sound quality, design, and versatile connectivity. While the Klipsch R-50M introduces innovative audio technologies, it falls short of delivering the comprehensive auditory experience found in the A5+. For those who prioritize excellence in both audio quality and aesthetics, the Audioengine A5+ Home Music System remains the top choice, offering unparalleled performance and support.
- Klipsch R-50PM vs Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Klipsch R-50PM
    3. Other Noteworthy Features
    4. Key Specifications
    5. Overall Design
    6. Playback Capabilities
    7. Klipsch R-50PM Overview
    8. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    9. Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A5+
      
      Klipsch R-50PM
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    Choosing the right home music system can dramatically enhance your listening experience. The Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD and the Klipsch R-50PM both offer premium sound quality, but they cater to slightly different user preferences. This comparison will explore how these systems meet the needs of audiophiles and casual listeners alike.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Klipsch R-50PM
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is known for its exceptional audio quality and aesthetic design, featuring high-definition Bluetooth aptX-HD technology that delivers music the way the artist intended. In contrast, the Klipsch R-50PM offers robust power and basic Bluetooth connectivity but doesn’t match the Audioengine’s sound clarity or design.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine’s A5+ leads with superior customer support, offering a 3-year warranty, a 30-day audition period, and US-based customer phone support, emphasizing their commitment to customer satisfaction. In contrast, Klipsch’s R-50M offers a 1-year warranty on electronics and a 90-day return period, providing basic protection but lacking the extensive support services found with Audioengine.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB (Analog)
    - Power Output: 150W peak power total (50W RMS / 75W peak per channel), AES
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX-HD, RCA, 3.5mm stereo mini-jack, USB, Subwoofer Output
    Klipsch R-50PM:
    - Total System Power: 120W Total System Power (240W Peak), 60W per channel cont.
    - Frequency Response: 55Hz – 20kHz
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth, USB, Optical, Analog
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A5+ boasts hand-crafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets that not only improve acoustics but also the aesthetics of any room. Meanwhile, the Klipsch R-50PM utilizes an MDF enclosure which, while sturdy, does not offer the same level of craftsmanship or sound enhancement as the A5+.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    With its powerful Class AB amplifier, the Audioengine A5+ delivers richer and more detailed sound across all volumes. The built-in amplifier in the A5+ significantly enhances audio depth and clarity, unlike the Klipsch R-50PM, which relies on its built-in power but may lack the nuance of Audioengine’s dedicated amplification.
    
    Klipsch R-50PM Overview
    
    The Klipsch R-50PM, is designed for power and impact with its robust output capabilities and modern aesthetic. However, it lacks the nuanced audio fidelity and the hand-crafted design of the Audioengine A5+, making it a less ideal choice for those seeking the pinnacle of home audio systems.
    
    Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Premium handcrafted and hand-painted design with real wood cabinets
    - Superior sound quality with dedicated Class AB amplifiers
    - Extensive connectivity including high-definition Bluetooth aptX-HD
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A5+:
    - Pros: Superior audio quality and design, versatile connectivity options, exceptional customer support.
    - Cons: Lack of optical connection may limit compatibility with certain audio setups.
    Klipsch R-50PM:
    - Pros: Powerful output, dynamic bass extension, modern connectivity features.
    - Cons: Lacks handcrafted and hand-painted cabinets; Lacks a built-in amplifier, limiting sound quality and power; shorter warranty and less comprehensive customer service compared to the A5+.
    Conclusion
    
    For those seeking a blend of superior audio quality, design, and cutting-edge technology, the Audioengine A5+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX-HD is the clear choice. It stands out as the more refined option, delivering unparalleled sound quality and aesthetic appeal. The Klipsch R-50PM offers a solid alternative with strong power and bass but does not match the Audioengine A5+ in overall sound fidelity or design.
- Kanto YU6 vs Audioengine A5+:A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Main Differences Between Kanto YU6 and Audioengine A5+
    3. Key Specifications
    4. Design and Build Quality
    5. Sound Performance and Playback Capabilities
    6. Kanto YU6 Overview
    7. Audioengine A5+ Exclusive Advantages
    8. Customer Service and Warranty Comparison
    9. Pros and Cons
    10. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the competitive market of Home Music Systems, discerning listeners look for more than just mere volume; they seek clarity, depth, and a design that complements their space. The Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6 both strive to dominate the realm of premium sound systems, each offering unique features to appeal to specific tastes and preferences in audio quality and functionality.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is renowned for its high-quality build and acoustic performance, powered by a Class AB amplifier that ensures richer, more detailed sound reproduction. The Audioengine A5+ integrates Bluetooth aptX-HD, which allows for superior wireless audio quality that appeals to consumers preferring lossless audio streams. In contrast, the Kanto YU6 operates with a Class D amplifier, suited for energy efficiency but potentially compromising on the audio purity at higher volumes. It employs Bluetooth 4.0, which, while reliable, does not support higher-quality codecs like Bluetooth aptX-HD.
    
    Key Specifications
    - Audioengine A5+:
      
      Amplifier Type: Class AB
      
      Power Output: 150W peak power total (75W RMS per channel)
      
      Inputs: 3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, Bluetooth aptX HD
    - Kanto YU6:
      
      Amplifier Type: Class D
      
      Power Output: 200W Peak Power (100 Watts Total RMS)
      
      Inputs: 3.5mm mini-jack AUX, RCA with Phono Switch, Optical, Bluetooth 4.0
    Design and Build Quality
    
    The Audioengine A5+ is distinguished by its handcrafted and hand-painted real wood cabinets that not only enhance the visual appeal of the system but also contribute to its superior acoustic performance. These cabinets help to dampen resonance and provide a warmer, more natural sound. The Kanto YU6, while well-built, uses more conventional materials and lacks the detailed craftsmanship found in the A5+, focusing instead on a simplistic design.
    
    Sound Performance and Playback Capabilities
    
    The A5+ leverages its superior Class AB amplifier to deliver expansive, detailed sound across various genres and volumes without distortion. Its Bluetooth aptX-HD connection ensures that streaming audio maintains its quality, just as the artist intended. The Kanto YU6, while capable of producing significant volume, does not maintain the same clarity or depth when pushed to its limits, due to its Class D amplifier’s limitations.
    
    Overview of Kanto YU6 Features
    
    The Kanto YU6, while a competent competitor in the Home Music System market, is designed with basic functionality in mind. The Kanto YU6 offers multiple input options and a built-in phono preamp, making it suitable for desktop environments that require multiple connections. However, it lacks the detailed feature set and acoustic fidelity that define the A5+.
    
    Exclusive Advantages of Audioengine A5+
    
    The A5+ not only excels in sound quality but also with user-friendly features such as high-quality Bluetooth aptX-HD, multiple input options, and a subwoofer output, ensuring seamless connectivity across devices. This ease of use extends to the system’s operation, where inputs are always ready to accept signals without the need to toggle between sources manually. The A5+ has evident attention to detail in its design and construction, as the handcrafted and hand-painted real wood cabinet uses the same 13-step process as a baby grand piano.
    
    Customer Service and Warranty Comparison
    
    Audioengine is dedicated to exceptional customer service and reliability, offering a comprehensive 3-year warranty on all products, which far surpasses the industry standard. This commitment is highlighted by the unique 30-day audition period, allowing customers to experience the quality of the A5+ in their own space. Moreover, Audioengine prides itself on US-based customer phone support where clients can speak directly to knowledgeable staff who work collaboratively to resolve any issues. This contrasts with Kanto’s offering, which includes only a 2-year warranty, reflecting a lesser commitment to customer assurance and product longevity.
    
    Pros and Cons
    - Audioengine A5+:
      
      Pros: Exceptional sound quality due to class AB amplifier, high-quality Bluetooth connectivity, handcrafted and hand-painted real wood build, and superior customer service.
      
      Cons: Fewer color options, lacks an optical connection.
    - Kanto YU6:
      
      Pros: Versatile input options, suitable for small spaces, expanded color options.
      
      Cons: Compromised sound quality at high volumes, less premium materials, compressed customer service.
    Conclusion
    
    When deciding between the Audioengine A5+ and Kanto YU6, consider what aspects of audio performance and design are most important to you. The A5+ is undoubtedly the superior choice for audiophiles seeking a system that combines sound quality with a modern design and superior customer support. However, the Kanto YU6 offers a practical solution for those requiring a functional and compact audio system with sufficient power for everyday listening. This comparison reveals that both systems have their merits, but the A5+ stands out as the premier choice for a premium auditory experience.
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- What fuse do my A5+ or HD6 speakers use?
  - In countries such as the US, Canada, and Japan the fuse is a 110-120V AC power is a 5mm x 20mm 3.15 amp @ 250 – slow blow fuse. If you are outside those mentioned countries, please use a 220-240v is a 5mm x 20mm 1.6 amp @250 – slow blow fuse.
- Original A5 Troubleshooting Tips
  - The following troubleshooting tips can help diagnose and correct most concerns with the A5 speakers. We have attempted to make this list as comprehensive as possible, so some of these may not apply to your issue, but please go through each tip. 1) Please make sure all of your connections are complete and all of your connector cables are in working order, test two or three different audio cables (you will need to swap out some of your cables to test for this). 2) Make sure your speaker wire is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends. 3) Make sure you try using the top panel input as well as the back panel input. 4) Try using as many different input sources as possible to see what happens. Also raise the volume on the A5 to at least 10:00 to see if that helps with this issue. 5) If you are using these speakers in line with a computer, please make sure ALL volume controls for the computer (including media players, etc.) are turned up and the computer’s balance control is centered. 6) If you are using any wireless devices, preamps, computer soundcards, external DACs, or other products in line with these speakers remove the devices from your setup (temporarily) and only connect the audio source directly to the speakers. 7) Check to see that any wall outlets or surge protectors are switched to the “On” position and are in working order. 8) Try your speakers in a different location to see if something is causing interference in the current location. Something as simple as a router, cordless / mobile phone, halogen lamps, etc. near the speakers may be causing the issue in your setup.
- The volume control on my speakers is acting odd, or not responding at all. What do I do?
  - You may have a loose volume pot. This can happen when the nut that holds the volume pot in place becomes loose. This can be easily accessed and tightened without opening the speakers up. Try this: 1) Pull the plastic volume knob off the volume pot. Depending on how tight it’s on, you might be able to pull it off with just your fingers. If not, you may need to cover the knob with a soft cloth and pull out with pliers. 2) Use a deep well 10mm socket (or socket driver) to tighten the nut around the volume pots shaft. 3) Press the plastic volume knob back over the volume pot’s shaft, and retest.
HD4 Home Music System
- Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
  - Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
    
    Remember how in old science fiction movies a character could just talk out loud to a spaceship and it would do anything they commanded?
    
    The idea of voice control technology has long been embedded in our expectations for the “future”, and even though most of those old science fiction movie-makers couldn’t imagine computers any further-advanced than those already available in 1979, they certainly hit the nail on the head with their forecast of voice control. Nowadays, with the help of products like Amazon Echo (and its voice-controlled personal assistant ‘Alexa’), users can control aspects of their home just by verbalizing simple commands. But even with the huge strides this technology has made in recent years, it’s impossible to get audiophile-quality sound from the speakers in an Amazon Echo product. Audioengine can help with this, but before we dive into how, let’s talk a little more about the Amazon Echo.
    
    Is your Amazon Echo killing your audio quality?
    
    First, while Echo and Alexa do in fact go hand-in-hand, they are not the exact same thing.
    
    Echo is a line of smart speakers manufactured by Amazon, and Alexa is an intelligent personal assistant software used to control Echo. Users can speak aloud to give Alexa, and therefore Echo, verbal commands (always beginning with the wake word, ‘Alexa’) such as, “Alexa, play my favorite song,” or “Alexa, what’s on my calendar this Saturday?” Alexa will respond accordingly, so long as the questions asked or commands given are within Alexa’s realm of capability. With tons of Echo-compatible add-on products on the market, there really isn’t a whole lot that falls outside of Alexa’s wheelhouse.
    
    The most common commands Alexa handles are music-related: whether it’s calling up a Spotify playlist, turning up or down the volume, or finding a specific song you haven’t heard in years but are randomly thinking about and absolutely have to hear right this second!! The accessibility is astounding, no doubt, but its main consequence is that you are forced to listen to all your music on Echo’s built-in speakers instead of your own beastly audio system. This is not to say Amazon has ignored their sound quality altogether, but realistically there’s only so much a single speaker housing of that size can handle. Suffice it to say, there are limitations.
    
    Luckily, Amazon has implemented a crucial feature which expands its functionality to accommodate customers who want to be able to interact with Alexa and still enjoy listening to podcasts, music, and stock tips through exterior systems. That’s right, it’s quick and easy to connect your Echo to Bluetooth speakers:
    - Open the Alexa App (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine Wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices
    Bang, you’re done!
    
    Now you can treat Alexa as if it were any other input device; you can still have whatever other devices you so choose connected to your Audioengine speakers, and since Alexa can control Echo’s volume with a simple, “Alexa turn down volume,” you can leave Audioengine’s volume knob exactly where you like it and adjust volume accordingly with Alexa. If you have our S8 Powered Subwoofer connected wirelessly to your mains, this configuration will still work which means you’ll get full-spectrum high fidelity audio when listening to all your favorite songs, without sacrificing the unparalleled convenience provided by a product like Amazon Echo. This will also work with our standalone B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver in the event you have a set of wired speakers you want to turn into wireless speakers.
    
    Modern technology is really opening up doors… and windows… and exhaust fans… it’s basically blasting the roof off the whole place.
    
    We are reaching the point where we can do just about anything we want with voice control technology, as long as we have all the right accouterments. Products like Amazon Echo make life so easy it hurts… perhaps it hurts so good that you want to lie down and say, “Alexa, play ‘Hurts So Good’ by John Mellencamp.” Don’t worry – we designed Audioengine Wireless speakers to do the rest.
- Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
  - Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
    
    Consumer electronics designers are, and have been, on a perpetual quest to give users the most streamlined experience imaginable.
    
    At this point in time it seems like modern-day designers have exceeded the bounds of what most of us could have ever imagined in the first place. Think about it, there is an app for literally everything; just by downloading a simple program onto your phone or tablet, your life can become easier. Wearable technology, like Apple Watch, and smart speakers, like Google Home, tie all of your electronics together to make technology and user-friendliness a lifestyle rather than a rare luxury. Today we are going to talk a little more about one of the leading products, what it does, and how Audioengine can take it one step further; that product is Google Home.
    
    What Is Google Home?
    
    Offically, this piece of technology is touted as a “Smart Speaker and Home Assistant.”
    
    A smart speaker is one of those sleek futuristic speakers that sits on your friend’s kitchen counter, plays whatever music someone tells it to, and sometimes has a snarky robotic comeback to your sarcastic remarks. There are a number of big brands making smart speakers (some of which we’ll discuss in other articles) and all of them have their pros and cons. One “pro” to the Google Home is the “Home Assistant” part. Google Home has an accompanying downloadable app that allows users to customize how the device interacts with and controls their home; lights, thermostats, coffee makers, and pretty much anything else can be controlled by Google Home and accessories. Once you have all of your desired devices properly connected and configured, turning them on and off is just one voice command away… how much easier can life get?
    
    When it comes to music, smart speakers make calling up the right tune an absolute breeze. Google Home can control apps such as Spotify, YouTube, and iHeartRadio among others, so you can tell it to play just about any song in the world. Google Home will even call up playlists you’ve saved within your music streaming apps, and you can tell the device to increase and decrease volume, pause, skip, and any other command you would typically give a media player. There is just one drawback; while Google Home offers a few different sizes (featuring different speakers), the product’s focus is not audiophile-grade sound quality. For that, we need to bring Audioengine into the mix.
    
    How Can Audioengine Take Google Home Further?
    
    You’re taking a step up in the world of consumer electronics and you’ve decided to purchase Google Home; you care about user-experience and you strive to stay ahead of the pop culture curve. That doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice a quality listening experience. As I always say, what good is having access to every song in the world if you’re just going to play them through an inadequate sound system? That’s like sharpening a hunting knife so you can cut hot butter with it.
    
    Luckily, the Google Home App (iTunes | Google Play) allows users to send audio to external Bluetooth speakers. Whether it’s the humble B2 Wireless Speaker, or a full-fledged pair of active Audioengine speakers such as the A5+ Wireless, Google Home is capable of transmitting your beloved music to your sonic system. Bam!!–we just completed the full circle of user-friendliness and ear-friendliness. It may sound complicated merely by description, but it’s actually extremely easy to configure, just follow the quick steps below:
    - Download and open the Google Home App on your phone or tablet.
    - Navigate to the “Devices” tab within the app
    - Tap “Settings” in the devices submenu
    - Scroll down to “Default Music Speaker” and tap “Pair Bluetooth Speaker”
    - Select your Audioengine speaker – and you’re done!
    Take control of your music.
    
    Now you’re ready to shout voice commands all over the house and rock out while you make dinner, host a party, or do whatever it is you do. You can even connect multiple sets of Audioengine wireless speakers for multi-room audio, by creating “groups” in the Google Home app (under that same “Devices” tab).
    
    Isn’t it nice that designers have created all this awesome technology for us? Now I’m just spit-balling, here, but — what if one day someone will make some kind of like a smart speaker… except it lives in your brain and reads your mind. Then you can just think about how good your favorite tunes will sound through a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers, and voila!
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
  - 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
    
    So you’ve decided to make the leap from wired to wireless music and might have made the mistake of Googling “Best Wireless Speakers.”
    
    We here at Audioengine know how overwhelming this can be and we extend our deepest sympathies. But it’s time to put your concerns to rest as we’re here to give you some important buying tips… and yes, you may need these tips to make it through this with your sanity intact.
    
    Before we start, let it be known we are not trying to sway you in any particular direction but we only want to make sure you’re aware of a few items that could go overlooked. And the majority of the following advice can be applied to pretty much any purchase you’re making in the audio world.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Price point
    
    As with anything, it is important to start by setting a budget for yourself and finding a product that aligns with this budget.
    
    There are a ton of great wireless products out there, some of them are practically being given away, and others might cost your life savings. No matter your budget, one fact remains: a quality wireless speaker setup doesn’t HAVE to be expensive. Conversely, you often get what you pay for, so it is wise to be wary of a product whose price tag looks more like a shoe size if you catch my drift.
    
    Features
    
    Another important point that will assuredly be different for everyone is the inclusion of features.
    
    If you’re looking for a simple wireless speaker with no options and no extra inputs, then don’t bother spending hours comparing products that are saturated with bells and whistles. If, on the other hand, you know you want the option to connect an analog device like a stereo or surround sound receiver, for instance, make this determination early and stick with it. There will always be an option to suit your exact needs so don’t feel pressured.
    
    Reviews
    
    Reviews are king in today’s world.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/fWk3Xm_EHuY?feature=oembed&wmode=transparent
    
    Everything from the usability of a product to the competence of a company’s customer service team can be scrutinized in an online review, and that’s why it’s obviously important to read as many reviews as you can find (and to also read between the lines with some of these). A responsible company addresses negative reactions and does not let any concern go unnoticed. Reviews not only tell us how customers react to a product but how a company reacts to its customers. And the way a company reacts to its customers can tell you whether you’re making a good or bad purchase.
    
    Warranties and trials
    
    This is always a fun one! If you’re having trouble deciding between two or more products because they have the same features and similar reviews, why not go with the one that offers a trial or a better warranty?
    
    The wireless audio market is extremely competitive, and most companies are offering a brief trial period with no penalties or full-coverage or even an extended warranty period. The fact is, a company with a truly great product has nothing to fear and is confident in their product’s ability to satisfy anyone and everyone.
    
    Portability and durability
    
    Where are you going to be using these speakers? Are you going to sling wireless audio from the kitchen to the living room, or are you taking this setup down to the park for a picnic? Do you need the speakers to be battery powered? Waterproof?
    
    I know, I know, asking way too many questions but you should be asking these questions too! Again, there will always be a product that suits your needs for portability — and often times, if the speakers are easily portable, they will also be durable to some extent. The caveat is that certain other aspects of the speakers will inevitably suffer. Sound quality, aux inputs, wireless range, etc.; these are all things that have the potential to “get the boot” the more portable or waterproof your speakers need to be.
    
    Sound quality and wireless range
    
    Obviously we want our wireless speakers to sound great and to not drop out or lose signal EVER.
    
    The sound quality of the actual speaker itself is something you may need to derive from customer reviews, unless you have the option to actually hear the speaker before making a purchase. Apart from that, it’s best to read up on the company, what materials they are using, and what the speakers can be compared to, etc.
    
    But when it comes to the sound quality of the actual WIRELESS itself, you’ll need to look out for a few things. Wi-fi or Bluetooth and other fun terms all define different ways a speaker can receive wireless audio information and process it. Each of these has its own pros and cons, and some will be more or less suitable to your particular setup. Wi-fi is good if you want to transmit audio to multiple speakers at once but Bluetooth has a much easier setup and the ease-of-use is a HUGE advantage. But for the best sound quality AND ease-of-use, you will want to look for Bluetooth products that use the aptX or aptX HD “codecs”. These will give you the best audio quality possible, and with Audioengine, the longest range as well. If you wish to get into more technical details about this type of wireless audio, please read our article on Bluetooth aptX HD technology.
    
    In summary, there are a myriad of products on the market and all have their pros and cons. To get started, make a list of things you want and need out of your music system. Determine what is necessary, nice-to-have, and what you don’t need. Then when you make the detrimental error of Googling, “Best Wireless Speakers,” you might make it through to the other side with your sanity intact.
    
    Still struggling with choosing the right speaker? Take our quiz and make it easy!
- Does my Home Music System Really Need a Subwoofer?
  - Customer Inquiry: “I’ve recently upgraded to the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System and am thoroughly impressed by the sound quality. Is there a way to further enhance this setup for a richer audio experience?”
    
    Why a Subwoofer is Important:
    
    The Audioengine A2+ excels in high and mid-range frequency reproduction, providing an expansive soundstage. Its mid-woofers deliver a balanced bass, but for deeper, more resonant bass frequencies, adding a subwoofer will introduce you to an entirely new music experience, with bass reminiscent of your favorite live concert.
    
    Expanding Your System with a Subwoofer Integrating a subwoofer into your Audioengine home music system can dramatically improve your audio landscape:
    - Deepened Bass Response: A subwoofer like the Audioengine S8 is dedicated to reproducing the lowest frequency sounds, enhancing the depth and dimension of the audio, especially in tracks with significant low-end elements.
    - Enhanced Balance and Clarity: The subwoofer takes on the lower frequencies, allowing your system to focus on delivering clear highs and detailed mids. This separation ensures a balanced sound output and maximizes the performance of each component within its frequency range.
    Adding a subwoofer reveals the full spectrum of sound that the artist intended to be a part of your musical experience.
    
    Subwoofer Types: Sealed vs. Ported and Their Placement
    - Sealed Subwoofers for Jazz and Acoustic:
    - These subwoofers, like the Audioengine S6, offer a tighter and more precise bass, perfect for the nuanced sounds in jazz and acoustic music. Due to their controlled bass response, they are versatile in terms of placement and can be positioned either on the desk or in any compact space within the room.
    - Front-Firing Ported Subwoofers for Metal and Energetic Genres:
    - These subwoofers are designed to handle the depth and intensity of genres like metal. They are ideally placed at listening height for the best experience. An elevated shelf or the desk itself can be great spots, ensuring the sound is directed straight at the listener for maximum impact.
    Space Considerations: Choosing the Right Size and Placement
    - U and L-Shaped Desks: These desk designs offer unique opportunities for subwoofer placement. With more corner space and legroom, you can consider slightly larger subwoofers that wouldn’t traditionally fit under a standard desk.
    - Proper Placement: A front-firing subwoofer should be placed in an elevated position, such as your desktop, while a down-firing subwoofer should be placed on the floor.
    - Larger Subwoofers for Spacious Setups: If you have more room, especially with U and L-shaped desks, a larger subwoofer can be placed on the ground under the desk. Their down-firing design is particularly effective in this placement, as it allows the sound to resonate off the floor, filling the room without taking up valuable desk space.
    Conclusion:
    
    Selecting the right subwoofer for your desktop setup involves understanding your music preferences, considering your available desk space, and deciding on the appropriate size and type of subwoofer. Whether it’s a compact sealed model for jazz and acoustic melodies or a larger ported subwoofer for the dynamic ranges of metal, the ideal choice will transform your listening experience into an experience rivaled only by live performances.
- An Introduction to: Wireless Home Speakers
  - Why go wireless?
    
    If you haven’t used them before, wireless speakers might sound like a hassle to set up, connect to, and maintain in your home. The truth is, getting your wireless speaker system started doesn’t take much and can easily be done in a matter of minutes.
    
    With all of the mobile technology available at our fingertips, there’s no reason to be tied down to one method of listening to your music; whether it’s your phone, laptop or tablet, your streaming sources are unlimited when you go wireless.
    
    One of the greatest benefits to adopting a wireless speaker system is getting rid all of those unsightly wires running along your floors and behind entertainment centers. This alone gives you plenty of options for placing your wireless speakers where they will work best for your listening experience. Not to mention that without all of the wires and confusing installation instructions, you’re free to connect them to your phone, computer or tablet via Bluetooth and start enjoying them right away.
    
    It’s fairly simple to connect directly to Pandora, Spotify, or any other music streaming source you prefer as long as you follow instructions. Audioengine’s wireless speakers, for example, are designed so that once they’re turned on, you need only activate Bluetooth in your device’s settings menu and select the correct speaker to connect.
    
    If you do run into trouble installing or connecting to your new speakers, our Audioengine support reps are ready to step in and show you the best possible solution for the issue.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Our technology
    
    At Audioengine, we provide only the best products. Currently, we have a few varieties of wireless home speakers, including the B2 wireless speaker, which boasts an easily adapted Bluetooth wireless system for your phone, and the HD6 wireless speaker with versatile power and connectivity features. We also are readily available to answer any of your questions, so you not only get the awesome sounding audio you want, but also the tools to make it fit right into your home.
- Is Wireless Audio Quality Any Good?
  - With many modern audio speakers and systems adding wireless functionality to their list of features, you may wonder whether you are doing yourself a disservice by going wireless and ask yourself “is wireless audio quality any good?”
    
    Believe it or not, wireless can sound just as good as a wired connection, meaning you won’t have to sacrifice quality for convenience.
    
    Our wireless speakers utilize Bluetooth technology which definitely has its advantages; it’s fairly universal and, with its lack of proprietary software, is really easy to set up. There must be a catch, right? In the past, we felt that Bluetooth technology wasn’t up to snuff, both in terms of the range of the signal and the quality of audio. In recent years, however, Bluetooth technology has seriously done a lot of growing up; advances in the technology has increased the bandwidth and range, making it not only function great, but sound great. Bluetooth now has the capability of streaming up to CD quality, or 16-bit/44.1kHz, over the air, which means that right out of gate you’re able to send great sending audio without being tethered by cables.
    
    Codecs play a part in how Bluetooth audio is sent and received and some codecs provide slightly better fidelity than others.
    
    In products like our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver, we utilize the aptX HD codec, which we feel provides you with the highest fidelity decoding possible. Some devices, like most iOS devices, don’t utilize aptX, but even though we use aptX in our products, other great codecs like SBC and AAC will work and sound great. Not to mention, we utilize built-in DACs in our Bluetooth products, which will take your audio and pad the bit-depth to a 24-bit format, giving you added benefits such a lower noise floor.
    
    Even though we use Bluetooth in more of our newer products, we do have other wireless options if you’re looking for any non-Bluetooth solutions. We offer two different wireless audio adapters, the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter the D2 Wireless DAC. The wireless technology used in both of these products is a lot like Wi-Fi, but on a closed protocol built specifically for high-resolution audio. The W3 includes a 16-bit/44.1kHz DAC, which makes it able to send CD-quality uncompressed audio over the air. If you’re looking for high-quality, though, the D2 represents the absolute highest possible performance wireless audio device we could build, able to send 24-bit/96kHz wirelessly.
    
    So is wireless audio quality any good? The short answer is yes!
    
    Using only the best hardware and software, you can rest assured that the wireless gear you’ve been considering will not only add convenience to your listening experience, but will retain the authenticity that you expect from your music.
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- HD4 Cabinets
  - To minimize unwanted resonances and distortion, Audioengine cabinets have thick high-resin MDF walls with extensive internal bracing. Heavy internal sound-damping material is used to reduce unwanted sound reflections inside the cabinet. All cabinet edges are rounded which look great and reduce high-frequency diffraction effects on the front baffles. The HD4 cabinet contains tuned, front-port slots.
- HD4 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    Each speaker – 9″(23 cm) x 5.5″ (14 cm) x 6.5″ (16.5 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (active) – 7 lb (3.2 kg)
    Right (passive) – 5.2 lb (2.4 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    16 lb (7.3 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    20″ (51 cm) x 13″ (33 cm) x 15.5″ (39 cm)
- HD4 Materials And Construction
  - 0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets with real wood veneer
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    4″ (101 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
- HD4 Usb Specifications
  - Connector Type
    Micro-USB
    
    USB Device Class
    USB 1.1 or above
    
    Input Bit Depth
    24 bit (padded)
    
    Input Sample Rate
    44.1 kHz/48 kHz
- Headphone Amp Specifications
  - Headphone Amp Type
    OPA2134
    
    Full-scale Headphone Output Level
    2.0 V RMS
    
    Output Impedence
    2 ohms
    
    Recommended Headphone Impedence Level
    10 ohms to 10K ohms
- HD4 Bluetooth Specifications
  - Internal D/A Converter
    PCM 5102
    
    Internal BT Receiver
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    24 bit (padded)
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.0
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptX HD, aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
- HD4 General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX HD speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class AB
    
    Rated Power Output: 30W RMS per channel (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 60W per channel (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 120W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    4″ aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75″ silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, USB, RCA L/R, Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    RCA variable line-out, 3.5 mm mini-jack headphone out
    
    Input Voltages
    110-240 V 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    Greater than 95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    Less than 50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    60 Hz-22 kHz ±1.5 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedence
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedence
    N/A
    
    Input Impedence
    5K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- I’m experiencing issues with my speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10/Windows 11 operating system. What could be causing this, and how can I fix it?
  - If you are experiencing issues with your speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10+ operating system, it might be due to the DCH (Declarative, Componentized, Hardware Support Apps) drivers. While DCH drivers offer many benefits, they can sometimes cause compatibility issues with USB audio devices, resulting in problems such as delays when sound starts, poor audio quality, or the speakers not being recognized properly.
    
    Solution: To resolve these issues, we recommend switching from DCH drivers to non-DCH (standard) drivers. Here’s a step-by-step guide to help you do that:
    1. Uninstall the Current DCH Drivers:
      
      Open the Device Manager on your PC.
      
      Locate your audio device under “Sound, video, and game controllers.”
      
      Right-click on the device and select “Uninstall device.”
      
      Ensure you check the option to delete the driver software for this device to completely remove the DCH drivers.
    2. Download the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Visit the support website of your motherboard or computer manufacturer.
      
      Navigate to the driver download section and find the non-DCH Realtek (or appropriate) audio drivers for your system.
    3. Install the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Download and run the installer for the non-DCH drivers.
      
      Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation process.
    4. Restart Your PC:
      
      After installing the non-DCH drivers, restart your computer to apply the changes.
    By switching to non-DCH drivers, the compatibility issues with your USB speakers should be resolved, allowing you to enjoy optimal audio performance.
    
    Additional Tips
    - Check for Firmware Updates: Ensure your speakers have the latest firmware installed. Visit the manufacturer’s website for firmware updates that may improve compatibility and performance.
    - USB Ports: Try connecting your speakers to a different USB port to see if the issue persists.
    - Contact Support: If you continue to experience issues, please contact our customer support team. Provide details about your operating system, motherboard model, and the specific problems you are encountering.
    We hope this helps you resolve any issues and enhances your experience with our speakers. If you have further questions or need assistance, don’t hesitate to reach out to our support team.
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- HD4 Size: What are the dimensions of the HD4?
  - The size of the speakers are 9″H x 5.5″w x 6.5″D each
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Can I place my Audioengine speakers on their side?
  - Absolutely! Our speakers are safe to place sideways and, from our experience, sound great. When doing so, we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- Do the HD4’s have an auto-sleep, idle, or auto-power-off function? Can I leave them on all the time?
  - The HD4 is equipped with a power-saving circuit that turns off the final stage of the speaker’s amplifier when no input signal is detected, so you can absolutely leave them on when not in use. This activates right after you stop playing music, and is instantaneous (as soon as the input signal stops and it disengages automatically once an input in reintroduced), so there shouldn’t be a noticeable delay when resuming audio. It’s also fine to power off your speakers when not in use if you prefer.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- How do I connect my HD3/HD4 speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our HD3 and HD4 speakers
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the front panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine HD3 (or HD4)” to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the front panel should be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button on the front panel until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- Which input should I use with my speakers for the best sound quality?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models
    All digital audio sources will ultimately need to be converted to analog to provide sound through any speaker system. The USB and Bluetooth inputs will pass the digital signal on to the speaker’s internal digital-to-analog converter (DAC), while the RCA/3.5mm inputs are already analog and have been converted by the built-in DAC in your source. So it’s a question of which DAC sounds best to you. We would recommend testing each input separately to see which one you prefer!
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Do I still need wires for my “Wireless” speakers?
  - Yes, you still need to connect the active/left speaker to the passive/right speaker via the included speaker wire. The passive right speaker has no power source of its own and relies on the amplified signal coming over the wire.
- Can I use my headphone’s with the HD4’s?
  - You can absolutely use your headphones with the HD4 speakers. The HD4’s have a built in headphone amp and a 3.5mm headphone jack located on the front of the powered speaker. When headphones are connected, the audio coming from the HD4 speakers will be cut out so as to not interfere with the audio coming from the headphones. We recommend using headphones with impedance levels between 10 ohms to 10,000 ohms.
- What stands would you recommend for the HD4’s?
  - If looking for a desktop stand, our DS2 desktop stands are sized to fit the HD4’s almost perfectly. You can also use the Sanus Steel Series Speaker Stands, however the HD4’s do not have threaded inserts in the bottom of the speaker. Lastly, here is a list of stands our customers have recommended for wall mounts: Vogels VLB200 Speaker Wall Mount Sanus WMS2 Speaker Wall Mount BTECH BT-77 Side Clamping Wall Mount We tend to recommend clamping mounts as they allow for a quicker and easier setup.
- Why is my output limited to 16-bit on my computer when the HD4’s are connected via USB?
  - The HD4’s USB interface can only accept up to a 16-bit audio signal. However, the built in DAC of the HD4’s will pad the bit depth to 24-bit during playback, helping to lower the noise floor and provide a better dynamic range.
- Does HD4 come with speaker grills?
  - The HD4 speakers do include detachable magnetic grills. The grills have thin rubber pads to prevent marks or damage to the finish or the cabinet, so your HD4s will keep looking great even if you like to remove / replace them frequently!
- Can I take my Audioengine HD4 speakers to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, you can. The HD4 speakers use a switching power supply so it will automatically convert to the different voltage. The power cable is also detachable which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- Can I use an inverter with my HD4 speakers?
  - Sure, for HD4 you will need an inverter that can supply about 50-60 watts.
- The HD4 has a built in USB digital-to-analog converter (DAC), but can I also use a different DAC?
  - While the HD4 has a fantastic 24-bit DAC, you can always run your own external DAC to the speakers by connecting to the analog inputs.
- If I connect my turntable to the HD4 will it be necessary to purchase a phono preamp or can I simply connect the turntable directly to the HD4 input?
  - Some turntables will need a preamp before being connected and others may have one built-in. Check the turntable manufacturer’s website or user manual.
- Is it possible to connect multiple sources to the HD4 simultaneously?
  - Yes! All Audioengine powered speakers have multiple audio inputs. Both analog inputs (3.5mm and RCA) are active, so you can connect multiple audio sources at the same time. The digital inputs are slightly different, though. Both the Bluetooth and USB inputs share an internal DAC. In this case, the Bluetooth input will take precedence over the USB connection. This means that the Bluetooth input will mute the USB input’s audio playback. Simply disconnect your Bluetooth device from the HD4 speakers to resume playback from your USB source device.
- Can I connect multiple sources to the HD4? Can I stream via Bluetooth and use the USB input at the same time?
  - You should be able to use multiple sources with the HD4s just fine. The analog inputs on the HD4 are always active. They will play at the same time as the Bluetooth or USB input. Bluetooth and USB share the DAC though, so you can only listen to one at a time, and Bluetooth takes priority. If you’re using USB for example, and start using Bluetooth, USB will mute and Bluetooth will take over. If you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers will automatically switch back to USB after a few seconds.
- Will my audio have a delay through the HD4 if I’m watching a movie or music video?
  - Technically, yes. But thankfully, it won’t really be noticeable! Bluetooth only has a delay of about 30ms (milliseconds). So for example, you can watch videos from apps like YouTube and stream the audio through your HD4 without any noticeable lag.
- If I have a subwoofer of my own, how would I use it with the HD4?
  - You would connect the variable output of the HD4 into the input of your sub using RCA cables.
- What does the indicator light on the HD4 front panel mean?
  - The light on the front panel of the HD4 Wireless is the Bluetooth LED indicator. Below are the various Bluetooth LED statuses and their meanings.
    - Bluetooth LED is on and solid: The HD4 Wireless has power and currently connected to a Bluetooth-enabled device.
    - LED indicator illuminates orange instead of white: This is normal! It means that your source is currently sending the HD4 Wireless an aptX signal.
    - Bluetooth LED is on and blinking: The HD4 Wireless has power and the Bluetooth receiver is in pairing mode.
    - Bluetooth LED is off and HD4 Wireless is on: Bluetooth is in standby and not in pairing mode. However, the HD4 Wireless is still visible to your device, so simply connect using your device and it will automatically wake up.
- Can I use Audioengine speakers with an existing Sonos setup?
  - Absolutely! You can connect any Audioengine speaker with an analog output to any Sonos product that has the Line-In feature. You can also connect any Audioengine passive speakers into an existing Sonos system using the Sonos Amp.
- Can I connect Alexa to my wireless Audioengine speakers?
  - Absolutely! To do so:
    - Open the Alexa App on your smartphone or tablet (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo/Alexa device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices, and select it
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Are Audioengine products compatible with Bluetooth 5.0?
  - Yes! We incorporate all the relevant functions and features from Bluetooth 5.0 that apply to our products! These features include; extended range, low latency (so that video and audio sync properly), as well as higher level aptX-HD, aptX, and AAC codecs (with the exception of our 512 portable speaker which supports SBC only). Keep in mind that the capability of the source is what controls the Bluetooth experience.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- Can I stream via Bluetooth and use the USB input at the same time?
  - No. The Bluetooth and USB inputs both share the internal DAC for processing, so you can only listen to one at a time, with Bluetooth taking priority. If you’re using USB for example, and start using Bluetooth, the USB signal will cut and Bluetooth will take over. Depending on your source, if you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers may automatically switch back to USB after a few seconds.
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- How does the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+ Wireless and HD6 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - ‘-Both analog (3.5mm mini-jack and RCA) inputs are “open” or active, so you can leave 2 audio sources plugged in at the same time. -The USB (Optical for HD6) and the Bluetooth module share the same DAC (Digital to Analog Converter) If connected to both, the Bluetooth connection will take precedence. If you’re using USB (Optical for HD6) for example, and start using Bluetooth, USB (Optical for HD6) will mute and Bluetooth will take over. If you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers will automatically switch back to USB (Optical for HD6) after a few seconds. *Please note, if you have a digital (Bluetooth, USB or Optical) and or multiple analog sources connected and streaming you are able to hear the input sources if they play simultaneously.
- Do Audioengine speakers have an auto-sleep, idle, or auto-power-off function? Can I leave them on all the time?
  - Yes they do! They are equipped with a power-saving circuit that turns off the speaker’s final stage amp. This idle mode activates right after you stop playing music. Due to this power-saving function, it’s perfectly fine for the speakers to stay on all the time!
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Why is the Bluetooth LED orange instead of white?
  - If the Bluetooth LED is illuminated orange that means you are streaming in aptX HD which is a higher grade of Bluetooth signal.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- The volume control on my speakers is acting odd, or not responding at all. What do I do?
  - You may have a loose volume pot. This can happen when the nut that holds the volume pot in place becomes loose. This can be easily accessed and tightened without opening the speakers up. Try this: 1) Pull the plastic volume knob off the volume pot. Depending on how tight it’s on, you might be able to pull it off with just your fingers. If not, you may need to cover the knob with a soft cloth and pull out with pliers. 2) Use a deep well 10mm socket (or socket driver) to tighten the nut around the volume pots shaft. 3) Press the plastic volume knob back over the volume pot’s shaft, and retest.
HD6 Wireless Speakers
- Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
  - Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
    
    Remember how in old science fiction movies a character could just talk out loud to a spaceship and it would do anything they commanded?
    
    The idea of voice control technology has long been embedded in our expectations for the “future”, and even though most of those old science fiction movie-makers couldn’t imagine computers any further-advanced than those already available in 1979, they certainly hit the nail on the head with their forecast of voice control. Nowadays, with the help of products like Amazon Echo (and its voice-controlled personal assistant ‘Alexa’), users can control aspects of their home just by verbalizing simple commands. But even with the huge strides this technology has made in recent years, it’s impossible to get audiophile-quality sound from the speakers in an Amazon Echo product. Audioengine can help with this, but before we dive into how, let’s talk a little more about the Amazon Echo.
    
    Is your Amazon Echo killing your audio quality?
    
    First, while Echo and Alexa do in fact go hand-in-hand, they are not the exact same thing.
    
    Echo is a line of smart speakers manufactured by Amazon, and Alexa is an intelligent personal assistant software used to control Echo. Users can speak aloud to give Alexa, and therefore Echo, verbal commands (always beginning with the wake word, ‘Alexa’) such as, “Alexa, play my favorite song,” or “Alexa, what’s on my calendar this Saturday?” Alexa will respond accordingly, so long as the questions asked or commands given are within Alexa’s realm of capability. With tons of Echo-compatible add-on products on the market, there really isn’t a whole lot that falls outside of Alexa’s wheelhouse.
    
    The most common commands Alexa handles are music-related: whether it’s calling up a Spotify playlist, turning up or down the volume, or finding a specific song you haven’t heard in years but are randomly thinking about and absolutely have to hear right this second!! The accessibility is astounding, no doubt, but its main consequence is that you are forced to listen to all your music on Echo’s built-in speakers instead of your own beastly audio system. This is not to say Amazon has ignored their sound quality altogether, but realistically there’s only so much a single speaker housing of that size can handle. Suffice it to say, there are limitations.
    
    Luckily, Amazon has implemented a crucial feature which expands its functionality to accommodate customers who want to be able to interact with Alexa and still enjoy listening to podcasts, music, and stock tips through exterior systems. That’s right, it’s quick and easy to connect your Echo to Bluetooth speakers:
    - Open the Alexa App (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine Wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices
    Bang, you’re done!
    
    Now you can treat Alexa as if it were any other input device; you can still have whatever other devices you so choose connected to your Audioengine speakers, and since Alexa can control Echo’s volume with a simple, “Alexa turn down volume,” you can leave Audioengine’s volume knob exactly where you like it and adjust volume accordingly with Alexa. If you have our S8 Powered Subwoofer connected wirelessly to your mains, this configuration will still work which means you’ll get full-spectrum high fidelity audio when listening to all your favorite songs, without sacrificing the unparalleled convenience provided by a product like Amazon Echo. This will also work with our standalone B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver in the event you have a set of wired speakers you want to turn into wireless speakers.
    
    Modern technology is really opening up doors… and windows… and exhaust fans… it’s basically blasting the roof off the whole place.
    
    We are reaching the point where we can do just about anything we want with voice control technology, as long as we have all the right accouterments. Products like Amazon Echo make life so easy it hurts… perhaps it hurts so good that you want to lie down and say, “Alexa, play ‘Hurts So Good’ by John Mellencamp.” Don’t worry – we designed Audioengine Wireless speakers to do the rest.
- Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
  - Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
    
    Consumer electronics designers are, and have been, on a perpetual quest to give users the most streamlined experience imaginable.
    
    At this point in time it seems like modern-day designers have exceeded the bounds of what most of us could have ever imagined in the first place. Think about it, there is an app for literally everything; just by downloading a simple program onto your phone or tablet, your life can become easier. Wearable technology, like Apple Watch, and smart speakers, like Google Home, tie all of your electronics together to make technology and user-friendliness a lifestyle rather than a rare luxury. Today we are going to talk a little more about one of the leading products, what it does, and how Audioengine can take it one step further; that product is Google Home.
    
    What Is Google Home?
    
    Offically, this piece of technology is touted as a “Smart Speaker and Home Assistant.”
    
    A smart speaker is one of those sleek futuristic speakers that sits on your friend’s kitchen counter, plays whatever music someone tells it to, and sometimes has a snarky robotic comeback to your sarcastic remarks. There are a number of big brands making smart speakers (some of which we’ll discuss in other articles) and all of them have their pros and cons. One “pro” to the Google Home is the “Home Assistant” part. Google Home has an accompanying downloadable app that allows users to customize how the device interacts with and controls their home; lights, thermostats, coffee makers, and pretty much anything else can be controlled by Google Home and accessories. Once you have all of your desired devices properly connected and configured, turning them on and off is just one voice command away… how much easier can life get?
    
    When it comes to music, smart speakers make calling up the right tune an absolute breeze. Google Home can control apps such as Spotify, YouTube, and iHeartRadio among others, so you can tell it to play just about any song in the world. Google Home will even call up playlists you’ve saved within your music streaming apps, and you can tell the device to increase and decrease volume, pause, skip, and any other command you would typically give a media player. There is just one drawback; while Google Home offers a few different sizes (featuring different speakers), the product’s focus is not audiophile-grade sound quality. For that, we need to bring Audioengine into the mix.
    
    How Can Audioengine Take Google Home Further?
    
    You’re taking a step up in the world of consumer electronics and you’ve decided to purchase Google Home; you care about user-experience and you strive to stay ahead of the pop culture curve. That doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice a quality listening experience. As I always say, what good is having access to every song in the world if you’re just going to play them through an inadequate sound system? That’s like sharpening a hunting knife so you can cut hot butter with it.
    
    Luckily, the Google Home App (iTunes | Google Play) allows users to send audio to external Bluetooth speakers. Whether it’s the humble B2 Wireless Speaker, or a full-fledged pair of active Audioengine speakers such as the A5+ Wireless, Google Home is capable of transmitting your beloved music to your sonic system. Bam!!–we just completed the full circle of user-friendliness and ear-friendliness. It may sound complicated merely by description, but it’s actually extremely easy to configure, just follow the quick steps below:
    - Download and open the Google Home App on your phone or tablet.
    - Navigate to the “Devices” tab within the app
    - Tap “Settings” in the devices submenu
    - Scroll down to “Default Music Speaker” and tap “Pair Bluetooth Speaker”
    - Select your Audioengine speaker – and you’re done!
    Take control of your music.
    
    Now you’re ready to shout voice commands all over the house and rock out while you make dinner, host a party, or do whatever it is you do. You can even connect multiple sets of Audioengine wireless speakers for multi-room audio, by creating “groups” in the Google Home app (under that same “Devices” tab).
    
    Isn’t it nice that designers have created all this awesome technology for us? Now I’m just spit-balling, here, but — what if one day someone will make some kind of like a smart speaker… except it lives in your brain and reads your mind. Then you can just think about how good your favorite tunes will sound through a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers, and voila!
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
  - 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
    
    So you’ve decided to make the leap from wired to wireless music and might have made the mistake of Googling “Best Wireless Speakers.”
    
    We here at Audioengine know how overwhelming this can be and we extend our deepest sympathies. But it’s time to put your concerns to rest as we’re here to give you some important buying tips… and yes, you may need these tips to make it through this with your sanity intact.
    
    Before we start, let it be known we are not trying to sway you in any particular direction but we only want to make sure you’re aware of a few items that could go overlooked. And the majority of the following advice can be applied to pretty much any purchase you’re making in the audio world.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Price point
    
    As with anything, it is important to start by setting a budget for yourself and finding a product that aligns with this budget.
    
    There are a ton of great wireless products out there, some of them are practically being given away, and others might cost your life savings. No matter your budget, one fact remains: a quality wireless speaker setup doesn’t HAVE to be expensive. Conversely, you often get what you pay for, so it is wise to be wary of a product whose price tag looks more like a shoe size if you catch my drift.
    
    Features
    
    Another important point that will assuredly be different for everyone is the inclusion of features.
    
    If you’re looking for a simple wireless speaker with no options and no extra inputs, then don’t bother spending hours comparing products that are saturated with bells and whistles. If, on the other hand, you know you want the option to connect an analog device like a stereo or surround sound receiver, for instance, make this determination early and stick with it. There will always be an option to suit your exact needs so don’t feel pressured.
    
    Reviews
    
    Reviews are king in today’s world.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/fWk3Xm_EHuY?feature=oembed&wmode=transparent
    
    Everything from the usability of a product to the competence of a company’s customer service team can be scrutinized in an online review, and that’s why it’s obviously important to read as many reviews as you can find (and to also read between the lines with some of these). A responsible company addresses negative reactions and does not let any concern go unnoticed. Reviews not only tell us how customers react to a product but how a company reacts to its customers. And the way a company reacts to its customers can tell you whether you’re making a good or bad purchase.
    
    Warranties and trials
    
    This is always a fun one! If you’re having trouble deciding between two or more products because they have the same features and similar reviews, why not go with the one that offers a trial or a better warranty?
    
    The wireless audio market is extremely competitive, and most companies are offering a brief trial period with no penalties or full-coverage or even an extended warranty period. The fact is, a company with a truly great product has nothing to fear and is confident in their product’s ability to satisfy anyone and everyone.
    
    Portability and durability
    
    Where are you going to be using these speakers? Are you going to sling wireless audio from the kitchen to the living room, or are you taking this setup down to the park for a picnic? Do you need the speakers to be battery powered? Waterproof?
    
    I know, I know, asking way too many questions but you should be asking these questions too! Again, there will always be a product that suits your needs for portability — and often times, if the speakers are easily portable, they will also be durable to some extent. The caveat is that certain other aspects of the speakers will inevitably suffer. Sound quality, aux inputs, wireless range, etc.; these are all things that have the potential to “get the boot” the more portable or waterproof your speakers need to be.
    
    Sound quality and wireless range
    
    Obviously we want our wireless speakers to sound great and to not drop out or lose signal EVER.
    
    The sound quality of the actual speaker itself is something you may need to derive from customer reviews, unless you have the option to actually hear the speaker before making a purchase. Apart from that, it’s best to read up on the company, what materials they are using, and what the speakers can be compared to, etc.
    
    But when it comes to the sound quality of the actual WIRELESS itself, you’ll need to look out for a few things. Wi-fi or Bluetooth and other fun terms all define different ways a speaker can receive wireless audio information and process it. Each of these has its own pros and cons, and some will be more or less suitable to your particular setup. Wi-fi is good if you want to transmit audio to multiple speakers at once but Bluetooth has a much easier setup and the ease-of-use is a HUGE advantage. But for the best sound quality AND ease-of-use, you will want to look for Bluetooth products that use the aptX or aptX HD “codecs”. These will give you the best audio quality possible, and with Audioengine, the longest range as well. If you wish to get into more technical details about this type of wireless audio, please read our article on Bluetooth aptX HD technology.
    
    In summary, there are a myriad of products on the market and all have their pros and cons. To get started, make a list of things you want and need out of your music system. Determine what is necessary, nice-to-have, and what you don’t need. Then when you make the detrimental error of Googling, “Best Wireless Speakers,” you might make it through to the other side with your sanity intact.
    
    Still struggling with choosing the right speaker? Take our quiz and make it easy!
- Does my Home Music System Really Need a Subwoofer?
  - Customer Inquiry: “I’ve recently upgraded to the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System and am thoroughly impressed by the sound quality. Is there a way to further enhance this setup for a richer audio experience?”
    
    Why a Subwoofer is Important:
    
    The Audioengine A2+ excels in high and mid-range frequency reproduction, providing an expansive soundstage. Its mid-woofers deliver a balanced bass, but for deeper, more resonant bass frequencies, adding a subwoofer will introduce you to an entirely new music experience, with bass reminiscent of your favorite live concert.
    
    Expanding Your System with a Subwoofer Integrating a subwoofer into your Audioengine home music system can dramatically improve your audio landscape:
    - Deepened Bass Response: A subwoofer like the Audioengine S8 is dedicated to reproducing the lowest frequency sounds, enhancing the depth and dimension of the audio, especially in tracks with significant low-end elements.
    - Enhanced Balance and Clarity: The subwoofer takes on the lower frequencies, allowing your system to focus on delivering clear highs and detailed mids. This separation ensures a balanced sound output and maximizes the performance of each component within its frequency range.
    Adding a subwoofer reveals the full spectrum of sound that the artist intended to be a part of your musical experience.
    
    Subwoofer Types: Sealed vs. Ported and Their Placement
    - Sealed Subwoofers for Jazz and Acoustic:
    - These subwoofers, like the Audioengine S6, offer a tighter and more precise bass, perfect for the nuanced sounds in jazz and acoustic music. Due to their controlled bass response, they are versatile in terms of placement and can be positioned either on the desk or in any compact space within the room.
    - Front-Firing Ported Subwoofers for Metal and Energetic Genres:
    - These subwoofers are designed to handle the depth and intensity of genres like metal. They are ideally placed at listening height for the best experience. An elevated shelf or the desk itself can be great spots, ensuring the sound is directed straight at the listener for maximum impact.
    Space Considerations: Choosing the Right Size and Placement
    - U and L-Shaped Desks: These desk designs offer unique opportunities for subwoofer placement. With more corner space and legroom, you can consider slightly larger subwoofers that wouldn’t traditionally fit under a standard desk.
    - Proper Placement: A front-firing subwoofer should be placed in an elevated position, such as your desktop, while a down-firing subwoofer should be placed on the floor.
    - Larger Subwoofers for Spacious Setups: If you have more room, especially with U and L-shaped desks, a larger subwoofer can be placed on the ground under the desk. Their down-firing design is particularly effective in this placement, as it allows the sound to resonate off the floor, filling the room without taking up valuable desk space.
    Conclusion:
    
    Selecting the right subwoofer for your desktop setup involves understanding your music preferences, considering your available desk space, and deciding on the appropriate size and type of subwoofer. Whether it’s a compact sealed model for jazz and acoustic melodies or a larger ported subwoofer for the dynamic ranges of metal, the ideal choice will transform your listening experience into an experience rivaled only by live performances.
- An Introduction to: Wireless Home Speakers
  - Why go wireless?
    
    If you haven’t used them before, wireless speakers might sound like a hassle to set up, connect to, and maintain in your home. The truth is, getting your wireless speaker system started doesn’t take much and can easily be done in a matter of minutes.
    
    With all of the mobile technology available at our fingertips, there’s no reason to be tied down to one method of listening to your music; whether it’s your phone, laptop or tablet, your streaming sources are unlimited when you go wireless.
    
    One of the greatest benefits to adopting a wireless speaker system is getting rid all of those unsightly wires running along your floors and behind entertainment centers. This alone gives you plenty of options for placing your wireless speakers where they will work best for your listening experience. Not to mention that without all of the wires and confusing installation instructions, you’re free to connect them to your phone, computer or tablet via Bluetooth and start enjoying them right away.
    
    It’s fairly simple to connect directly to Pandora, Spotify, or any other music streaming source you prefer as long as you follow instructions. Audioengine’s wireless speakers, for example, are designed so that once they’re turned on, you need only activate Bluetooth in your device’s settings menu and select the correct speaker to connect.
    
    If you do run into trouble installing or connecting to your new speakers, our Audioengine support reps are ready to step in and show you the best possible solution for the issue.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Our technology
    
    At Audioengine, we provide only the best products. Currently, we have a few varieties of wireless home speakers, including the B2 wireless speaker, which boasts an easily adapted Bluetooth wireless system for your phone, and the HD6 wireless speaker with versatile power and connectivity features. We also are readily available to answer any of your questions, so you not only get the awesome sounding audio you want, but also the tools to make it fit right into your home.
- Is Wireless Audio Quality Any Good?
  - With many modern audio speakers and systems adding wireless functionality to their list of features, you may wonder whether you are doing yourself a disservice by going wireless and ask yourself “is wireless audio quality any good?”
    
    Believe it or not, wireless can sound just as good as a wired connection, meaning you won’t have to sacrifice quality for convenience.
    
    Our wireless speakers utilize Bluetooth technology which definitely has its advantages; it’s fairly universal and, with its lack of proprietary software, is really easy to set up. There must be a catch, right? In the past, we felt that Bluetooth technology wasn’t up to snuff, both in terms of the range of the signal and the quality of audio. In recent years, however, Bluetooth technology has seriously done a lot of growing up; advances in the technology has increased the bandwidth and range, making it not only function great, but sound great. Bluetooth now has the capability of streaming up to CD quality, or 16-bit/44.1kHz, over the air, which means that right out of gate you’re able to send great sending audio without being tethered by cables.
    
    Codecs play a part in how Bluetooth audio is sent and received and some codecs provide slightly better fidelity than others.
    
    In products like our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver, we utilize the aptX HD codec, which we feel provides you with the highest fidelity decoding possible. Some devices, like most iOS devices, don’t utilize aptX, but even though we use aptX in our products, other great codecs like SBC and AAC will work and sound great. Not to mention, we utilize built-in DACs in our Bluetooth products, which will take your audio and pad the bit-depth to a 24-bit format, giving you added benefits such a lower noise floor.
    
    Even though we use Bluetooth in more of our newer products, we do have other wireless options if you’re looking for any non-Bluetooth solutions. We offer two different wireless audio adapters, the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter the D2 Wireless DAC. The wireless technology used in both of these products is a lot like Wi-Fi, but on a closed protocol built specifically for high-resolution audio. The W3 includes a 16-bit/44.1kHz DAC, which makes it able to send CD-quality uncompressed audio over the air. If you’re looking for high-quality, though, the D2 represents the absolute highest possible performance wireless audio device we could build, able to send 24-bit/96kHz wirelessly.
    
    So is wireless audio quality any good? The short answer is yes!
    
    Using only the best hardware and software, you can rest assured that the wireless gear you’ve been considering will not only add convenience to your listening experience, but will retain the authenticity that you expect from your music.
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- How To Connect Your Gaming Console to Your Speakers
  - Audioengine’s Home Music Systems are designed to deliver exceptional sound quality, offering you a next level gaming experience enhancing every footstep and gunshot, pulling you into the game’s world, making every moment feel real and alive.
    
    This guide will help you navigate the nuances of connecting your Xbox Series X or PS5 directly to your Audioengine Desktop Speakers, Gaming DAC, or other speakers. Before we dive in, let’s address a crucial but often overlooked aspect: the type of display you’re using.
    - Can I connect external speakers to my Xbox Series X?
    - Can I connect external speakers to my PS5?
    Why TVs Simplify Speaker Connection
    
    Gaming on a modern TV makes connecting speakers straightforward. TVs usually offer a variety of audio outputs, giving you several options for your audio setup. Simply connect via HDMI to your TV and connect the speakers through an available audio output.
    
    Computer monitors, while often providing high refresh rates, often have limited audio output options and so, this guide will be helpful to those of you who are looking to avoid using a TV.
    
    Note on Direct Connections
    
    The FAQs and compatibility table below focus on direct connections between your gaming console and speakers. If you’re using an additional device like an A/V receiver, or connecting through your TV, compatibility may differ.
    
    Audioengine’s Best Selling A2+ Desktop Speakers
    
    How To Connect Your Xbox Series X to Your Speakers
    
    Can I connect external speakers to my Xbox Series X?
    
    Certainly, although with limitations. The Xbox Series X doesn’t natively support USB, optical, or Bluetooth audio outputs. You can, however, utilize the 3.5mm audio jack on the wireless controller to connect speakers that accept this input.
    
    We recommend purchasing an inline HDMI audio extractor. This device can take the HDMI output from your Xbox Series X and extract the audio to outputs like Optical or RCA, allowing you to connect your speakers more easily.
    
    How To Connect Your PS5 to Your Speakers
    
    Can I connect external speakers to my PS5?
    
    Yes, you can. The PS5 supports USB audio output, making it compatible with speakers that offer this input*. However, the PS5 does not support 3.5mm, optical, or Bluetooth audio outputs.
    
    Why is the type of display I use important?
    
    As previously mentioned, your choice of display—whether a monitor or a TV—affects your audio options. Monitors usually lack the audio output variety found in modern TVs.
    
    Summary of Input Compatibility
    
    Refer to this table for compatibility between different audio input types and the Xbox Series X and PS5:
    
    Input Type Xbox Series X PS5
    3.5mm ✓ (via controller) ✕
    USB ✕ ✓*
    RCA ✕ ✕
    Optical ✕ ✕
    Bluetooth ✕ ✕
    
    Key
    - ✓: Compatible
    - ✕: Not Compatible
    - Note: *While the PS5 supports USB audio, it supports USB Audio Class 1 devices. If your device doesn’t support USB 1.0, you will need an adapter as discussed in this guide on the PS5 reddit. We have confirmed that the Audioengine A2+ (current generation) will support USB audio from the PS5.
    Final Thoughts
    
    Understanding your setup’s compatibility is essential for an optimal audio experience. Using a TV provides more options for connecting your speakers, but a monitor isn’t entirely limiting; you just need the right equipment, like an HDMI audio extractor for Xbox setups.
    
    Feel free to explore our other resources to further optimize your gaming and audio experience.
- How to Connect Your Studio Monitors to Your TV
  - How to Connect Your Studio Monitors to Your TV
    
    Connecting studio monitors to your TV can enhance your viewing experience with high-quality sound. Studio monitors are designed for precise audio reproduction, making them a popular choice for audio professionals. However, there are several considerations and potential drawbacks to using studio monitors for TV audio. Here’s a step-by-step guide on how to connect your studio monitors to your TV, along with some important notes.
    
    Step 1: Determine Your TV’s Audio Outputs
    
    Identify the Available Outputs: Most modern TVs come equipped with various audio output options, including HDMI ARC, optical, RCA, and 3.5mm headphone jacks. Check your TV’s manual or inspect the back panel to identify the available outputs.
    
    Note: While studio monitors can be connected via these outputs, they may not offer the same listening experience, convenience and versatility as powered speakers designed specifically for home audio use, like an Audioengine Home Music System.
    
    Step 2: Choose the Appropriate Cables and Adapters
    
    HDMI ARC: If your studio monitors have an HDMI input, you can connect them directly using an HDMI cable. This option supports high-quality audio but is uncommon for studio monitors.
    
    Optical (TOSLINK): Use an optical cable to connect the TV’s optical output to a digital-to-analog converter. Then, connect the converter to your studio monitors using balanced XLR or TRS cables.
    
    RCA or 3.5mm: If your TV has RCA or 3.5mm outputs, use the appropriate cables to connect directly to your studio monitors. You may need an adapter if your monitors use balanced inputs.
    
    Note: Using low quality converters and adapters can degrade audio quality and add complexity to your setup. Audioengine Home Music Systems offer direct connectivity options, making the setup process simpler and more reliable.
    
    Audioengine HD6 Home Music System
    
    Step 3: Set Up and Calibrate Your Studio Monitors
    
    Placement: Place your studio monitors at ear level and angled towards your listening position. Ensure they are symmetrically placed for optimal stereo imaging.
    
    Calibration: Adjust the volume and any built-in EQ settings on your studio monitors to match your listening environment. Some monitors have rear-panel controls for fine-tuning.
    
    Note: Studio monitors are designed for near-field listening and may not provide the same immersive experience in a typical living room setup. Home Music Systems from Audioengine are optimized for both near-field and far-field listening, offering more flexibility and better sound coverage.
    
    Step 4: Connect a Subwoofer
    
    Subwoofer Output: If your studio monitors have a subwoofer output, connect an active subwoofer to enhance bass response. This setup is ideal for a more cinematic experience.
    
    Note: Many studio monitors lack dedicated subwoofer outputs, limiting your ability to achieve full-range sound. Audioengine Home Music Systems typically include subwoofer outputs, allowing you to easily integrate a subwoofer for deeper bass.
    
    Step 5: Adjust TV Audio Settings
    
    Audio Output Settings: Access your TV’s audio settings menu and select the appropriate audio output (HDMI, optical, RCA, or 3.5mm). Disable the TV’s internal speakers if necessary.
    
    Volume Control: Adjust the TV volume to a comfortable level. If using an external DAC or converter, ensure it is set to a neutral level.
    
    Conclusion
    
    Connecting studio monitors to your TV can significantly improve your audio experience, offering precise and clear sound. However, it’s important to consider the potential limitations and complexities involved. Using various adapters and converters can affect audio quality and make the setup process cumbersome.
    
    Note: While studio monitors are excellent for professional audio work, they may not be the best choice for home entertainment. Audioengine Home Music Systems provide a more user-friendly and versatile solution, with features like analog amplifiers, built-in DACs, and subwoofer outputs, ensuring superior sound quality and ease of use.
    
    By following these steps and considering the alternative options, you can enhance your TV audio setup to better suit your preferences and needs.
- HD6 Materials And Construction
  - 0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets with real wood veneer
    1″ (26 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    5.5″ (140 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
- HD6 Environmental Requirements
  - Operating temperature: 32 degrees F to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating temperature: -4 degrees F to 113 degrees F
    Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
- HD6 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    Left speaker (active)
    Dimensions: 11.75″ (30 cm) x 7.25″ (18.5 cm) x 10″ (25 cm)
    Right speaker (passive)
    Dimensions: 11.75″ (30 cm) x 7.25″ (18.5 cm) x 10″ (25 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (active) – 17.5 lb (8 kg)
    Right (passive) – 12.5 lb (5.5 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    33.5 lb (15 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    20″ (51 cm) x 15″ (38 cm) x 17″ (43 cm)
- HD6 Usb Specifications
  - Connector Type
    N/A
    
    USB Device Class
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    N/A
    
    Input Sample Rate
    N/A
- HD6 Optical Specifications
  - Internal D/A converter
    AKM AK4396
    
    Input Bit Depth
    up to 24 bit native
    
    Sample Rate
    up to 192 kHz native
- Hd6 Bluetooth Specifications
  - Internal D/A Converter
    AKM AK4396
    
    Internal BT Receiver
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    24 bit (padded)
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.0
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptX HD, aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
- HD6 General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX HD speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class AB
    
    Rated Power Output:
    50W RMS per channel (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 75W per channel (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 150W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    5.5″ aramid fiber woofers
    
    1″ silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, digital optical (SPDIF,) Bluetooth aptX
    
    Outputs
    RCA variable line-out
    
    Input Voltages
    115/240 V, 50/60 Hz manually switchable
    
    SNR
    >95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    <50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    50 Hz-22 kHz ±1.5 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    48K ohms unbalanced (mini-jack and RCA inputs)
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection, replaceable external main fuse
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10 W
    Mute: 6 W
    Sleep: 4 W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- What kind of battery goes in the remote that came with my Audioengine system?
  - The Audioengine remote takes a CR2025 battery.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- Volume Encoder Change
  - – The process for replacing a volume encoder begins with pulling the volume knob straight back from the encoder shaft
    
    – Make sure the rubber insert stays with the volume knob –
    
    – The volume encoder shaft should look like so before proceeding –
    
    – Using a thin-walled 10mm socket, remove the lock nut fastening the encoder to the front of the speaker cabinet –
    
    – Once you have removed the amp backplate on the back of the active speaker, make sure to remove the encoder wiring terminal clip from the amp circuit board. You can then fully uninstall the encoder assembly by pulling back the encoder shaft from the inside –
    
    – Finally, the IR receiver can be removed by using a long-necked Phillips PH1 screw driver to remove the 2 screws fastening the IR receiver on the inside of the cabinet –
    
    After fully removing the faulty encoder, the replacement can be installed following these steps in reverse order before finally connecting the wiring clip to the amp circuit board and fastening the amp backplate back onto the active speaker.
    
    The process can be a bit cramped if you wish to do as little disassembly as possible, or a bit easier if you are comfortable moving parts to give yourself more workspace. The sound damping insulation normally overlaps at the bottom of the active cabinet. This can be peeled back similar to the reference picture attached. The crossover is mounted underneath this insulation (If process being done on an HD6) and is perhaps the most obtrusive part when replacing a volume encoder. This has two Philips head screws mounting it to the base of the cabinet along with an adhesive pad to reduce noise vibration. It is possible to remove the two screws and lift the adhered crossover up from the base of the cabinet momentarily to get better access to the IR receiver and volume knob assemblies at the front. If you’d rather not risk damaging anything, the IR receiver can still be unscrewed from the inside of the cabinet with a long-necked Phillips PH1 driver. The volume knob is loosened from the outside of the cabinet with a thin-walled 10mm socket found by pulling the volume knob straight back from the encoder shaft. Ample lighting will also make this work easier
- HD6 Size: What is the Dimensions of the HD6?
  - Each Speaker is 11.25″H x 7″W x 10.5″D
- I’m not able to adjust the volume with my tv remote using the Optical input?
  - All Optical audio is considered a “fixed” output, meaning volume will not attenuate from the TV remote. If you have an HD5/HD6 you can use the Audioengine remote for this. Fo
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- The audio cuts out at randomly when using the optical input with my TV, what can I do?
  - When using the optical input of the D1 DAC or the HD6 speakers, you’ll need to make sure your TV’s audio output is set to PCM (not Dolby, DTS, or 5.1/surround). Special hardware is needed to process Dolby audio signals. If your TV is set to Dolby, it’s likely you’ll hear some audio but it will be intermittent in nature with dropouts. Once the output is set to PCM, this should resolve the issue. Check with your TV manufacturer for directions on how to make this adjustment.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- Which input should I use on my HD6’s for the best sound quality?
  - All digital audio sources will ultimately need to be converted to analog to provide sound through any speaker system. Any optical/Bluetooth input will pass the digital signal on to the HD6’s internal digital-to-analog converter (DAC), while the RCA/3.5mm inputs are already analog and have been converted by the built-in DAC in your source. So it’s a question of which DAC sounds best to you. We would recommend testing each input separately to see which one you prefer!
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Do I still need wires for my “Wireless” speakers?
  - Yes, you still need to connect the active/left speaker to the passive/right speaker via the included speaker wire. The passive right speaker has no power source of its own and relies on the amplified signal coming over the wire.
- How do I connect the HD6’s with my Bluetooth device?
  - Once you have set up your HD6 speakers, turn them on using the power switch on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically enter their “pairing mode” when first turned on. The Bluetooth LED on the back of the powered speaker will blink during this time frame. While the LED is flashing, go into your source device’s Bluetooth menu and then search for nearby Bluetooth devices. Select the HD6’s from the list of nearby devices to pair and connect with the speakers. Once your source device has been paired with the speakers, the LED light on the back should remain solid and on. At this point, select your favorite tunes and hit play! Keep in mind that you can adjust the volume by using your source device’s volume control along with the volume knob on the front of the speakers. If the volume seems too low, check to make sure the volume is set to an appropriate level with both your source and the speakers. If you’d like to switch to another Bluetooth source, either press and hold the LED button on the back of the HD6’s until it starts flashing OR go into the Bluetooth menu of your source device and disconnect from there. Once the LED on the HD6’s begins to flash again, you can pair a new Bluetooth source to the speakers.
- Which Bluetooth codecs are supported by the HD6 speakers?
  - The Bluetooth 5.0 receiver found in the latest builds of the HD6’s will support the following Bluetooth codecs: SBC, AAC, aptX, and aptX HD.
- How many devices can be connected to the HD6’s via Bluetooth at one time?
  - Though the HD6’s are capable of ‘remembering’ up to 6 devices, you can only have 1 source device (phone, laptop, computer, etc) actively paired via Bluetooth with the HD6’s at a time. The HD6 Bluetooth LED light will blink and be discoverable for 5 minutes once powered on. If in that 5 minute window the speakers are paired to a Bluetooth source, the light will go solid. After the 5 minutes is up, the light will turn off and it will no longer be discoverable and able to pair to new sources, but it will still be on. If the LED is off, a previously connected device can still pair to it at any time from within their device’s Bluetooth menu. If you want to pair to to a new device, just tap the LED light once more and it will blink and be discoverable for another 5 minutes. If you’re paired to something and want to disconnect from the HD6’s, you can hold the button down the Bluetooth LED for a few seconds before it disconnects.
- Can I connect headphones to the HD6 speakers?
  - The HD6’s do not come with a dedicated headphone out. If you wanted to use headphones with our HD6 speakers, you’d want to incorporate a headphone amp, like our D1 24-bit DAC/Headphone Amp, into your set up. When using a device like this, the audio would be cut off to your speakers when your headphones are plugged in, allowing you to enjoy the audio coming through the headphones without any interruption from your speakers.
- How do I connect the HD6 left and right channels?
  - View the short video below to see one of our quality control technicians connect the HD6 left and right channels. [video width="1280" height="720" mp4="https://audioengineusa.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/10/HD6-Wireless-Speaker-How-to-Connect-the-Left-and-Right-Channels.mp4"][/video]
- What fuse do my A5+ or HD6 speakers use?
  - In countries such as the US, Canada, and Japan the fuse is a 110-120V AC power is a 5mm x 20mm 3.15 amp @ 250 – slow blow fuse. If you are outside those mentioned countries, please use a 220-240v is a 5mm x 20mm 1.6 amp @250 – slow blow fuse.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- How would I connect a subwoofer to the HD6 speakers?
  - For starters, you will need to use a powered subwoofer with analog inputs (either RCA or 3.5mm). Simply connect the subwoofer to the RCA outputs found on the back of the HD6 speakers. If your subwoofer only has a 3.5mm input, you could pick up a 3.5mm to 2-Male RCA Adapter cable to bridge the connection between your subwoofer and the HD6 speakers. Please refer to the image below, using our S8 as a reference:
- Can you stream music wirelessly to the HD6 with the Audioengine wireless adapters like you can with the A5+ Classic?
  - Yes! An AC wall outlet near the HD6 is all you need to power the W3 wireless receiver.
- Will my current universal remote work with my HD6?
  - The HD6 is not officially supported by any universal remotes. However, you can use a learning remote to copy the signals being sent by the HD6’s remote. Check with the manufacturer of your remote to find out if it supports learning IR codes.
- How does the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+ Wireless and HD6 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - ‘-Both analog (3.5mm mini-jack and RCA) inputs are “open” or active, so you can leave 2 audio sources plugged in at the same time. -The USB (Optical for HD6) and the Bluetooth module share the same DAC (Digital to Analog Converter) If connected to both, the Bluetooth connection will take precedence. If you’re using USB (Optical for HD6) for example, and start using Bluetooth, USB (Optical for HD6) will mute and Bluetooth will take over. If you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers will automatically switch back to USB (Optical for HD6) after a few seconds. *Please note, if you have a digital (Bluetooth, USB or Optical) and or multiple analog sources connected and streaming you are able to hear the input sources if they play simultaneously.
- Will my music have a delay through the HD6 if I’m watching a movie or music video?
  - Bluetooth has a delay of about 30ms (milliseconds) so you can watch videos from Youtube, for example, and stream the audio through your HD6 without any noticeable lag between the video and audio.
- Which streaming services are compatible with the HD6?
  - The HD6 are capable of providing audio playback for any and all audio that your source device is capable of playing. Your source device would be the device your speakers are currently connected to either via the analog inputs, Bluetooth, or the optical cable. They will play back audio from any streaming service including but not limited to:
    - Tidal
    - Spotify
    - Pandora
    - iTunes/Apple Music
    - Amazon Music
    - YouTube
    - Sirius XM
    - Qobuz
- Can I use my computer speakers and the HD6’s at the same time?
  - Possibly, it depends on the computer’s operating system, sound capabilities and connection type. If your computer is capable of doing so, our speakers will not prevent this type of use in any way. For example, if you have a Mac running Snow Leopard or later, you can create a multiple output device to accomplish this. See the link below for how-to instructions on Apple’s site: Creating a Multi-Output Device
- What does the indicator light on the HD6 rear panel mean?
  - - If it’s on and solid, this means the HD6 is powered on, and currently connected to a Bluetooth-enabled device.
    - If your source is currently sending the HD6 an aptX signal, the LED indicator on the rear panel will illuminate orange instead of white.
    - If it’s on and blinking, this means the HD6 is powered on but not currently connected to a device.
    - If it’s off (and HD6 is powered on), this means Bluetooth is in standby and not connected to a device. The HD6, however, is still visible to your device, so simply connect using your device and the HD6 will automatically wake up.
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Why is the Bluetooth LED orange instead of white?
  - If the Bluetooth LED is illuminated orange that means you are streaming in aptX HD which is a higher grade of Bluetooth signal.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- My computer doesn’t have an optical output; how can I connect my computer to the optical input of the HD6?
  - There do exist USB-to-optical converters that should work in a setup like this, though a product like this isn’t very widespread. We don’t really have any recommendations on a specific brand or model to use, but a quick Google/Amazon search should yield results. Another solution is to use an external DAC, like our D1 24-bit DAC, connected to the USB port on your computer and plug it into either of the analog inputs of your HD6s.
- What speaker stands work well with the HD6?
  - The HD6s are slightly too big for our DS1 desktop stand, so we wouldn’t really recommend them with the speakers. We’ve been using the IsoAcoustics as desktop stands for the HD6 and they’ve been working pretty well. Here’s some information about them: http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B008GOP79G?keywords=isoacoustics&qid=1453940727&ref_=sr_1_1&sr=8-1 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hC4wBi7T0Rw
- Is the HD6 designed only for use with Bluetooth devices?
  - Even though the HD6 has a built-in Bluetooth receiver, the HD6 are extremely versatile and can be used with a number of different devices, both digital and analog. There two analog inputs, a mini-stereo and RCA input, on the rear panel so you can directly connect any product with a line-level/preamp audio output, such as a turntable. The HD6s also have an optical input that utilizes the speakers’ built-in DAC, so any source that has a digital optical output can be used directly with the speakers, such as the optical output of your television or computer.
- How does the HD6 handle multiple inputs? Can I use Bluetooth and the optical input at the same time?
  - Both analog inputs are “open” or active, so you can leave 2 audio sources plugged in at the same time with no need to flip any switches! Both the optical input and the bluetooth module share the same DAC so using the optical input on the HD6 as well as streaming to the speakers via bluetooth would utilize the built-in DAC. This means that the HD6’s bluetooth receiver takes priority, so if you start playing audio over Bluetooth the optical input will mute; optical will resume automatically a few seconds after Bluetooth is paused or disconnected.
- How to replace the battery in your HD6/A5+ remote control
  - To replace the battery in your HD Series remote, you’ll need a paperclip or similar.
    1. Insert the paperclip into the hole on the back of the remote and push. The battery/button assembly of the remote will pop out.
    2. Use the paperclip to push the battery out of the battery clip. Note the orientation of the battery when removing it.
    3. Slide the new CR2025 battery into the battery clip. The positive (+) side of the battery should face away from the PCB.
    4. The battery/button assembly is held in place with magnets, so once you’ve replaced the battery, slide it back into place.
- What’s the difference between the HD6 and the A5+?
  - The HD6 include some pretty significant upgrades over the A5+s. Among these are:
    - Larger redesigned woofer with die-cast aluminum frame for extended bass response with fast dynamics
    - New larger custom 1” tweeter for an open and realistic high end and an extraordinary soundstage
    - Thicker, low-resonance cabinet
    - Upgraded crossover components
    In addition to the performance related upgrades, the HD6s also feature:
    - Bluetooth aptX and digital optical inputs
    - Real wood-veneer cabinet finish options
    - Removable magnetic grills
    - Solid aluminum remote control
- The volume control on my speakers is acting odd, or not responding at all. What do I do?
  - You may have a loose volume pot. This can happen when the nut that holds the volume pot in place becomes loose. This can be easily accessed and tightened without opening the speakers up. Try this: 1) Pull the plastic volume knob off the volume pot. Depending on how tight it’s on, you might be able to pull it off with just your fingers. If not, you may need to cover the knob with a soft cloth and pull out with pliers. 2) Use a deep well 10mm socket (or socket driver) to tighten the nut around the volume pots shaft. 3) Press the plastic volume knob back over the volume pot’s shaft, and retest.
S6 Powered Subwoofer
- Audioengine S6 vs. Audioengine S8: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Common Features and Brand Highlights
    3. Design
    4. Ideal Spaces and Uses
    5. Audio Quality
    6. Tech Specs and Features
    7. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the search for the ideal subwoofer to improve your home music setup, Audioengine’s S6 and S8 models emerge as standout options. Renowned for their superior quality and performance, both the S6 and S8 offer unique features that cater to different audio preferences and environments. This comprehensive comparison will help you understand the differences and decide which subwoofer is right for your setup.
    
    Common Features and Brand Highlights
    
    Both the Audioengine S6 and S8 are built with exceptional sound quality, premium handcrafted real wood design, and versatility in placement. Some common features include:
    - Handcrafted, Real Wood Cabinets: Both models are meticulously crafted with attention to detail, ensuring the best sound quality in a modern and durable finish that complements any setup.
    - Airtight Enclosure: This design feature ensures precise and clear bass response by preventing air leaks that can cause unwanted resonances and vibrations. The enclosure controls woofer cone movement by maintaining an airtight seal, minimizing distortion, and enhancing sound quality.
    - Music-Focused Performance: Both subwoofers are engineered for music lovers, delivering detailed and dynamic sound that enhances the overall listening experience.
    - Wireless Upgrades Available: Both subwoofers offer wireless connectivity upgrades, providing flexibility in placement for optimal acoustics.
    - Clarity at Higher Volumes: The detailed construction and advanced engineering of the S6 and S8 ensure consistent audio performance, even at higher volumes. This is due to their Class D amplifier and precision-tuned enclosure that minimize distortion and maintain sound integrity.
    - Versatile Connectivity Options: Both models include multiple input options such as RCA and 3.5mm, ensuring compatibility with a wide range of audio sources and setups. This versatility allows seamless integration into various audio systems.
    Design
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    Front-Firing Design: The S6 features a front-firing woofer that directs sound toward the listener, ensuring a more direct and immersive audio experience. This design is particularly beneficial in compact spaces where optimal placement options are limited. Front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are effective in smaller rooms because they reduce bass reflection issues, providing clearer and more accurate sound directly to the listener.
    
    Airtight Enclosure: Encased in an airtight enclosure, the S6’s design minimizes distortion and ensures tight, controlled bass. The premium handcrafted, real wood cabinet adds a touch of style and durability, making it the perfect addition to any audio setup. The airtight design is crucial in maintaining the purity of the bass output, as it prevents the unwanted resonance that can muddy the sound.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    Down-Firing Design: The S8’s down-firing woofer ensures powerful bass distribution throughout larger rooms. This design helps in evenly dispersing sound, providing a balanced and uniform audio experience. Down-firing subwoofers like the S8 are ideal for larger spaces because they use the floor to reflect and amplify the bass waves, filling the room with rich, deep sound.
    
    Detailed Construction: The Audioengine S8 is available in Hi-Gloss Piano White and Satin Black finishes, ensuring it blends seamlessly into any setup. Its larger form factor and solid build are designed to deliver impactful bass, making it a focal point in any high-quality audio system. The sturdy construction not only looks great but also supports the powerful output of the subwoofer, ensuring it performs at its best, even at high volumes.
    
    Ideal Spaces and Uses
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The S6 is optimized for music listening, providing clear and precise bass that enhances every genre. The S6’s precise and controlled bass ensures that you can enjoy high-quality sound without disturbing your neighbors, making it an excellent choice for apartments and other shared living spaces. Whether you are an audiophile who loves every nuance of your music, a gamer needing clear, undistorted bass, the S6 is tailored to meet these needs without overwhelming the space.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The S8 is tailored for larger, floor-based setups and is ideal for standalone houses and non-shared living spaces where there is more room to fill. Its powerful, down-firing woofer is perfect for sounds where deep, impactful bass is desired. The S8 excels in delivering room-filling bass that enhances any genre, making it a great choice for more immersive audio experiences. If you have a dedicated media room or an open-plan living space, the S8’s ability to produce powerful, room-shaking bass will transform your listening experience.
    
    Audio Quality
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The Audioengine S6 excels in delivering tight, controlled bass with precision and clarity. Its sealed design ensures minimal distortion, making it ideal for critical listening scenarios. With a 210W Class D amplifier and a 6″ long-throw woofer, the S6 offers a frequency response of 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB, providing a rich and full listening experience. The Class D amplifier is efficient and powerful, providing ample power for the woofer without generating excessive heat. This efficiency helps maintain high audio quality by minimizing power loss and ensuring that the woofer can deliver consistent, clean sound even at higher volumes.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The Audioengine S8 offers deep, room-filling bass thanks to its ported design and 8″ custom down-firing woofer. It delivers a frequency response of 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB, ensuring it can handle very low frequencies with ease. This makes the S8 perfect for sounds that require deep, impactful bass, providing a more dynamic and immersive sound experience. The ported design allows for greater efficiency in producing low frequencies, making the bass sound more natural and less strained.
    
    Tech Specs and Features
    
    Audioengine S6
    - 210W Class D Amplifier & 6″ Long Throw Woofer: Ensures powerful yet controlled bass output.
    - Frequency Response: 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB: Reproduces low frequencies with high accuracy.
    - Adjustable Crossover: 40 – 130Hz: Allows for fine-tuning to optimize integration with other speakers.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Provides flexibility in placement for optimal sound quality.
    - Phase Switch and Volume Control: Offers precise tuning for perfect integration into any audio setup.
    Audioengine S8
    - 8″ Custom Down-Firing Woofer: Delivers deeper and more impactful bass.
    - Frequency Response: 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB: Handles very low frequencies for a profound bass experience.
    - 3.5MM AUX & RCA Audio Inputs: Ensures compatibility with a wide range of audio sources.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Allows for flexible placement without compromising sound quality.
    - Auto-Sleep Power Saving Mode: Reduces power consumption when not in use, making it an eco-friendly choice.
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing between the Audioengine S6 and S8 depends on your specific needs and listening environment. Here’s our definitive quick guide to help you decide which subwoofer is right for your situation:
    
    For Urban Living Environments
    
    If you live in an urban setting with shared walls or limited space, the Audioengine S6 is the perfect choice. Its compact size and front-firing design make it ideal for placing on desks, bookshelves, or other elevated locations. The S6 provides tight, controlled bass that won’t disturb your neighbors, making it perfect for apartments or smaller rooms. Its precision and clarity ensure that you enjoy high-quality sound without overwhelming your living space.
    
    For Homes with No Shared Walls
    
    For those living in houses with no shared walls and more space to fill, the Audioengine S8 is the perfect option. Its larger size and down-firing woofer are designed to deliver deep, impactful bass that can fill larger rooms. The S8 is ideal for home theaters, living rooms, or any setup where you can enjoy powerful bass without worrying about disturbing others. Its ability to produce room-filling bass makes it perfect for creating an immersive audio experience in spacious environments.
    
    The S6 and S8 models focus on music, ensuring that every note and beat is reproduced with clarity and depth. Their superior bass performance enhances the music listening experience, providing an exceptional audio experience for music enthusiasts. Both models offer wireless options, providing the freedom to place your subwoofer in the acoustically optimal position, ensuring an audio experience that meets your highest expectations. By focusing on the specific features and benefits of each model, this comparison provides a clear, detailed view to help potential buyers make an informed decision.
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- S6 vs S8: Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
  - Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
    
    Subwoofers are pivotal in enhancing the audio experience, providing the depth and richness that transform good sound systems into great ones.
    
    As part of the Audioengine lineup, the S6 and S8 subwoofers offer distinct advantages and features tailored to various listening environments. Here, we address some frequently asked questions about these two subwoofers to help you make an informed decision.
    
    #1 What Makes the Audioengine S6 and S8 Different?
    
    The Audioengine S6 and S8 are designed to cater to different needs and preferences:
    - Audioengine S6: Compact and front-firing, the S6 is ideal for desktop setups and apartment living. Its design directs sound towards the listener, minimizing disruption to neighbors and fitting seamlessly into smaller spaces. This subwoofer is perfect for enhancing desktop audio without taking up much room.
    - Audioengine S8: Larger and down-firing, the S8 excels in providing powerful, deep bass suitable for home theaters and larger rooms. Its design ensures that sound resonates throughout the room, making it a versatile choice for both music and movie enthusiasts.
    # 2 Why Do I Need a Subwoofer?
    
    Even with high-quality speakers, adding a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 can dramatically enhance your audio experience. Subwoofers handle the lower frequencies that regular speakers struggle with, adding depth and clarity to your music and movies.
    
    For example, the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System delivers excellent mid and high range sounds but pairing it with a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 brings out the full spectrum of bass frequencies, making your listening experience richer and more immersive.
    
    # 3 Are All Subwoofers Created Equal?
    
    When it comes to subwoofers, quality is paramount. Lower quality subwoofers, included with some desktop audio systems, can significantly detract from the overall listening experience.
    
    Here’s why investing in a high-quality subwoofer like the Audioengine S6 or S8 can make all the difference.
    - Precision and Clarity: High-quality subwoofers like the Audioengine S6 and S8 deliver tight, controlled bass that enhances both music and movie soundtracks. They provide clear, defined bass that complements mid and high frequencies.
    - Robust Build Quality: The S6 and S8 are built from durable materials that minimize unwanted vibrations and resonance. This ensures improved sound quality and a longer lifespan compared to cheaper subwoofers.
    - Wide Frequency Range: Both the S6 and S8 reproduce a broad range of low frequencies, providing depth and impact across various types of audio content. Lower quality subwoofers often struggle with this, resulting in a lack of depth.
    - Sufficient Power: The S6 and S8 produce ample volume and dynamic range without distortion. Lower quality subwoofers are often underpowered, leading to distortion at higher volumes.
    #4 How Should I Place My Subwoofer for Optimal Sound?
    
    Placement Tips for the S6:
    - Desk Setup: Place the S6 on your desk or a dedicated stand to keep the bass directed towards your ears. This front-firing design ensures the sound reaches you directly without spreading through floors or walls.
    - Room Positioning: Position the S6 near your primary listening area but avoid corners and walls to prevent muddy sound.
    Placement Tips for the S8:
    - Larger Spaces: The S8 can be placed on the floor in larger rooms to fill the space with deep bass. Its down-firing design allows sound waves to resonate off the floor, enhancing the overall audio experience.
    - Subwoofer Crawl Technique: For the best placement, use the subwoofer crawl method. Place the S8 in your usual listening spot, play bass-heavy music, and move around the room to find where the bass sounds best. This spot is where you should place your subwoofer for optimal performance.
    #5 Should I Choose a Sealed or Ported Subwoofer?
    - Sealed Subwoofers: The S6, with its sealed design, offers tighter and more precise bass. This makes it ideal for genres like jazz or acoustic music, where detail and clarity are paramount.
    - Ported Subwoofers: The S8 features a ported design that produces deeper and more impactful bass, suitable for energetic genres like rock and EDM. It’s perfect for larger spaces where you want the bass to be felt as well as heard.
    #6 What is an Adjustable Crossover and Why is it Important?
    
    An adjustable crossover allows you to control which frequencies are sent to your subwoofer and which are sent to your speakers. This ensures that the subwoofer handles only the low-end frequencies, allowing your speakers to deliver clearer highs and mids. Both the S6 and S8 feature adjustable crossovers, enabling you to fine-tune your audio setup for the best performance.
    
    #7 How Do I Connect My Subwoofer to My System?
    
    Both the S6 and S8 can be connected to your home music system through various methods:
    - Wired Connection: Provides a stable and continuous sound quality. It’s ideal for setups where the subwoofer will remain in a fixed position.
    - Wireless Connection: Using adapters like Audioengine’s W3, you can convert a wired subwoofer into a wireless unit, offering more flexibility in placement and reducing cable clutter.
    #8 Are Front-Firing Subwoofers Better for Desktop Setups?
    
    Yes, front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are specifically designed for desktop setups. They direct sound towards the listener, making them ideal for close-proximity listening environments like a home office or gaming station. This design ensures that you experience the full impact of the bass without disturbing adjacent rooms or neighbors.
    
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing the right subwoofer depends on your specific needs and listening environment. The Audioengine S6 is perfect for compact spaces and desktop setups, offering precise bass in a neighbor-friendly package. The S8, on the other hand, excels in larger rooms and home theater setups, delivering powerful and resonant bass that can transform your listening experience.
    
    Whether you’re enhancing a home music system or creating a full home theater, understanding the features and benefits of the S6 and S8 will help you make the right choice. Both subwoofers embody Audioengine’s commitment to quality and superior sound, ensuring that every note and beat is delivered with clarity and depth. Upgrade your audio experience today with the S6 or S8 and discover the difference a high-quality subwoofer can make.
- S6 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    10″ (25.2 cm) x 8.7″ (22.2 cm) x 10″ (25.3 cm)
    
    Weight
    15.4 lb (6.98 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    18.2 lb (8.26 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    13″ (33 cm) x 13″ (33 cm) x 14″ (35.6 cm)
- S6 Materials And Construction
  - 15mm thick MDF cabinet, 6″ custom front-firing woofer
- S6 General Specifications Cont.
  - Outputs
    N/A
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    Greater than 100 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than0.2% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    40Hz – 130Hz
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    N/A
    
    Frequency Response
    33Hz – 132Hz ±1.5dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
- S6 General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Subwoofer, sealed enclosure
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class D
    
    Rated Power Output: 140W RMS (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Total Peak Power Output: 210W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    6″ long throw front-firing woofer
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R
    
    Outputs
    N/A
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    Greater than 100 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than0.2% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    N/A
    
    Frequency Response
    33Hz – 132Hz ±1.5dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    40Hz – 130Hz
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    N/A
    
    Standby Consumption
    <1W
    
    Phase
    0 / 180 degrees
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- S6 Size: What is the dimensions of the S6?
  - The S6 is dimensions are 10″H x 8.7″W x 10″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- Can the S6 subwoofer be made wireless?
  - Yes! You’d just need a wireless adapter like our W3 Wireless Adapter.
- How do I control the volume of my S6 subwoofer? Do I have to reach behind the S6 each time I want to raise or lower the volume?
  - Most Audioengine powered speakers have variable RCA outputs for use with a subwoofer like the S6 (the exceptions being the B2 and the 512). This means that the output of the speakers and the RCA output will go up and down together. So once you dial in the volume of your S6, you should be able to adjust the volume from the speakers, or your source device. Either way the subwoofer and speakers should stay in balance as the volume is raised and lowered.
- Does the crossover on the S6 adjust the frequencies played by speakers connected to the RCA line output?
  - The S6’s crossover is a variable low-pass filter, and will not adjust the audio for the RCA output connection. This is a full range line level output.
- How do you set the crossover on the S6?
  - The S6’s crossover is a variable low-pass filter. This means it variably adjusts how high the S6 will play. Unless the subwoofer is pretty far away, you can usually leave the phase switch set to 0°. When setting up a new S6, I like to start with the crossover all the way counter clockwise and, with some music I’m familiar with playing, first get the volume “about” right. After that try making very small adjustments clockwise on the crossover, evaluating each small change from where you’ll be listening from most often. Once it starts sounding like you can localize where the sub is coming from, back it off until you can’t again. You may also need to lower the volume a touch after the crossover is dialed in, or perhaps even while you’re dialing it in, depending on the acoustics of the room you’re in, and your own preference on how present you’d like the sub to sound. Audioengine powered speakers have fixed passive crossovers designed specifically for them; this simply means that they are designed to play the frequency range they produce, so it’s not necessary to alter this when adding a subwoofer. Adding a subwoofer, such as the S6, will pick up where the speakers leave off, extending the low end response.
- Can I use the P4 passive speakers with the Audioengine S6 sub?
  - Yes! You would just need an amp, like our N22, to supply power to the P4 speakers and connect to the S6.
- Why doesn’t the USB power port seem to charge my device?
  - The USB port can provide around 500mA, which is standard for high powered USB 2.0 devices; these are perfect for using a W3 or B1 for instance. However, when trying to charge a iPad or iPhone for example, they require around 1000mA to charge with the screen on (the iPad’s included USB charger actually provides around 2100mA to speed up charging with the screen on). If your device is at a higher battery level it should work fine to plug it in to the USB power port to maintain the battery while listening to music (with the screen on it will always show “not charging”). If the battery is low though, we’d recommend plugging it into the charger that came with it.
S8 Powered Subwoofer
- Audioengine S6 vs. Audioengine S8: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Common Features and Brand Highlights
    3. Design
    4. Ideal Spaces and Uses
    5. Audio Quality
    6. Tech Specs and Features
    7. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the search for the ideal subwoofer to improve your home music setup, Audioengine’s S6 and S8 models emerge as standout options. Renowned for their superior quality and performance, both the S6 and S8 offer unique features that cater to different audio preferences and environments. This comprehensive comparison will help you understand the differences and decide which subwoofer is right for your setup.
    
    Common Features and Brand Highlights
    
    Both the Audioengine S6 and S8 are built with exceptional sound quality, premium handcrafted real wood design, and versatility in placement. Some common features include:
    - Handcrafted, Real Wood Cabinets: Both models are meticulously crafted with attention to detail, ensuring the best sound quality in a modern and durable finish that complements any setup.
    - Airtight Enclosure: This design feature ensures precise and clear bass response by preventing air leaks that can cause unwanted resonances and vibrations. The enclosure controls woofer cone movement by maintaining an airtight seal, minimizing distortion, and enhancing sound quality.
    - Music-Focused Performance: Both subwoofers are engineered for music lovers, delivering detailed and dynamic sound that enhances the overall listening experience.
    - Wireless Upgrades Available: Both subwoofers offer wireless connectivity upgrades, providing flexibility in placement for optimal acoustics.
    - Clarity at Higher Volumes: The detailed construction and advanced engineering of the S6 and S8 ensure consistent audio performance, even at higher volumes. This is due to their Class D amplifier and precision-tuned enclosure that minimize distortion and maintain sound integrity.
    - Versatile Connectivity Options: Both models include multiple input options such as RCA and 3.5mm, ensuring compatibility with a wide range of audio sources and setups. This versatility allows seamless integration into various audio systems.
    Design
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    Front-Firing Design: The S6 features a front-firing woofer that directs sound toward the listener, ensuring a more direct and immersive audio experience. This design is particularly beneficial in compact spaces where optimal placement options are limited. Front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are effective in smaller rooms because they reduce bass reflection issues, providing clearer and more accurate sound directly to the listener.
    
    Airtight Enclosure: Encased in an airtight enclosure, the S6’s design minimizes distortion and ensures tight, controlled bass. The premium handcrafted, real wood cabinet adds a touch of style and durability, making it the perfect addition to any audio setup. The airtight design is crucial in maintaining the purity of the bass output, as it prevents the unwanted resonance that can muddy the sound.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    Down-Firing Design: The S8’s down-firing woofer ensures powerful bass distribution throughout larger rooms. This design helps in evenly dispersing sound, providing a balanced and uniform audio experience. Down-firing subwoofers like the S8 are ideal for larger spaces because they use the floor to reflect and amplify the bass waves, filling the room with rich, deep sound.
    
    Detailed Construction: The Audioengine S8 is available in Hi-Gloss Piano White and Satin Black finishes, ensuring it blends seamlessly into any setup. Its larger form factor and solid build are designed to deliver impactful bass, making it a focal point in any high-quality audio system. The sturdy construction not only looks great but also supports the powerful output of the subwoofer, ensuring it performs at its best, even at high volumes.
    
    Ideal Spaces and Uses
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The S6 is optimized for music listening, providing clear and precise bass that enhances every genre. The S6’s precise and controlled bass ensures that you can enjoy high-quality sound without disturbing your neighbors, making it an excellent choice for apartments and other shared living spaces. Whether you are an audiophile who loves every nuance of your music, a gamer needing clear, undistorted bass, the S6 is tailored to meet these needs without overwhelming the space.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The S8 is tailored for larger, floor-based setups and is ideal for standalone houses and non-shared living spaces where there is more room to fill. Its powerful, down-firing woofer is perfect for sounds where deep, impactful bass is desired. The S8 excels in delivering room-filling bass that enhances any genre, making it a great choice for more immersive audio experiences. If you have a dedicated media room or an open-plan living space, the S8’s ability to produce powerful, room-shaking bass will transform your listening experience.
    
    Audio Quality
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The Audioengine S6 excels in delivering tight, controlled bass with precision and clarity. Its sealed design ensures minimal distortion, making it ideal for critical listening scenarios. With a 210W Class D amplifier and a 6″ long-throw woofer, the S6 offers a frequency response of 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB, providing a rich and full listening experience. The Class D amplifier is efficient and powerful, providing ample power for the woofer without generating excessive heat. This efficiency helps maintain high audio quality by minimizing power loss and ensuring that the woofer can deliver consistent, clean sound even at higher volumes.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The Audioengine S8 offers deep, room-filling bass thanks to its ported design and 8″ custom down-firing woofer. It delivers a frequency response of 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB, ensuring it can handle very low frequencies with ease. This makes the S8 perfect for sounds that require deep, impactful bass, providing a more dynamic and immersive sound experience. The ported design allows for greater efficiency in producing low frequencies, making the bass sound more natural and less strained.
    
    Tech Specs and Features
    
    Audioengine S6
    - 210W Class D Amplifier & 6″ Long Throw Woofer: Ensures powerful yet controlled bass output.
    - Frequency Response: 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB: Reproduces low frequencies with high accuracy.
    - Adjustable Crossover: 40 – 130Hz: Allows for fine-tuning to optimize integration with other speakers.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Provides flexibility in placement for optimal sound quality.
    - Phase Switch and Volume Control: Offers precise tuning for perfect integration into any audio setup.
    Audioengine S8
    - 8″ Custom Down-Firing Woofer: Delivers deeper and more impactful bass.
    - Frequency Response: 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB: Handles very low frequencies for a profound bass experience.
    - 3.5MM AUX & RCA Audio Inputs: Ensures compatibility with a wide range of audio sources.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Allows for flexible placement without compromising sound quality.
    - Auto-Sleep Power Saving Mode: Reduces power consumption when not in use, making it an eco-friendly choice.
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing between the Audioengine S6 and S8 depends on your specific needs and listening environment. Here’s our definitive quick guide to help you decide which subwoofer is right for your situation:
    
    For Urban Living Environments
    
    If you live in an urban setting with shared walls or limited space, the Audioengine S6 is the perfect choice. Its compact size and front-firing design make it ideal for placing on desks, bookshelves, or other elevated locations. The S6 provides tight, controlled bass that won’t disturb your neighbors, making it perfect for apartments or smaller rooms. Its precision and clarity ensure that you enjoy high-quality sound without overwhelming your living space.
    
    For Homes with No Shared Walls
    
    For those living in houses with no shared walls and more space to fill, the Audioengine S8 is the perfect option. Its larger size and down-firing woofer are designed to deliver deep, impactful bass that can fill larger rooms. The S8 is ideal for home theaters, living rooms, or any setup where you can enjoy powerful bass without worrying about disturbing others. Its ability to produce room-filling bass makes it perfect for creating an immersive audio experience in spacious environments.
    
    The S6 and S8 models focus on music, ensuring that every note and beat is reproduced with clarity and depth. Their superior bass performance enhances the music listening experience, providing an exceptional audio experience for music enthusiasts. Both models offer wireless options, providing the freedom to place your subwoofer in the acoustically optimal position, ensuring an audio experience that meets your highest expectations. By focusing on the specific features and benefits of each model, this comparison provides a clear, detailed view to help potential buyers make an informed decision.
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- Kanto Sub8 VS Audioengine S8: Which Subwoofer is Right for You?
  - Kanto Sub8 vs. Audioengine S8: Product Comparison
    
    Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Kanto Sub8 and Audioengine S8
    - Key Features
    - Overall Design
    - Bass Performance
    - Key Specifications
    - Audioengine S8 Exclusive Advantages
    - Kanto Sub8 Overview
    - Pros and Cons
    Introduction
    
    When selecting a subwoofer, the choice often comes down to the Kanto Sub8 and the Audioengine S8. Both offer distinct features and benefits, but the Audioengine S8 is designed for those who seek premium sound quality and design. Let’s dive into what sets these two subwoofers apart and why the S8 stands out as the better option for audiophiles and home audio enthusiasts.
    
    Main Differences Between Kanto Sub8 and Audioengine S8
    
    The Audioengine S8 distinguishes itself with its handcrafted wood cabinets, far superior bass response, and a 3-year warranty. In contrast, the Kanto Sub8, while more budget-friendly, offers a basic design and a shorter 2-year warranty.
    
    Key Features
    
    The Audioengine S8 is designed for those who prioritize sound quality and aesthetic appeal. It’s ported down-firing design and real wood construction are indicative of its superior performance. Meanwhile, the Kanto Sub8 offers a sealed front-firing design and practical features but falls short in delivering the same depth of sound.
    
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine S8’s design is a testament to craftsmanship and quality. With a finish akin to a baby grand piano, it adds a luxurious touch to any room. On the other hand, the Kanto Sub8, while practical with its matte vinyl finish, doesn’t offer the same level of elegance or refinement.
    
    Bass Performance
    
    Audioengine S8:
    - Down-Firing Design: This design enhances bass depth and clarity, offering a richer listening experience.
    - Frequency Reach: With a capability to deliver bass down to 28 Hz, the S8 captures deeper tones often missed by other subwoofers.
    Kanto Sub8 – Beware of Frequency Limitations:
    - Sealed Front-Firing Design: While practical, it doesn’t match the depth of a down-firing system.
    - Frequency Limitations: With a frequency response of only 35 Hz, the Sub8 misses the deepest bass tones. Even Audioengine’s smaller S6, a sealed front-firing subwoofer with a 6-inch driver and 210W power, achieves 33 Hz with ease.
    Audioengine S8 Exclusive Advantages
    
    Audioengine’s S8 offers easy integration into any home music setup, along with exceptional customer support and an industry-leading 3-year warranty. In contrast, the Kanto Sub8 offers a standard 2-year warranty, which may be limiting for those seeking long-term reliability.
    
    Reliability
    
    The Audioengine S8 is backed by thousands of positive reviews and a high average rating, making it a top choice for consumers seeking lasting satisfaction. Its 3-year warranty also provides peace of mind, ensuring long-term performance. The Kanto Sub8, while reliable, lacks the same level of customer assurance and support.
    - Rich Bass Performance: Delivers unparalleled bass depth thanks to its down-firing design and extended frequency range.
    - Premium Construction: Handcrafted wood cabinets not only enhance sound but also add a touch of class to any setup.
    - Extended Warranty: A 3-year warranty reflects Audioengine’s confidence in their product’s durability.
    - Brand Assurance: Audioengine’s stellar reputation for customer service and product quality speaks for itself.
    Audioengine S8 Customer Review:
    
    Kanto Sub8 Overview
    
    The Kanto Sub8 is an accessible option for those on a budget, offering basic functionality and affordability. While it provides good sound quality, it doesn’t compete with the sophisticated design and performance of the Audioengine S8.
    
    Kanto Sub8 Customer Experiences
    
    The Kanto Sub8, while marketed with a powerful 300W peak amplifier, has received mixed reviews regarding its actual performance, especially when it comes to delivering impactful low-frequency sound. Many users have noted that its output doesn’t match expectations when compared to other subwoofers in its class. Here’s what one Amazon customer had to say about their experience with the Sub8:
    “Not impressed. I have input and crossover settings maxed, paired with Kanto YU3 speakers. There is just not much low-frequency output from this sub, I have to crank up the YU3 speakers to get any measurable sound from this sub. I am comparing this to the Polk Audio … which hits hard at much lower sound levels… the Polk only has 100W sustained 200W max, whereas the Kanto claim on Amazon is 300W peak.”
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine S8:
    
    Amplifier Power: 250W Peak Power
    
    Frequency Response: Reaches 28 Hz
    
    Cabinet: Handcrafted, hand-painted real wood
    
    Warranty: 3 years
    
    Kanto Sub8:
    
    Amplifier Power: 300W Peak Power
    
    Frequency Response: Reaches 35 Hz
    
    Cabinet: Matte vinyl finish
    
    Warranty: 2 years
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    Pros:
    - Exceptional bass performance
    - Luxurious design and finish
    - Comprehensive customer support
    - Longer 3-year warranty
    Cons:
    - Higher price point, justified by superior quality
    Kanto Sub8
    
    Cons:
    - Inferior sound quality compared to the S8
    - Limited frequency response and design elegance
    - Shorter 2-year warranty
    Conclusion
    
    When choosing between the Kanto Sub8 and the Audioengine S8, it’s clear that the S8 is the superior choice for those seeking premium sound quality and design. The Audioengine S8 stands out with its handcrafted wood cabinets, impressive down-firing bass capabilities, and a more extended 3-year warranty, offering a level of sophistication and reliability that the Kanto Sub8 struggles to match.
    
    While the Kanto Sub8 provides an affordable entry point for those on a budget, it falls short in delivering the rich, deep bass that audiophiles crave, as highlighted by customer feedback and its limited frequency response. The Audioengine S8 not only excels in providing a more immersive audio experience but also showcases a level of craftsmanship that adds a touch of elegance to any listening environment.
    
    Ultimately, for those who prioritize high-quality sound, aesthetic appeal, and lasting performance, the Audioengine S8 is the clear winner, offering an unmatched audio experience that goes beyond basic functionality.
- S6 vs S8: Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
  - Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
    
    Subwoofers are pivotal in enhancing the audio experience, providing the depth and richness that transform good sound systems into great ones.
    
    As part of the Audioengine lineup, the S6 and S8 subwoofers offer distinct advantages and features tailored to various listening environments. Here, we address some frequently asked questions about these two subwoofers to help you make an informed decision.
    
    #1 What Makes the Audioengine S6 and S8 Different?
    
    The Audioengine S6 and S8 are designed to cater to different needs and preferences:
    - Audioengine S6: Compact and front-firing, the S6 is ideal for desktop setups and apartment living. Its design directs sound towards the listener, minimizing disruption to neighbors and fitting seamlessly into smaller spaces. This subwoofer is perfect for enhancing desktop audio without taking up much room.
    - Audioengine S8: Larger and down-firing, the S8 excels in providing powerful, deep bass suitable for home theaters and larger rooms. Its design ensures that sound resonates throughout the room, making it a versatile choice for both music and movie enthusiasts.
    # 2 Why Do I Need a Subwoofer?
    
    Even with high-quality speakers, adding a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 can dramatically enhance your audio experience. Subwoofers handle the lower frequencies that regular speakers struggle with, adding depth and clarity to your music and movies.
    
    For example, the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System delivers excellent mid and high range sounds but pairing it with a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 brings out the full spectrum of bass frequencies, making your listening experience richer and more immersive.
    
    # 3 Are All Subwoofers Created Equal?
    
    When it comes to subwoofers, quality is paramount. Lower quality subwoofers, included with some desktop audio systems, can significantly detract from the overall listening experience.
    
    Here’s why investing in a high-quality subwoofer like the Audioengine S6 or S8 can make all the difference.
    - Precision and Clarity: High-quality subwoofers like the Audioengine S6 and S8 deliver tight, controlled bass that enhances both music and movie soundtracks. They provide clear, defined bass that complements mid and high frequencies.
    - Robust Build Quality: The S6 and S8 are built from durable materials that minimize unwanted vibrations and resonance. This ensures improved sound quality and a longer lifespan compared to cheaper subwoofers.
    - Wide Frequency Range: Both the S6 and S8 reproduce a broad range of low frequencies, providing depth and impact across various types of audio content. Lower quality subwoofers often struggle with this, resulting in a lack of depth.
    - Sufficient Power: The S6 and S8 produce ample volume and dynamic range without distortion. Lower quality subwoofers are often underpowered, leading to distortion at higher volumes.
    #4 How Should I Place My Subwoofer for Optimal Sound?
    
    Placement Tips for the S6:
    - Desk Setup: Place the S6 on your desk or a dedicated stand to keep the bass directed towards your ears. This front-firing design ensures the sound reaches you directly without spreading through floors or walls.
    - Room Positioning: Position the S6 near your primary listening area but avoid corners and walls to prevent muddy sound.
    Placement Tips for the S8:
    - Larger Spaces: The S8 can be placed on the floor in larger rooms to fill the space with deep bass. Its down-firing design allows sound waves to resonate off the floor, enhancing the overall audio experience.
    - Subwoofer Crawl Technique: For the best placement, use the subwoofer crawl method. Place the S8 in your usual listening spot, play bass-heavy music, and move around the room to find where the bass sounds best. This spot is where you should place your subwoofer for optimal performance.
    #5 Should I Choose a Sealed or Ported Subwoofer?
    - Sealed Subwoofers: The S6, with its sealed design, offers tighter and more precise bass. This makes it ideal for genres like jazz or acoustic music, where detail and clarity are paramount.
    - Ported Subwoofers: The S8 features a ported design that produces deeper and more impactful bass, suitable for energetic genres like rock and EDM. It’s perfect for larger spaces where you want the bass to be felt as well as heard.
    #6 What is an Adjustable Crossover and Why is it Important?
    
    An adjustable crossover allows you to control which frequencies are sent to your subwoofer and which are sent to your speakers. This ensures that the subwoofer handles only the low-end frequencies, allowing your speakers to deliver clearer highs and mids. Both the S6 and S8 feature adjustable crossovers, enabling you to fine-tune your audio setup for the best performance.
    
    #7 How Do I Connect My Subwoofer to My System?
    
    Both the S6 and S8 can be connected to your home music system through various methods:
    - Wired Connection: Provides a stable and continuous sound quality. It’s ideal for setups where the subwoofer will remain in a fixed position.
    - Wireless Connection: Using adapters like Audioengine’s W3, you can convert a wired subwoofer into a wireless unit, offering more flexibility in placement and reducing cable clutter.
    #8 Are Front-Firing Subwoofers Better for Desktop Setups?
    
    Yes, front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are specifically designed for desktop setups. They direct sound towards the listener, making them ideal for close-proximity listening environments like a home office or gaming station. This design ensures that you experience the full impact of the bass without disturbing adjacent rooms or neighbors.
    
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing the right subwoofer depends on your specific needs and listening environment. The Audioengine S6 is perfect for compact spaces and desktop setups, offering precise bass in a neighbor-friendly package. The S8, on the other hand, excels in larger rooms and home theater setups, delivering powerful and resonant bass that can transform your listening experience.
    
    Whether you’re enhancing a home music system or creating a full home theater, understanding the features and benefits of the S6 and S8 will help you make the right choice. Both subwoofers embody Audioengine’s commitment to quality and superior sound, ensuring that every note and beat is delivered with clarity and depth. Upgrade your audio experience today with the S6 or S8 and discover the difference a high-quality subwoofer can make.
- S8 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    11.25″ (28.6 cm) x 11.25″ (28.6 cm) x 11.25″ (28.6 cm)
    
    Weight
    23.6 lb (10.7 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    30 lb (13.6 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    16″ (40.6 cm) x 16″ (40.6 cm) x 18″ (45.7 cm)
- s8 Materials And Construction
  - 15.6mm thick MDF cabinet
    8″ custom downfiring woofer
- s8 General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Subwoofer, front ported design
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class D
    
    Rated Power Output:/strong>
    125W RMS (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Total Peak Power Output: 250W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    8″ long throw down-firing woofer
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R
    
    Outputs
    N/A
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V AC, 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    Greater than 95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    N/A
    
    Frequency Response
    27Hz – 180Hz ±1.5 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    50Hz – 130Hz
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    N/A
    
    Standby Consumption
    <1W
    
    Phase
    0 / 180 degrees
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- S8 Size: What is the size of the S8?
  - The S8 is 11.25″H x 11.25″W x 11.25″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- What size are the screws used to secure S8 feet?
  - M6 x 40mm, 6mm diameter pan head
- Does the crossover on the S8 adjust the frequencies played by speakers connected to the RCA line output?
  - The S8’s crossover is a variable low-pass filter, and will not adjust the audio for the RCA output connection. This is a full range line level output.
- How do you set the crossover on the S8?
  - The S8s crossover is a variable low-pass filter. This means it variably adjusts how high the S8 will play. Unless the subwoofer is pretty far away, you can usually leave the phase switch set to 0°. When setting up a new S8, I like to start with the crossover all the way counter clockwise and, with some music I’m familiar with playing, first get the volume “about” right. After that try making very small adjustments clockwise on the crossover, evaluating each small change from where you’ll be listening from most often. Once it starts sounding like you can localize where the sub is coming from, back it off until you can’t again. You may also need to lower the volume a touch after the crossover is dialed in, or perhaps even while you’re dialing it in, depending on the acoustics of the room you’re in, and your own preference on how present you’d like the sub to sound. Audioengine powered speakers have fixed passive crossovers designed specifically for them; this simply means that they are designed to play the frequency range they produce, so it’s not necessary to alter this when adding a subwoofer. Adding a subwoofer, such as the S8, will pick up where the speakers leave off, extending the low end response.
- Can I use the P4 passive speakers with the Audioengine S8 sub?
  - Yes! You would just need an amp, like our N22, to supply power to the P4 speakers and connect to the S8.
- What surface should I put my S8 on?
  - We typically recommend using the S8 on a carpeted floor or with some padding under the feet if you have it on a hard floor, as you may notice unwanted noise and/or vibrations from the subwoofer feet on a hard surface at higher volumes. It’s worth noting that placing your S8 on a carpeted area will not affect the sound.
- Can the S8 subwoofer be used with the A2 desktop speakers? I don’t see any audio outputs on the rear of the A2 speakers?
  - With the original A2s (not the A2+ model), there are two ways to connect a powered subwoofer to them. The S8 has two inputs and an output, so you could send the audio signal into the subwoofer from your source, and then use the output to connect to the A2s. The other option would be to send the audio signal from your source into the A2s, and then use the opposite connection, meaning the input that is not being used, as an output to connect to the input on your subwoofer. Both inputs on the A2s will act as outputs when audio is sent into either the A or B input; this simply means that if you’re sending audio to the mini-stereo input of your A2s, the RCA input will actually output to the subwoofer.
- Can the S8 subwoofer be made wireless?
  - Yes! If you already own an S8, you’d just need a wireless adapter like our W3. If you’re looking to buy an S8, consider getting our S8 Wireless that comes with the W3 included.
- How do I control the volume of my S8 subwoofer? Do I have to reach behind the S8 each time I want to raise or lower the volume?
  - Most Audioengine powered speakers have variable RCA outputs for use with a subwoofer like the S8 (the exceptions being the B2 and the 512). This means that the output of the speakers and the RCA output will go up and down together. So once you dial in the volume of your S8, you should be able to adjust the volume from the speakers, or your source device. Either way the subwoofer and speakers should stay in balance as the volume is raised and lowered.
- Can I use a subwoofer with the B2?
  - The B2 is designed as a standalone speaker, it has inputs for Bluetooth and 3.5 mm mini jack. It does not have an output, so unfortunately you cannot output from a B2 to a subwoofer.
- Why doesn’t the USB power port seem to charge my device?
  - The USB port can provide around 500mA, which is standard for high powered USB 2.0 devices; these are perfect for using a W3 or B1 for instance. However, when trying to charge a iPad or iPhone for example, they require around 1000mA to charge with the screen on (the iPad’s included USB charger actually provides around 2100mA to speed up charging with the screen on). If your device is at a higher battery level it should work fine to plug it in to the USB power port to maintain the battery while listening to music (with the screen on it will always show “not charging”). If the battery is low though, we’d recommend plugging it into the charger that came with it.
S8 Wireless Subwoofer
- Audioengine S6 vs. Audioengine S8: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Common Features and Brand Highlights
    3. Design
    4. Ideal Spaces and Uses
    5. Audio Quality
    6. Tech Specs and Features
    7. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the search for the ideal subwoofer to improve your home music setup, Audioengine’s S6 and S8 models emerge as standout options. Renowned for their superior quality and performance, both the S6 and S8 offer unique features that cater to different audio preferences and environments. This comprehensive comparison will help you understand the differences and decide which subwoofer is right for your setup.
    
    Common Features and Brand Highlights
    
    Both the Audioengine S6 and S8 are built with exceptional sound quality, premium handcrafted real wood design, and versatility in placement. Some common features include:
    - Handcrafted, Real Wood Cabinets: Both models are meticulously crafted with attention to detail, ensuring the best sound quality in a modern and durable finish that complements any setup.
    - Airtight Enclosure: This design feature ensures precise and clear bass response by preventing air leaks that can cause unwanted resonances and vibrations. The enclosure controls woofer cone movement by maintaining an airtight seal, minimizing distortion, and enhancing sound quality.
    - Music-Focused Performance: Both subwoofers are engineered for music lovers, delivering detailed and dynamic sound that enhances the overall listening experience.
    - Wireless Upgrades Available: Both subwoofers offer wireless connectivity upgrades, providing flexibility in placement for optimal acoustics.
    - Clarity at Higher Volumes: The detailed construction and advanced engineering of the S6 and S8 ensure consistent audio performance, even at higher volumes. This is due to their Class D amplifier and precision-tuned enclosure that minimize distortion and maintain sound integrity.
    - Versatile Connectivity Options: Both models include multiple input options such as RCA and 3.5mm, ensuring compatibility with a wide range of audio sources and setups. This versatility allows seamless integration into various audio systems.
    Design
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    Front-Firing Design: The S6 features a front-firing woofer that directs sound toward the listener, ensuring a more direct and immersive audio experience. This design is particularly beneficial in compact spaces where optimal placement options are limited. Front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are effective in smaller rooms because they reduce bass reflection issues, providing clearer and more accurate sound directly to the listener.
    
    Airtight Enclosure: Encased in an airtight enclosure, the S6’s design minimizes distortion and ensures tight, controlled bass. The premium handcrafted, real wood cabinet adds a touch of style and durability, making it the perfect addition to any audio setup. The airtight design is crucial in maintaining the purity of the bass output, as it prevents the unwanted resonance that can muddy the sound.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    Down-Firing Design: The S8’s down-firing woofer ensures powerful bass distribution throughout larger rooms. This design helps in evenly dispersing sound, providing a balanced and uniform audio experience. Down-firing subwoofers like the S8 are ideal for larger spaces because they use the floor to reflect and amplify the bass waves, filling the room with rich, deep sound.
    
    Detailed Construction: The Audioengine S8 is available in Hi-Gloss Piano White and Satin Black finishes, ensuring it blends seamlessly into any setup. Its larger form factor and solid build are designed to deliver impactful bass, making it a focal point in any high-quality audio system. The sturdy construction not only looks great but also supports the powerful output of the subwoofer, ensuring it performs at its best, even at high volumes.
    
    Ideal Spaces and Uses
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The S6 is optimized for music listening, providing clear and precise bass that enhances every genre. The S6’s precise and controlled bass ensures that you can enjoy high-quality sound without disturbing your neighbors, making it an excellent choice for apartments and other shared living spaces. Whether you are an audiophile who loves every nuance of your music, a gamer needing clear, undistorted bass, the S6 is tailored to meet these needs without overwhelming the space.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The S8 is tailored for larger, floor-based setups and is ideal for standalone houses and non-shared living spaces where there is more room to fill. Its powerful, down-firing woofer is perfect for sounds where deep, impactful bass is desired. The S8 excels in delivering room-filling bass that enhances any genre, making it a great choice for more immersive audio experiences. If you have a dedicated media room or an open-plan living space, the S8’s ability to produce powerful, room-shaking bass will transform your listening experience.
    
    Audio Quality
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The Audioengine S6 excels in delivering tight, controlled bass with precision and clarity. Its sealed design ensures minimal distortion, making it ideal for critical listening scenarios. With a 210W Class D amplifier and a 6″ long-throw woofer, the S6 offers a frequency response of 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB, providing a rich and full listening experience. The Class D amplifier is efficient and powerful, providing ample power for the woofer without generating excessive heat. This efficiency helps maintain high audio quality by minimizing power loss and ensuring that the woofer can deliver consistent, clean sound even at higher volumes.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The Audioengine S8 offers deep, room-filling bass thanks to its ported design and 8″ custom down-firing woofer. It delivers a frequency response of 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB, ensuring it can handle very low frequencies with ease. This makes the S8 perfect for sounds that require deep, impactful bass, providing a more dynamic and immersive sound experience. The ported design allows for greater efficiency in producing low frequencies, making the bass sound more natural and less strained.
    
    Tech Specs and Features
    
    Audioengine S6
    - 210W Class D Amplifier & 6″ Long Throw Woofer: Ensures powerful yet controlled bass output.
    - Frequency Response: 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB: Reproduces low frequencies with high accuracy.
    - Adjustable Crossover: 40 – 130Hz: Allows for fine-tuning to optimize integration with other speakers.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Provides flexibility in placement for optimal sound quality.
    - Phase Switch and Volume Control: Offers precise tuning for perfect integration into any audio setup.
    Audioengine S8
    - 8″ Custom Down-Firing Woofer: Delivers deeper and more impactful bass.
    - Frequency Response: 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB: Handles very low frequencies for a profound bass experience.
    - 3.5MM AUX & RCA Audio Inputs: Ensures compatibility with a wide range of audio sources.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Allows for flexible placement without compromising sound quality.
    - Auto-Sleep Power Saving Mode: Reduces power consumption when not in use, making it an eco-friendly choice.
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing between the Audioengine S6 and S8 depends on your specific needs and listening environment. Here’s our definitive quick guide to help you decide which subwoofer is right for your situation:
    
    For Urban Living Environments
    
    If you live in an urban setting with shared walls or limited space, the Audioengine S6 is the perfect choice. Its compact size and front-firing design make it ideal for placing on desks, bookshelves, or other elevated locations. The S6 provides tight, controlled bass that won’t disturb your neighbors, making it perfect for apartments or smaller rooms. Its precision and clarity ensure that you enjoy high-quality sound without overwhelming your living space.
    
    For Homes with No Shared Walls
    
    For those living in houses with no shared walls and more space to fill, the Audioengine S8 is the perfect option. Its larger size and down-firing woofer are designed to deliver deep, impactful bass that can fill larger rooms. The S8 is ideal for home theaters, living rooms, or any setup where you can enjoy powerful bass without worrying about disturbing others. Its ability to produce room-filling bass makes it perfect for creating an immersive audio experience in spacious environments.
    
    The S6 and S8 models focus on music, ensuring that every note and beat is reproduced with clarity and depth. Their superior bass performance enhances the music listening experience, providing an exceptional audio experience for music enthusiasts. Both models offer wireless options, providing the freedom to place your subwoofer in the acoustically optimal position, ensuring an audio experience that meets your highest expectations. By focusing on the specific features and benefits of each model, this comparison provides a clear, detailed view to help potential buyers make an informed decision.
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- Kanto Sub8 VS Audioengine S8: Which Subwoofer is Right for You?
  - Kanto Sub8 vs. Audioengine S8: Product Comparison
    
    Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Kanto Sub8 and Audioengine S8
    - Key Features
    - Overall Design
    - Bass Performance
    - Key Specifications
    - Audioengine S8 Exclusive Advantages
    - Kanto Sub8 Overview
    - Pros and Cons
    Introduction
    
    When selecting a subwoofer, the choice often comes down to the Kanto Sub8 and the Audioengine S8. Both offer distinct features and benefits, but the Audioengine S8 is designed for those who seek premium sound quality and design. Let’s dive into what sets these two subwoofers apart and why the S8 stands out as the better option for audiophiles and home audio enthusiasts.
    
    Main Differences Between Kanto Sub8 and Audioengine S8
    
    The Audioengine S8 distinguishes itself with its handcrafted wood cabinets, far superior bass response, and a 3-year warranty. In contrast, the Kanto Sub8, while more budget-friendly, offers a basic design and a shorter 2-year warranty.
    
    Key Features
    
    The Audioengine S8 is designed for those who prioritize sound quality and aesthetic appeal. It’s ported down-firing design and real wood construction are indicative of its superior performance. Meanwhile, the Kanto Sub8 offers a sealed front-firing design and practical features but falls short in delivering the same depth of sound.
    
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine S8’s design is a testament to craftsmanship and quality. With a finish akin to a baby grand piano, it adds a luxurious touch to any room. On the other hand, the Kanto Sub8, while practical with its matte vinyl finish, doesn’t offer the same level of elegance or refinement.
    
    Bass Performance
    
    Audioengine S8:
    - Down-Firing Design: This design enhances bass depth and clarity, offering a richer listening experience.
    - Frequency Reach: With a capability to deliver bass down to 28 Hz, the S8 captures deeper tones often missed by other subwoofers.
    Kanto Sub8 – Beware of Frequency Limitations:
    - Sealed Front-Firing Design: While practical, it doesn’t match the depth of a down-firing system.
    - Frequency Limitations: With a frequency response of only 35 Hz, the Sub8 misses the deepest bass tones. Even Audioengine’s smaller S6, a sealed front-firing subwoofer with a 6-inch driver and 210W power, achieves 33 Hz with ease.
    Audioengine S8 Exclusive Advantages
    
    Audioengine’s S8 offers easy integration into any home music setup, along with exceptional customer support and an industry-leading 3-year warranty. In contrast, the Kanto Sub8 offers a standard 2-year warranty, which may be limiting for those seeking long-term reliability.
    
    Reliability
    
    The Audioengine S8 is backed by thousands of positive reviews and a high average rating, making it a top choice for consumers seeking lasting satisfaction. Its 3-year warranty also provides peace of mind, ensuring long-term performance. The Kanto Sub8, while reliable, lacks the same level of customer assurance and support.
    - Rich Bass Performance: Delivers unparalleled bass depth thanks to its down-firing design and extended frequency range.
    - Premium Construction: Handcrafted wood cabinets not only enhance sound but also add a touch of class to any setup.
    - Extended Warranty: A 3-year warranty reflects Audioengine’s confidence in their product’s durability.
    - Brand Assurance: Audioengine’s stellar reputation for customer service and product quality speaks for itself.
    Audioengine S8 Customer Review:
    
    Kanto Sub8 Overview
    
    The Kanto Sub8 is an accessible option for those on a budget, offering basic functionality and affordability. While it provides good sound quality, it doesn’t compete with the sophisticated design and performance of the Audioengine S8.
    
    Kanto Sub8 Customer Experiences
    
    The Kanto Sub8, while marketed with a powerful 300W peak amplifier, has received mixed reviews regarding its actual performance, especially when it comes to delivering impactful low-frequency sound. Many users have noted that its output doesn’t match expectations when compared to other subwoofers in its class. Here’s what one Amazon customer had to say about their experience with the Sub8:
    “Not impressed. I have input and crossover settings maxed, paired with Kanto YU3 speakers. There is just not much low-frequency output from this sub, I have to crank up the YU3 speakers to get any measurable sound from this sub. I am comparing this to the Polk Audio … which hits hard at much lower sound levels… the Polk only has 100W sustained 200W max, whereas the Kanto claim on Amazon is 300W peak.”
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine S8:
    
    Amplifier Power: 250W Peak Power
    
    Frequency Response: Reaches 28 Hz
    
    Cabinet: Handcrafted, hand-painted real wood
    
    Warranty: 3 years
    
    Kanto Sub8:
    
    Amplifier Power: 300W Peak Power
    
    Frequency Response: Reaches 35 Hz
    
    Cabinet: Matte vinyl finish
    
    Warranty: 2 years
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    Pros:
    - Exceptional bass performance
    - Luxurious design and finish
    - Comprehensive customer support
    - Longer 3-year warranty
    Cons:
    - Higher price point, justified by superior quality
    Kanto Sub8
    
    Cons:
    - Inferior sound quality compared to the S8
    - Limited frequency response and design elegance
    - Shorter 2-year warranty
    Conclusion
    
    When choosing between the Kanto Sub8 and the Audioengine S8, it’s clear that the S8 is the superior choice for those seeking premium sound quality and design. The Audioengine S8 stands out with its handcrafted wood cabinets, impressive down-firing bass capabilities, and a more extended 3-year warranty, offering a level of sophistication and reliability that the Kanto Sub8 struggles to match.
    
    While the Kanto Sub8 provides an affordable entry point for those on a budget, it falls short in delivering the rich, deep bass that audiophiles crave, as highlighted by customer feedback and its limited frequency response. The Audioengine S8 not only excels in providing a more immersive audio experience but also showcases a level of craftsmanship that adds a touch of elegance to any listening environment.
    
    Ultimately, for those who prioritize high-quality sound, aesthetic appeal, and lasting performance, the Audioengine S8 is the clear winner, offering an unmatched audio experience that goes beyond basic functionality.
- S6 vs S8: Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
  - Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
    
    Subwoofers are pivotal in enhancing the audio experience, providing the depth and richness that transform good sound systems into great ones.
    
    As part of the Audioengine lineup, the S6 and S8 subwoofers offer distinct advantages and features tailored to various listening environments. Here, we address some frequently asked questions about these two subwoofers to help you make an informed decision.
    
    #1 What Makes the Audioengine S6 and S8 Different?
    
    The Audioengine S6 and S8 are designed to cater to different needs and preferences:
    - Audioengine S6: Compact and front-firing, the S6 is ideal for desktop setups and apartment living. Its design directs sound towards the listener, minimizing disruption to neighbors and fitting seamlessly into smaller spaces. This subwoofer is perfect for enhancing desktop audio without taking up much room.
    - Audioengine S8: Larger and down-firing, the S8 excels in providing powerful, deep bass suitable for home theaters and larger rooms. Its design ensures that sound resonates throughout the room, making it a versatile choice for both music and movie enthusiasts.
    # 2 Why Do I Need a Subwoofer?
    
    Even with high-quality speakers, adding a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 can dramatically enhance your audio experience. Subwoofers handle the lower frequencies that regular speakers struggle with, adding depth and clarity to your music and movies.
    
    For example, the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System delivers excellent mid and high range sounds but pairing it with a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 brings out the full spectrum of bass frequencies, making your listening experience richer and more immersive.
    
    # 3 Are All Subwoofers Created Equal?
    
    When it comes to subwoofers, quality is paramount. Lower quality subwoofers, included with some desktop audio systems, can significantly detract from the overall listening experience.
    
    Here’s why investing in a high-quality subwoofer like the Audioengine S6 or S8 can make all the difference.
    - Precision and Clarity: High-quality subwoofers like the Audioengine S6 and S8 deliver tight, controlled bass that enhances both music and movie soundtracks. They provide clear, defined bass that complements mid and high frequencies.
    - Robust Build Quality: The S6 and S8 are built from durable materials that minimize unwanted vibrations and resonance. This ensures improved sound quality and a longer lifespan compared to cheaper subwoofers.
    - Wide Frequency Range: Both the S6 and S8 reproduce a broad range of low frequencies, providing depth and impact across various types of audio content. Lower quality subwoofers often struggle with this, resulting in a lack of depth.
    - Sufficient Power: The S6 and S8 produce ample volume and dynamic range without distortion. Lower quality subwoofers are often underpowered, leading to distortion at higher volumes.
    #4 How Should I Place My Subwoofer for Optimal Sound?
    
    Placement Tips for the S6:
    - Desk Setup: Place the S6 on your desk or a dedicated stand to keep the bass directed towards your ears. This front-firing design ensures the sound reaches you directly without spreading through floors or walls.
    - Room Positioning: Position the S6 near your primary listening area but avoid corners and walls to prevent muddy sound.
    Placement Tips for the S8:
    - Larger Spaces: The S8 can be placed on the floor in larger rooms to fill the space with deep bass. Its down-firing design allows sound waves to resonate off the floor, enhancing the overall audio experience.
    - Subwoofer Crawl Technique: For the best placement, use the subwoofer crawl method. Place the S8 in your usual listening spot, play bass-heavy music, and move around the room to find where the bass sounds best. This spot is where you should place your subwoofer for optimal performance.
    #5 Should I Choose a Sealed or Ported Subwoofer?
    - Sealed Subwoofers: The S6, with its sealed design, offers tighter and more precise bass. This makes it ideal for genres like jazz or acoustic music, where detail and clarity are paramount.
    - Ported Subwoofers: The S8 features a ported design that produces deeper and more impactful bass, suitable for energetic genres like rock and EDM. It’s perfect for larger spaces where you want the bass to be felt as well as heard.
    #6 What is an Adjustable Crossover and Why is it Important?
    
    An adjustable crossover allows you to control which frequencies are sent to your subwoofer and which are sent to your speakers. This ensures that the subwoofer handles only the low-end frequencies, allowing your speakers to deliver clearer highs and mids. Both the S6 and S8 feature adjustable crossovers, enabling you to fine-tune your audio setup for the best performance.
    
    #7 How Do I Connect My Subwoofer to My System?
    
    Both the S6 and S8 can be connected to your home music system through various methods:
    - Wired Connection: Provides a stable and continuous sound quality. It’s ideal for setups where the subwoofer will remain in a fixed position.
    - Wireless Connection: Using adapters like Audioengine’s W3, you can convert a wired subwoofer into a wireless unit, offering more flexibility in placement and reducing cable clutter.
    #8 Are Front-Firing Subwoofers Better for Desktop Setups?
    
    Yes, front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are specifically designed for desktop setups. They direct sound towards the listener, making them ideal for close-proximity listening environments like a home office or gaming station. This design ensures that you experience the full impact of the bass without disturbing adjacent rooms or neighbors.
    
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing the right subwoofer depends on your specific needs and listening environment. The Audioengine S6 is perfect for compact spaces and desktop setups, offering precise bass in a neighbor-friendly package. The S8, on the other hand, excels in larger rooms and home theater setups, delivering powerful and resonant bass that can transform your listening experience.
    
    Whether you’re enhancing a home music system or creating a full home theater, understanding the features and benefits of the S6 and S8 will help you make the right choice. Both subwoofers embody Audioengine’s commitment to quality and superior sound, ensuring that every note and beat is delivered with clarity and depth. Upgrade your audio experience today with the S6 or S8 and discover the difference a high-quality subwoofer can make.
- S8 wireless Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    11.25″ (28.6 cm) x 11.25″ (28.6 cm) x 11.25″ (28.6 cm)
    
    Weight
    23.6 lb (10.7 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    30 lb (13.6 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    16″ (40.6 cm) x 16″ (40.6 cm) x 18″ (45.7 cm)
- S8 wireless Materials And Construction
  - 15.6mm thick MDF cabinet
    8″ custom downfiring woofer
- S8 wireless General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Subwoofer w/ wireless audio receiver, rear ported design
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class D
    
    Rated Power Output: 125W RMS (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Total Peak Power Output: 250W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    8″ long throw down-firing woofer
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R
    
    Outputs
    N/A
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240V AC, 50/60Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    Greater than than95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    N/A
    
    Frequency Response
    27Hz – 180Hz ±1.5 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    50Hz – 130Hz
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    N/A
    
    Standby Consumption
    <1W
    
    Phase
    0 / 180 degrees
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- S8 Size: What is the size of the S8?
  - The S8 is 11.25″H x 11.25″W x 11.25″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- How do I control the volume of my Wireless S8 subwoofer? Do I have to reach behind the S8 each time I want to raise or lower the volume?
  - Most Audioengine powered speakers have variable RCA outputs for use with a subwoofer like the S8. This means that the output of the speakers and the RCA output will go up and down together. So once you dial in the volume of your S8, you should be able to adjust the volume from the speakers, or your source device. Either way the subwoofer and speakers should stay in balance as the volume is raised and lowered.
- Connecting a Wireless S8 subwoofer to a pair of Audioengine powered speakers
  - Using the supplied W3 sender and receiver, follow the diagram below:
- Can I use a subwoofer with the B2?
  - The B2 is designed as a standalone speaker, it has inputs for Bluetooth and 3.5 mm mini jack. It does not have an output, so unfortunately you cannot output from a B2 to a subwoofer.
- Why doesn’t the USB power port seem to charge my device?
  - The USB port can provide around 500mA, which is standard for high powered USB 2.0 devices; these are perfect for using a W3 or B1 for instance. However, when trying to charge a iPad or iPhone for example, they require around 1000mA to charge with the screen on (the iPad’s included USB charger actually provides around 2100mA to speed up charging with the screen on). If your device is at a higher battery level it should work fine to plug it in to the USB power port to maintain the battery while listening to music (with the screen on it will always show “not charging”). If the battery is low though, we’d recommend plugging it into the charger that came with it.
B2 Wireless Speaker
- Bose Music Wave vs. Audioengine B2: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Bose Music Wave and Audioengine B2
    - Key Specifications
    - Key Features
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Other Noteworthy Features
    - Reliability
    - Pros and Cons
    - Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    When choosing a high-quality home music system, both Bose and Audioengine are prominent names in the industry. However, while the Bose Music Wave has been around for decades, the Audioengine B2 Home Music System offers a more modern take on premium audio. This comparison aims to delve into the specifics of each system, highlighting their strengths and weaknesses to help you make an informed decision.
    
    Main Differences Between Bose Music Wave and Audioengine B2
    
    The primary differences between the Bose Music Wave and Audioengine B2 lie in their design philosophy, sound quality, and connectivity features. The Bose Music Wave, released in 1993, is a legacy product with outdated features and a high price tag that does not justify its performance in today’s market. On the other hand, the Audioengine B2 emphasizes superior sound performance, modern connectivity, and handcrafted design.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Bose Music Wave:
    - Type: Integrated music system
    - Release Year: 1993
    - Original Price: $349 (equivalent to $600 in 2024)
    - Amplifier: Built-in amplifier
    - Drivers: Proprietary Bose speaker technology
    - Connectivity: CD player, AM/FM radio, auxiliary input, optional Bluetooth (added later)
    - Dimensions: 4.2” H x 14.6” W x 8.6” D
    - Weight: 8.7 lbs
    Audioengine B2:
    - Type: Powered Bluetooth speaker
    - Amplifier: 60W peak power total (15W RMS / 30W peak per channel), Class D
    - Drivers: 2.75” aramid fiber woofers, 0.75” silk dome tweeters
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX, 3.5mm analog input
    - Dimensions: 4.25” H x 12.25” W x 5.50” D
    - Weight: 10.0 lbs
    Key Features
    
    Totorus,” Cat, 2012. https://flickr.com/photos/totorus/8088287827 (accessed July 3, 2024). Licensed under CC BY 2.0.
    
    Bose Music Wave:
    - Outdated Design: Combines multiple outdated audio sources in one unit.
    - Basic Connectivity: Includes CD player, AM/FM radio, and an auxiliary input. Optional Bluetooth was added much later.
    - High Cost: Originally priced at $349, equivalent to $600 today, without offering modern features.
    Audioengine B2:
    - High-Fidelity Sound: Utilizes premium components for superior audio quality.
    - Bluetooth aptX: Provides CD-like audio quality with extended range.
    - Handcrafted Cabinets: Made with real wood veneers, available in Walnut and Hi-Gloss White finishes.
    - Compact and Portable: Designed for easy placement and portability.
    Overall Design
    
    Bose Music Wave: The Bose Music Wave features a dated design that reflects its 1993 release. Its integrated form factor is bulky by today’s standards, making it less suitable for modern home decor. The design focuses on combining multiple outdated audio sources in one unit, which may not appeal to contemporary users.
    
    Audioengine B2: The Audioengine B2 showcases a modern speaker design, with a focus on craftsmanship and premium materials. The hand-crafted wood cabinets not only enhance the acoustic performance but also add a touch of elegance to any room. The compact size and portability make it a versatile option for various spaces.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    Bose Music Wave: The Bose Music Wave offers basic playback capabilities, including a CD player and AM/FM radio. These features, while popular in the 90s, are now considered outdated. The optional Bluetooth adapter, added later, lacks the advanced audio quality of modern Bluetooth standards.
    
    Audioengine B2: The Audioengine B2 focuses on delivering high-fidelity sound through its Bluetooth aptX technology and built-in digital to analog converter. This ensures that every playback retains the artist’s original intention with unmatched clarity and detail. The 3.5mm analog input provides additional connectivity options for wired sources.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Bose Music Wave:
    - Alarm Clock Function: Built-in alarm clock with dual alarms.
    - Remote Control: Comes with an easy-to-use remote control.
    - Proprietary Waveguide Technology: Enhances sound quality using Bose’s patented technology, though now outdated.
    Audioengine B2:
    
    13-Step Painting Process for Hi-Gloss White Finish
    
    Audioengine’s B2 Home Music System in Hi-Gloss White undergoes a detailed 13-step painting process, the same used for a baby grand piano.
    
    This process includes initial sanding to smooth the wood surface, followed by the application of each layer before intermediate sanding ensures a flawless finish.
    
    The surface is polished to achieve a high-gloss, mirror-like finish, like a baby grand piano. Each cabinet undergoes a final thorough inspection, and hand detailing ensures the finish is perfect, resulting in a stunningly elegant and durable Hi-Gloss White cabinet for the B2 Home Music System.
    - Magnetic Speaker Grill: Protects the speakers while minimizing distortion.
    - Effortless Setup: No network setup, no passwords, just plug and play.
    - 3-Year Warranty: Industry-leading warranty and exceptional US-based customer support.
    Reliability
    
    Bose Music Wave: Bose’s Music Wave system, while reliable in its time, is now outdated. The brand’s legacy doesn’t compensate for the lack of modern features and the high cost.
    
    Audioengine B2: Audioengine’s B2 Home Music System is highly reliable, with numerous 5-star reviews and a high average rating. The brand’s commitment to quality is evident in the B2’s construction and performance, backed by a comprehensive 3-year warranty.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Bose Music Wave: Pros:
    - Basic connectivity with CD player and radio
    - Trusted brand history
    Cons:
    - Outdated features and design
    - High price point without modern capabilities
    - Bulky and less suitable for modern decor
    Audioengine B2: Pros:
    - Exceptional sound quality with Bluetooth aptX
    - Elegant, handcrafted design
    - Versatile connectivity options
    Cons:
    - Lacks integrated audio sources like a CD player and radio
    - Slightly heavier and less compact than other modern speakers
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing between the Bose Music Wave and Audioengine B2 ultimately depends on your audio needs and preferences. If you value modern sound quality, elegant design, and versatile connectivity, the Audioengine B2 Home Music System is the superior choice. While the Bose Music Wave offers basic connectivity and a legacy brand name, it falls short in terms of modern features and value for money. The Audioengine B2 stands out with its high-fidelity sound, premium materials, and excellent customer support, making it the better option for today’s audio enthusiasts.
- Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
  - Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
    
    Remember how in old science fiction movies a character could just talk out loud to a spaceship and it would do anything they commanded?
    
    The idea of voice control technology has long been embedded in our expectations for the “future”, and even though most of those old science fiction movie-makers couldn’t imagine computers any further-advanced than those already available in 1979, they certainly hit the nail on the head with their forecast of voice control. Nowadays, with the help of products like Amazon Echo (and its voice-controlled personal assistant ‘Alexa’), users can control aspects of their home just by verbalizing simple commands. But even with the huge strides this technology has made in recent years, it’s impossible to get audiophile-quality sound from the speakers in an Amazon Echo product. Audioengine can help with this, but before we dive into how, let’s talk a little more about the Amazon Echo.
    
    Is your Amazon Echo killing your audio quality?
    
    First, while Echo and Alexa do in fact go hand-in-hand, they are not the exact same thing.
    
    Echo is a line of smart speakers manufactured by Amazon, and Alexa is an intelligent personal assistant software used to control Echo. Users can speak aloud to give Alexa, and therefore Echo, verbal commands (always beginning with the wake word, ‘Alexa’) such as, “Alexa, play my favorite song,” or “Alexa, what’s on my calendar this Saturday?” Alexa will respond accordingly, so long as the questions asked or commands given are within Alexa’s realm of capability. With tons of Echo-compatible add-on products on the market, there really isn’t a whole lot that falls outside of Alexa’s wheelhouse.
    
    The most common commands Alexa handles are music-related: whether it’s calling up a Spotify playlist, turning up or down the volume, or finding a specific song you haven’t heard in years but are randomly thinking about and absolutely have to hear right this second!! The accessibility is astounding, no doubt, but its main consequence is that you are forced to listen to all your music on Echo’s built-in speakers instead of your own beastly audio system. This is not to say Amazon has ignored their sound quality altogether, but realistically there’s only so much a single speaker housing of that size can handle. Suffice it to say, there are limitations.
    
    Luckily, Amazon has implemented a crucial feature which expands its functionality to accommodate customers who want to be able to interact with Alexa and still enjoy listening to podcasts, music, and stock tips through exterior systems. That’s right, it’s quick and easy to connect your Echo to Bluetooth speakers:
    - Open the Alexa App (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine Wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices
    Bang, you’re done!
    
    Now you can treat Alexa as if it were any other input device; you can still have whatever other devices you so choose connected to your Audioengine speakers, and since Alexa can control Echo’s volume with a simple, “Alexa turn down volume,” you can leave Audioengine’s volume knob exactly where you like it and adjust volume accordingly with Alexa. If you have our S8 Powered Subwoofer connected wirelessly to your mains, this configuration will still work which means you’ll get full-spectrum high fidelity audio when listening to all your favorite songs, without sacrificing the unparalleled convenience provided by a product like Amazon Echo. This will also work with our standalone B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver in the event you have a set of wired speakers you want to turn into wireless speakers.
    
    Modern technology is really opening up doors… and windows… and exhaust fans… it’s basically blasting the roof off the whole place.
    
    We are reaching the point where we can do just about anything we want with voice control technology, as long as we have all the right accouterments. Products like Amazon Echo make life so easy it hurts… perhaps it hurts so good that you want to lie down and say, “Alexa, play ‘Hurts So Good’ by John Mellencamp.” Don’t worry – we designed Audioengine Wireless speakers to do the rest.
- Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
  - Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
    
    Consumer electronics designers are, and have been, on a perpetual quest to give users the most streamlined experience imaginable.
    
    At this point in time it seems like modern-day designers have exceeded the bounds of what most of us could have ever imagined in the first place. Think about it, there is an app for literally everything; just by downloading a simple program onto your phone or tablet, your life can become easier. Wearable technology, like Apple Watch, and smart speakers, like Google Home, tie all of your electronics together to make technology and user-friendliness a lifestyle rather than a rare luxury. Today we are going to talk a little more about one of the leading products, what it does, and how Audioengine can take it one step further; that product is Google Home.
    
    What Is Google Home?
    
    Offically, this piece of technology is touted as a “Smart Speaker and Home Assistant.”
    
    A smart speaker is one of those sleek futuristic speakers that sits on your friend’s kitchen counter, plays whatever music someone tells it to, and sometimes has a snarky robotic comeback to your sarcastic remarks. There are a number of big brands making smart speakers (some of which we’ll discuss in other articles) and all of them have their pros and cons. One “pro” to the Google Home is the “Home Assistant” part. Google Home has an accompanying downloadable app that allows users to customize how the device interacts with and controls their home; lights, thermostats, coffee makers, and pretty much anything else can be controlled by Google Home and accessories. Once you have all of your desired devices properly connected and configured, turning them on and off is just one voice command away… how much easier can life get?
    
    When it comes to music, smart speakers make calling up the right tune an absolute breeze. Google Home can control apps such as Spotify, YouTube, and iHeartRadio among others, so you can tell it to play just about any song in the world. Google Home will even call up playlists you’ve saved within your music streaming apps, and you can tell the device to increase and decrease volume, pause, skip, and any other command you would typically give a media player. There is just one drawback; while Google Home offers a few different sizes (featuring different speakers), the product’s focus is not audiophile-grade sound quality. For that, we need to bring Audioengine into the mix.
    
    How Can Audioengine Take Google Home Further?
    
    You’re taking a step up in the world of consumer electronics and you’ve decided to purchase Google Home; you care about user-experience and you strive to stay ahead of the pop culture curve. That doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice a quality listening experience. As I always say, what good is having access to every song in the world if you’re just going to play them through an inadequate sound system? That’s like sharpening a hunting knife so you can cut hot butter with it.
    
    Luckily, the Google Home App (iTunes | Google Play) allows users to send audio to external Bluetooth speakers. Whether it’s the humble B2 Wireless Speaker, or a full-fledged pair of active Audioengine speakers such as the A5+ Wireless, Google Home is capable of transmitting your beloved music to your sonic system. Bam!!–we just completed the full circle of user-friendliness and ear-friendliness. It may sound complicated merely by description, but it’s actually extremely easy to configure, just follow the quick steps below:
    - Download and open the Google Home App on your phone or tablet.
    - Navigate to the “Devices” tab within the app
    - Tap “Settings” in the devices submenu
    - Scroll down to “Default Music Speaker” and tap “Pair Bluetooth Speaker”
    - Select your Audioengine speaker – and you’re done!
    Take control of your music.
    
    Now you’re ready to shout voice commands all over the house and rock out while you make dinner, host a party, or do whatever it is you do. You can even connect multiple sets of Audioengine wireless speakers for multi-room audio, by creating “groups” in the Google Home app (under that same “Devices” tab).
    
    Isn’t it nice that designers have created all this awesome technology for us? Now I’m just spit-balling, here, but — what if one day someone will make some kind of like a smart speaker… except it lives in your brain and reads your mind. Then you can just think about how good your favorite tunes will sound through a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers, and voila!
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
  - 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
    
    So you’ve decided to make the leap from wired to wireless music and might have made the mistake of Googling “Best Wireless Speakers.”
    
    We here at Audioengine know how overwhelming this can be and we extend our deepest sympathies. But it’s time to put your concerns to rest as we’re here to give you some important buying tips… and yes, you may need these tips to make it through this with your sanity intact.
    
    Before we start, let it be known we are not trying to sway you in any particular direction but we only want to make sure you’re aware of a few items that could go overlooked. And the majority of the following advice can be applied to pretty much any purchase you’re making in the audio world.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Price point
    
    As with anything, it is important to start by setting a budget for yourself and finding a product that aligns with this budget.
    
    There are a ton of great wireless products out there, some of them are practically being given away, and others might cost your life savings. No matter your budget, one fact remains: a quality wireless speaker setup doesn’t HAVE to be expensive. Conversely, you often get what you pay for, so it is wise to be wary of a product whose price tag looks more like a shoe size if you catch my drift.
    
    Features
    
    Another important point that will assuredly be different for everyone is the inclusion of features.
    
    If you’re looking for a simple wireless speaker with no options and no extra inputs, then don’t bother spending hours comparing products that are saturated with bells and whistles. If, on the other hand, you know you want the option to connect an analog device like a stereo or surround sound receiver, for instance, make this determination early and stick with it. There will always be an option to suit your exact needs so don’t feel pressured.
    
    Reviews
    
    Reviews are king in today’s world.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/fWk3Xm_EHuY?feature=oembed&wmode=transparent
    
    Everything from the usability of a product to the competence of a company’s customer service team can be scrutinized in an online review, and that’s why it’s obviously important to read as many reviews as you can find (and to also read between the lines with some of these). A responsible company addresses negative reactions and does not let any concern go unnoticed. Reviews not only tell us how customers react to a product but how a company reacts to its customers. And the way a company reacts to its customers can tell you whether you’re making a good or bad purchase.
    
    Warranties and trials
    
    This is always a fun one! If you’re having trouble deciding between two or more products because they have the same features and similar reviews, why not go with the one that offers a trial or a better warranty?
    
    The wireless audio market is extremely competitive, and most companies are offering a brief trial period with no penalties or full-coverage or even an extended warranty period. The fact is, a company with a truly great product has nothing to fear and is confident in their product’s ability to satisfy anyone and everyone.
    
    Portability and durability
    
    Where are you going to be using these speakers? Are you going to sling wireless audio from the kitchen to the living room, or are you taking this setup down to the park for a picnic? Do you need the speakers to be battery powered? Waterproof?
    
    I know, I know, asking way too many questions but you should be asking these questions too! Again, there will always be a product that suits your needs for portability — and often times, if the speakers are easily portable, they will also be durable to some extent. The caveat is that certain other aspects of the speakers will inevitably suffer. Sound quality, aux inputs, wireless range, etc.; these are all things that have the potential to “get the boot” the more portable or waterproof your speakers need to be.
    
    Sound quality and wireless range
    
    Obviously we want our wireless speakers to sound great and to not drop out or lose signal EVER.
    
    The sound quality of the actual speaker itself is something you may need to derive from customer reviews, unless you have the option to actually hear the speaker before making a purchase. Apart from that, it’s best to read up on the company, what materials they are using, and what the speakers can be compared to, etc.
    
    But when it comes to the sound quality of the actual WIRELESS itself, you’ll need to look out for a few things. Wi-fi or Bluetooth and other fun terms all define different ways a speaker can receive wireless audio information and process it. Each of these has its own pros and cons, and some will be more or less suitable to your particular setup. Wi-fi is good if you want to transmit audio to multiple speakers at once but Bluetooth has a much easier setup and the ease-of-use is a HUGE advantage. But for the best sound quality AND ease-of-use, you will want to look for Bluetooth products that use the aptX or aptX HD “codecs”. These will give you the best audio quality possible, and with Audioengine, the longest range as well. If you wish to get into more technical details about this type of wireless audio, please read our article on Bluetooth aptX HD technology.
    
    In summary, there are a myriad of products on the market and all have their pros and cons. To get started, make a list of things you want and need out of your music system. Determine what is necessary, nice-to-have, and what you don’t need. Then when you make the detrimental error of Googling, “Best Wireless Speakers,” you might make it through to the other side with your sanity intact.
    
    Still struggling with choosing the right speaker? Take our quiz and make it easy!
- Is Wireless Audio Quality Any Good?
  - With many modern audio speakers and systems adding wireless functionality to their list of features, you may wonder whether you are doing yourself a disservice by going wireless and ask yourself “is wireless audio quality any good?”
    
    Believe it or not, wireless can sound just as good as a wired connection, meaning you won’t have to sacrifice quality for convenience.
    
    Our wireless speakers utilize Bluetooth technology which definitely has its advantages; it’s fairly universal and, with its lack of proprietary software, is really easy to set up. There must be a catch, right? In the past, we felt that Bluetooth technology wasn’t up to snuff, both in terms of the range of the signal and the quality of audio. In recent years, however, Bluetooth technology has seriously done a lot of growing up; advances in the technology has increased the bandwidth and range, making it not only function great, but sound great. Bluetooth now has the capability of streaming up to CD quality, or 16-bit/44.1kHz, over the air, which means that right out of gate you’re able to send great sending audio without being tethered by cables.
    
    Codecs play a part in how Bluetooth audio is sent and received and some codecs provide slightly better fidelity than others.
    
    In products like our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver, we utilize the aptX HD codec, which we feel provides you with the highest fidelity decoding possible. Some devices, like most iOS devices, don’t utilize aptX, but even though we use aptX in our products, other great codecs like SBC and AAC will work and sound great. Not to mention, we utilize built-in DACs in our Bluetooth products, which will take your audio and pad the bit-depth to a 24-bit format, giving you added benefits such a lower noise floor.
    
    Even though we use Bluetooth in more of our newer products, we do have other wireless options if you’re looking for any non-Bluetooth solutions. We offer two different wireless audio adapters, the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter the D2 Wireless DAC. The wireless technology used in both of these products is a lot like Wi-Fi, but on a closed protocol built specifically for high-resolution audio. The W3 includes a 16-bit/44.1kHz DAC, which makes it able to send CD-quality uncompressed audio over the air. If you’re looking for high-quality, though, the D2 represents the absolute highest possible performance wireless audio device we could build, able to send 24-bit/96kHz wirelessly.
    
    So is wireless audio quality any good? The short answer is yes!
    
    Using only the best hardware and software, you can rest assured that the wireless gear you’ve been considering will not only add convenience to your listening experience, but will retain the authenticity that you expect from your music.
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- B2 Materials And Construction
  - 0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets with real wood veneer
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    2.75″ (70 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
- B2 Cabinets
  - To minimize unwanted resonances and distortion, Audioengine cabinets have thick high-resin MDF walls with extensive internal bracing. Heavy internal sound-damping material is also used to reduce unwanted sound reflections inside the cabinet. The B2 cabinet is a unique design in that it has dual sub-enclosures to prevent cross-interference, while each side contains its own tuned, front-port bass slot.
- b2 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    4.25”(10.8 cm) x 12.25”(31.1 cm) x 5.50”(14 cm)
    
    Weight
    6 lb (2.7 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    10 lb (4.6 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    16” (40.6 cm) x 7.5” (19.1 cm) x 10.5” (26.7 cm)
- b2 Headphone Amp Specifications
  - Headphone Amp Type
    N/A
    
    Full-scale Headphone Output Level
    N/A
    
    Output Impedance
    N/A
    
    Recommended Headphone Impedance Level
    N/A
- b2 Usb Specifications
  - Connector Type
    N/A
    
    USB Device Class
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    N/A
    
    Input Sample Rate
    N/A
- B2 Bluetooth Specifications
  - Internal D/A Converter
    PCM 5102
    
    Internal BT Receiver
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    16 bit
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.0
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
- B2 General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX speaker
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class D
    
    Rated Power Output:
    15W RMS per channel (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 30W per channel (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 60W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    2.75” aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75“ Silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    N/A
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    >95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    N/A
    
    Frequency Response
    65 Hz-22 kHz ±2.0 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- B2 Size: What are the Dimensions of the B2?
  - The Dimensions are 4.25”H x 12.25”W x 5.50”D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- Where is the antenna/antenna post?
  - If you have recently purchased a B2 and you cannot find the antenna or antenna post on the back of the unit, don’t worry! Starting in 2021, we made some updates to the B2 cabinet. One of those changes was mounting the antenna inside of the speaker cabinet. So if you do not have an antenna nor see a way to attach one, then rest assured knowing that the antenna is mounted to the inside of the cabinet of your B2.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- My B2 speaker sounds distorted, what should I do?
  - If your B2 speaker sounds distorted, is buzzing, or just doesn’t sound quite right, we’d recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start with power cycling your B2 by turning it off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack and Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- Can I use a Turntable with the B2? Will I need to purchase a phono preamp or can I simply connect the turntable directly to the B2 analog audio input?
  - You can absolutely use a turntable with the B2. Some turntables will need a preamp before being connected and others are OK, therefore it is best to try your turntable without the preamp first to see how it operates.
- Can I use my computer speakers and the B2 at the same time?
  - If you have a Mac running snow leopard or later, you can create a multiple output device to accomplish this. See the link below for how-to instructions on Apple’s site: https://support.apple.com
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- Can I use a subwoofer with the B2?
  - The B2 is designed as a standalone speaker, it has inputs for Bluetooth and 3.5 mm mini jack. It does not have an output, so unfortunately you cannot output from a B2 to a subwoofer.
- Will the B2’s wireless range work between more than one room inside my house?
  - The overall range you can expect will vary depending on the device you use with the B2. We tested using mostly a variety of smartphones though, and found 30 to 40 feet to be a realistic expectation through one or two walls and 100ft or more in an open space.
- How does the A1, A1-MR, 512, and B2 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - You can have two sources connected at the same time with no need to flip any switches, simply play audio from the source you wish to hear. Though, if you are using multiple sources you may be able to hear both inputs playing simultaneously.
- Is the B2 designed only for use with Bluetooth devices?
  - There is an auxiliary input on the rear panel so you can directly connect any product with an audio output.
- Will my music have a delay through the B2 if I’m watching a movie or music video?
  - Bluetooth has a delay of about 30ms (milliseconds) so you can watch videos from Youtube, for example, and stream out the audio through B1 to your stereo system without any noticeable lag between the video and audio.
- What if my source doesn’t support aptX? Can I still use the B2 and if so, how will it sound?
  - You can absolutely still use the B2 and it will sound great. AptX is a high-quality Bluetooth audio codec that works really well. In addition to mandatory support for SBC, Bluetooth also includes optional support for many other codecs, like MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and AAC, all of which have their own advantages, and some of which sound very close to AptX.
- What does the white indicator light on the B2 rear panel mean?
  - - If it’s on and solid, this means the B2 is powered on, and currently connected to a Bluetooth-enabled device.
    - If it’s on and blinking, this means the B2 is powered on but not currently connected to a device.
    - If it’s off (and B2 is powered on), this means Bluetooth is in standby and not connected to a device. The B2, however, is still visible to your device, so simply connect using your device and it will automatically wake up.
- Just how easy is it to set up the B2 Home Music System with Bluetooth?
  - Our B2 is an all-in-one system with no extra components needed except your phone or computer. All you need to do is unpack the speakers, place them where you want, and then plug in the AC cord. Then connect your music source using the supplied cables – or go wireless with any Bluetooth enabled source device, like a computer, smartphone, or tablet. Here is a quick video that can be used as a reference: B2 Setup Video (Please note – there is no audio associated with the video.)
- Can the B2 work in both 110-120v and 220-240v areas?
  - Absolutely! The B2 can be used in either 110-120v or 220-240v areas without flipping any switches, modding your B2, or using a power converter. If you’re moving to an area with a different plug type than what came standard with your B2, we wouldn’t recommend using an adapter and would suggest trying to find another AC cord for your B2 that have the correct plugs. The B2 uses a non-polarized 2-pin IEC 320 C7 power cord, so you should be able to find one locally with the correct plug for your area.
512 Portable Wireless Speaker
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- Why type of charging cable does the 512 use?
  - We recommend using a1000mA charger or higher with Micro USB connection to charge your 512.
- What type of battery does the 512 use?
  - The 512 uses a lithium-ion battery.
- Where can I find the charging cable and start up guide for the 512?
  - There is a cardboard insert located in the 512 box containing the manual and the micro-USB charging cable.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- Why does the 512 make a chime sound and drop the listening volume?
  - At 20% battery life the 512 notifies you with a chime and reduces the volume level to preserve battery life. When the battery is charged above 20%, it will no longer auto-reduce volume to save power.
- Help! My 512 won’t charge up all the way! What gives?
  - When this happens, what we see most often is either the 512 is not getting an adequate charge or the power button has gotten stuck . To ensure efficient charging, make sure you use a 1000mA charger or higher to charge your 512. If the power button is stuck in a depressed position, try tinkering with the power button to see if you can get it to pop back out and into place. If you can, then be sure to charge the device afterwards. While the button is stuck it will drain the battery of the 512.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- Will the battery in my 512 drain faster if I use the mini jack input VS Bluetooth?
  - The battery won’t necessarily drain faster, but the 512 will not go into it’s “idle” mode while the mini jack is plugged in. This means the connection will stay active even if nothing is playing, so the battery is better preserved when using Bluetooth.
- What does it mean if my 512 won’t play music while it’s charging?
  - The LED in the power button will remain lit when the 512 is charging, but this does not mean it is powered on. If the light is on but there is no playback, press and hold the power button and you will hear it power on, then you’ll see the Bluetooth LED turn blue to indicate it is ready to connect.
- Is the 512 water-resistant?
  - No, but for good reason! This is something we struggled with when developing the 512. Our engineers choose materials based on what will provide a high quality sound, and using water-resistant materials would have a negative effect on that. It was a tough decision to make, but if we have to compromise on something, sound quality is not going to be it!
- Can I pair 2 of the 512 speakers together as a left and right stereo setup with 1 source?
  - The 512 is not designed to function as a pair, however, depending on what source you use this may be possible! We have tested pairing some Android phones with 2 of the 512s by selecting “dual audio” in the Bluetooth settings on the phone. Some phones/sources will allow you to connect to multiple Bluetooth devices at once by doing this.
- Is it possible with the 512 to play music and charge the battery at the same time?
  - Yes! The charger plugs into a micro USB charging port, leaving the aux input or Bluetooth open for use at the same time!
- Can I use a subwoofer with the 512?
  - The 512 was designed to be a stand-alone Bluetooth speaker and also has a mini-stereo input; because of this, it doesn’t have any outputs to connect to a powered subwoofer, such as the S8.
- How can I tell how much charge my 512 has?
  - On the top of the 512, there are three lights that tell you how much charge the 512’s battery has. When the 512 needs to be charged (only 1 of the lights will be lit), there is a rapid succession of 5 electronic beeps or bongs that will interrupt the music before resuming it to let you know that the battery is low. It will repeat this sound periodically until it is plugged in to charge.
- How long does the 512’s battery last once charged?
  - While battery life will depend somewhat on the volume you’re using the 512 at, typical battery life of the 512 is up to 12 hours.
- Can I control the 512’s volume through the volume controls of my source device?
  - Yes, you can control the volume from the audio source itself as well as the volume buttons on the top of 512.
- Does the 512 only work via Bluetooth?
  - Nope! The 512 features an analog input so you can connect your audio source to the speaker using a standard mini-stereo cable.
- What does the button with the Bluetooth icon mean on the 512?
  - The Bluetooth icon button controls the speaker’s pair mode and also acts as an indicator. When the button is flashing, the speaker is currently in pair mode and open to connect to a device. If the button is solid, it means a device is currently connected to the speaker. In order to disconnect a device from the speaker, you can press and hold the button until you hear the notification that the speaker is in pair mode.
- How does the A1, A1-MR, 512, and B2 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - You can have two sources connected at the same time with no need to flip any switches, simply play audio from the source you wish to hear. Though, if you are using multiple sources you may be able to hear both inputs playing simultaneously.
A1 Wireless Speaker System
- Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
  - Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
    
    Remember how in old science fiction movies a character could just talk out loud to a spaceship and it would do anything they commanded?
    
    The idea of voice control technology has long been embedded in our expectations for the “future”, and even though most of those old science fiction movie-makers couldn’t imagine computers any further-advanced than those already available in 1979, they certainly hit the nail on the head with their forecast of voice control. Nowadays, with the help of products like Amazon Echo (and its voice-controlled personal assistant ‘Alexa’), users can control aspects of their home just by verbalizing simple commands. But even with the huge strides this technology has made in recent years, it’s impossible to get audiophile-quality sound from the speakers in an Amazon Echo product. Audioengine can help with this, but before we dive into how, let’s talk a little more about the Amazon Echo.
    
    Is your Amazon Echo killing your audio quality?
    
    First, while Echo and Alexa do in fact go hand-in-hand, they are not the exact same thing.
    
    Echo is a line of smart speakers manufactured by Amazon, and Alexa is an intelligent personal assistant software used to control Echo. Users can speak aloud to give Alexa, and therefore Echo, verbal commands (always beginning with the wake word, ‘Alexa’) such as, “Alexa, play my favorite song,” or “Alexa, what’s on my calendar this Saturday?” Alexa will respond accordingly, so long as the questions asked or commands given are within Alexa’s realm of capability. With tons of Echo-compatible add-on products on the market, there really isn’t a whole lot that falls outside of Alexa’s wheelhouse.
    
    The most common commands Alexa handles are music-related: whether it’s calling up a Spotify playlist, turning up or down the volume, or finding a specific song you haven’t heard in years but are randomly thinking about and absolutely have to hear right this second!! The accessibility is astounding, no doubt, but its main consequence is that you are forced to listen to all your music on Echo’s built-in speakers instead of your own beastly audio system. This is not to say Amazon has ignored their sound quality altogether, but realistically there’s only so much a single speaker housing of that size can handle. Suffice it to say, there are limitations.
    
    Luckily, Amazon has implemented a crucial feature which expands its functionality to accommodate customers who want to be able to interact with Alexa and still enjoy listening to podcasts, music, and stock tips through exterior systems. That’s right, it’s quick and easy to connect your Echo to Bluetooth speakers:
    - Open the Alexa App (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine Wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices
    Bang, you’re done!
    
    Now you can treat Alexa as if it were any other input device; you can still have whatever other devices you so choose connected to your Audioengine speakers, and since Alexa can control Echo’s volume with a simple, “Alexa turn down volume,” you can leave Audioengine’s volume knob exactly where you like it and adjust volume accordingly with Alexa. If you have our S8 Powered Subwoofer connected wirelessly to your mains, this configuration will still work which means you’ll get full-spectrum high fidelity audio when listening to all your favorite songs, without sacrificing the unparalleled convenience provided by a product like Amazon Echo. This will also work with our standalone B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver in the event you have a set of wired speakers you want to turn into wireless speakers.
    
    Modern technology is really opening up doors… and windows… and exhaust fans… it’s basically blasting the roof off the whole place.
    
    We are reaching the point where we can do just about anything we want with voice control technology, as long as we have all the right accouterments. Products like Amazon Echo make life so easy it hurts… perhaps it hurts so good that you want to lie down and say, “Alexa, play ‘Hurts So Good’ by John Mellencamp.” Don’t worry – we designed Audioengine Wireless speakers to do the rest.
- Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
  - Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
    
    Consumer electronics designers are, and have been, on a perpetual quest to give users the most streamlined experience imaginable.
    
    At this point in time it seems like modern-day designers have exceeded the bounds of what most of us could have ever imagined in the first place. Think about it, there is an app for literally everything; just by downloading a simple program onto your phone or tablet, your life can become easier. Wearable technology, like Apple Watch, and smart speakers, like Google Home, tie all of your electronics together to make technology and user-friendliness a lifestyle rather than a rare luxury. Today we are going to talk a little more about one of the leading products, what it does, and how Audioengine can take it one step further; that product is Google Home.
    
    What Is Google Home?
    
    Offically, this piece of technology is touted as a “Smart Speaker and Home Assistant.”
    
    A smart speaker is one of those sleek futuristic speakers that sits on your friend’s kitchen counter, plays whatever music someone tells it to, and sometimes has a snarky robotic comeback to your sarcastic remarks. There are a number of big brands making smart speakers (some of which we’ll discuss in other articles) and all of them have their pros and cons. One “pro” to the Google Home is the “Home Assistant” part. Google Home has an accompanying downloadable app that allows users to customize how the device interacts with and controls their home; lights, thermostats, coffee makers, and pretty much anything else can be controlled by Google Home and accessories. Once you have all of your desired devices properly connected and configured, turning them on and off is just one voice command away… how much easier can life get?
    
    When it comes to music, smart speakers make calling up the right tune an absolute breeze. Google Home can control apps such as Spotify, YouTube, and iHeartRadio among others, so you can tell it to play just about any song in the world. Google Home will even call up playlists you’ve saved within your music streaming apps, and you can tell the device to increase and decrease volume, pause, skip, and any other command you would typically give a media player. There is just one drawback; while Google Home offers a few different sizes (featuring different speakers), the product’s focus is not audiophile-grade sound quality. For that, we need to bring Audioengine into the mix.
    
    How Can Audioengine Take Google Home Further?
    
    You’re taking a step up in the world of consumer electronics and you’ve decided to purchase Google Home; you care about user-experience and you strive to stay ahead of the pop culture curve. That doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice a quality listening experience. As I always say, what good is having access to every song in the world if you’re just going to play them through an inadequate sound system? That’s like sharpening a hunting knife so you can cut hot butter with it.
    
    Luckily, the Google Home App (iTunes | Google Play) allows users to send audio to external Bluetooth speakers. Whether it’s the humble B2 Wireless Speaker, or a full-fledged pair of active Audioengine speakers such as the A5+ Wireless, Google Home is capable of transmitting your beloved music to your sonic system. Bam!!–we just completed the full circle of user-friendliness and ear-friendliness. It may sound complicated merely by description, but it’s actually extremely easy to configure, just follow the quick steps below:
    - Download and open the Google Home App on your phone or tablet.
    - Navigate to the “Devices” tab within the app
    - Tap “Settings” in the devices submenu
    - Scroll down to “Default Music Speaker” and tap “Pair Bluetooth Speaker”
    - Select your Audioengine speaker – and you’re done!
    Take control of your music.
    
    Now you’re ready to shout voice commands all over the house and rock out while you make dinner, host a party, or do whatever it is you do. You can even connect multiple sets of Audioengine wireless speakers for multi-room audio, by creating “groups” in the Google Home app (under that same “Devices” tab).
    
    Isn’t it nice that designers have created all this awesome technology for us? Now I’m just spit-balling, here, but — what if one day someone will make some kind of like a smart speaker… except it lives in your brain and reads your mind. Then you can just think about how good your favorite tunes will sound through a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers, and voila!
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- Does my Home Music System Really Need a Subwoofer?
  - Customer Inquiry: “I’ve recently upgraded to the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System and am thoroughly impressed by the sound quality. Is there a way to further enhance this setup for a richer audio experience?”
    
    Why a Subwoofer is Important:
    
    The Audioengine A2+ excels in high and mid-range frequency reproduction, providing an expansive soundstage. Its mid-woofers deliver a balanced bass, but for deeper, more resonant bass frequencies, adding a subwoofer will introduce you to an entirely new music experience, with bass reminiscent of your favorite live concert.
    
    Expanding Your System with a Subwoofer Integrating a subwoofer into your Audioengine home music system can dramatically improve your audio landscape:
    - Deepened Bass Response: A subwoofer like the Audioengine S8 is dedicated to reproducing the lowest frequency sounds, enhancing the depth and dimension of the audio, especially in tracks with significant low-end elements.
    - Enhanced Balance and Clarity: The subwoofer takes on the lower frequencies, allowing your system to focus on delivering clear highs and detailed mids. This separation ensures a balanced sound output and maximizes the performance of each component within its frequency range.
    Adding a subwoofer reveals the full spectrum of sound that the artist intended to be a part of your musical experience.
    
    Subwoofer Types: Sealed vs. Ported and Their Placement
    - Sealed Subwoofers for Jazz and Acoustic:
    - These subwoofers, like the Audioengine S6, offer a tighter and more precise bass, perfect for the nuanced sounds in jazz and acoustic music. Due to their controlled bass response, they are versatile in terms of placement and can be positioned either on the desk or in any compact space within the room.
    - Front-Firing Ported Subwoofers for Metal and Energetic Genres:
    - These subwoofers are designed to handle the depth and intensity of genres like metal. They are ideally placed at listening height for the best experience. An elevated shelf or the desk itself can be great spots, ensuring the sound is directed straight at the listener for maximum impact.
    Space Considerations: Choosing the Right Size and Placement
    - U and L-Shaped Desks: These desk designs offer unique opportunities for subwoofer placement. With more corner space and legroom, you can consider slightly larger subwoofers that wouldn’t traditionally fit under a standard desk.
    - Proper Placement: A front-firing subwoofer should be placed in an elevated position, such as your desktop, while a down-firing subwoofer should be placed on the floor.
    - Larger Subwoofers for Spacious Setups: If you have more room, especially with U and L-shaped desks, a larger subwoofer can be placed on the ground under the desk. Their down-firing design is particularly effective in this placement, as it allows the sound to resonate off the floor, filling the room without taking up valuable desk space.
    Conclusion:
    
    Selecting the right subwoofer for your desktop setup involves understanding your music preferences, considering your available desk space, and deciding on the appropriate size and type of subwoofer. Whether it’s a compact sealed model for jazz and acoustic melodies or a larger ported subwoofer for the dynamic ranges of metal, the ideal choice will transform your listening experience into an experience rivaled only by live performances.
- An Introduction to: Wireless Home Speakers
  - Why go wireless?
    
    If you haven’t used them before, wireless speakers might sound like a hassle to set up, connect to, and maintain in your home. The truth is, getting your wireless speaker system started doesn’t take much and can easily be done in a matter of minutes.
    
    With all of the mobile technology available at our fingertips, there’s no reason to be tied down to one method of listening to your music; whether it’s your phone, laptop or tablet, your streaming sources are unlimited when you go wireless.
    
    One of the greatest benefits to adopting a wireless speaker system is getting rid all of those unsightly wires running along your floors and behind entertainment centers. This alone gives you plenty of options for placing your wireless speakers where they will work best for your listening experience. Not to mention that without all of the wires and confusing installation instructions, you’re free to connect them to your phone, computer or tablet via Bluetooth and start enjoying them right away.
    
    It’s fairly simple to connect directly to Pandora, Spotify, or any other music streaming source you prefer as long as you follow instructions. Audioengine’s wireless speakers, for example, are designed so that once they’re turned on, you need only activate Bluetooth in your device’s settings menu and select the correct speaker to connect.
    
    If you do run into trouble installing or connecting to your new speakers, our Audioengine support reps are ready to step in and show you the best possible solution for the issue.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Our technology
    
    At Audioengine, we provide only the best products. Currently, we have a few varieties of wireless home speakers, including the B2 wireless speaker, which boasts an easily adapted Bluetooth wireless system for your phone, and the HD6 wireless speaker with versatile power and connectivity features. We also are readily available to answer any of your questions, so you not only get the awesome sounding audio you want, but also the tools to make it fit right into your home.
- Is Wireless Audio Quality Any Good?
  - With many modern audio speakers and systems adding wireless functionality to their list of features, you may wonder whether you are doing yourself a disservice by going wireless and ask yourself “is wireless audio quality any good?”
    
    Believe it or not, wireless can sound just as good as a wired connection, meaning you won’t have to sacrifice quality for convenience.
    
    Our wireless speakers utilize Bluetooth technology which definitely has its advantages; it’s fairly universal and, with its lack of proprietary software, is really easy to set up. There must be a catch, right? In the past, we felt that Bluetooth technology wasn’t up to snuff, both in terms of the range of the signal and the quality of audio. In recent years, however, Bluetooth technology has seriously done a lot of growing up; advances in the technology has increased the bandwidth and range, making it not only function great, but sound great. Bluetooth now has the capability of streaming up to CD quality, or 16-bit/44.1kHz, over the air, which means that right out of gate you’re able to send great sending audio without being tethered by cables.
    
    Codecs play a part in how Bluetooth audio is sent and received and some codecs provide slightly better fidelity than others.
    
    In products like our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver, we utilize the aptX HD codec, which we feel provides you with the highest fidelity decoding possible. Some devices, like most iOS devices, don’t utilize aptX, but even though we use aptX in our products, other great codecs like SBC and AAC will work and sound great. Not to mention, we utilize built-in DACs in our Bluetooth products, which will take your audio and pad the bit-depth to a 24-bit format, giving you added benefits such a lower noise floor.
    
    Even though we use Bluetooth in more of our newer products, we do have other wireless options if you’re looking for any non-Bluetooth solutions. We offer two different wireless audio adapters, the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter the D2 Wireless DAC. The wireless technology used in both of these products is a lot like Wi-Fi, but on a closed protocol built specifically for high-resolution audio. The W3 includes a 16-bit/44.1kHz DAC, which makes it able to send CD-quality uncompressed audio over the air. If you’re looking for high-quality, though, the D2 represents the absolute highest possible performance wireless audio device we could build, able to send 24-bit/96kHz wirelessly.
    
    So is wireless audio quality any good? The short answer is yes!
    
    Using only the best hardware and software, you can rest assured that the wireless gear you’ve been considering will not only add convenience to your listening experience, but will retain the authenticity that you expect from your music.
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- A1 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    Each speaker – 6″ (15.2 cm) x 4″ (10.2 cm) x 5.25″ (13.3 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (active) – 3.1 lb (1.4 kg)
    Right (passive) – 2.4 lb (1.1 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    7.6 lb (3.5 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    15″ x (38.1 cm) 7.25″ (18.4 cm) x 11″ (27.9 cm)
- A1 Materials And Construction
  - 0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    2.75″ (70 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
- A1 Usb Specifications
  - Connector Type
    N/A
    
    USB Device Class
    N/A
    
    Input Bit Depth
    N/A
    
    Input Sample Rate
    N/A
- A1 General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class D
    
    Rated Power Output: 15W RMS per channel (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 30W per channel (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 60W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    2.75” aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75“ Silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    LFE Variable line-out for subwoofer
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    Greater than 95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    Less than 50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    65 Hz-22 kHz ±2.0 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- A1 Bluetooth Specifications
  - Internal D/A Converter
    N/A
    
    Internal BT Receiver
    CSR8670
    
    Input Bit Depth
    16 bit
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.0
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptx, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- A1 Size: What is the dimensions of the A1?
  - The speakers are 6″H x 4″W x 5.25″D each
- Can I place my Audioengine speakers on their side?
  - Absolutely! Our speakers are safe to place sideways and, from our experience, sound great. When doing so, we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- My A1/A1-MR speakers sound distorted, what should I do?
  - If your A1 or A1-MR speakers sound distorted, are buzzing, or just don’t sound quite right, we’d recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using the stereo mini input and Bluetooth (or WiFi in the case of the A1-MR), one at a time, to see how the speakers react.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Do I still need wires for my “Wireless” speakers?
  - Yes, you still need to connect the active/left speaker to the passive/right speaker via the included speaker wire. The passive right speaker has no power source of its own and relies on the amplified signal coming over the wire.
- How do I connect a subwoofer to the A1 or A1-MR ?
  - You can use either a single LFE RCA cable or stereo white/red RCA cable. Connect FROM your powered speaker’s ‘Subwoofer’ output TO your subwoofer’s ‘Left’ RCA input or the subwoofer’s LFE input. For stereo RCA cables, just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Bluetooth pairing light is solid but there is no audio?
  - If the Bluetooth pairing light is solid (any color), an active connection to another device has been established. Under most circumstances, our Bluetooth speakers/B1 only supports a single active connection at a time. So if someone else in your home has connected to your Bluetooth device/speakers, this could surely keep you from connecting another device to it. There is no on/off switch with the our Bluetooth devices or speakers, so once it’s plugged into power it’s on. The Bluetooth LED light will blink and be discoverable for 5 minutes once powered on. If in that 5 minute window it connects to a Bluetooth source, the light will go solid. After the 5 minutes is up, the light will turn off and it will no longer be discoverable by new sources, but it will still be on. If the LED is off, any previously connected device can still pair to it at any time from their device. If you want to pair to a new device, just tap the LED light once more and it will blink and be discoverable for another 5 minutes. If your Bluetooth device/speaker is connected to something and you want to disconnect that particular device, you can hold the button down for a few seconds before it disconnects and goes back into the flashing cycle. If the above does not help address the issue you are experiencing, we’d recommend going through the below list of troubleshooting tips: If you haven’t already, power cycle your Bluetooth speakers/B1 by unplugging the power connection, and reconnecting it. 1) Please make sure all of your connections are complete; also, check that all of your connector cables are in working order. You will want to swap out some interconnects to test for this. 2) Try playing audio from more than one application on your source device (phone, tablet, computer, etc.) 3) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. If an update is available, make sure you restart your device after the update is installed. 4) Try disconnecting from, and “forgetting” the Bluetooth speakers/B1 through your source’s Bluetooth settings. Then, try re-pairing and connecting to the two. 5) Try using a different source device with your Bluetooth speakers/B1 to see if the issue follows. Try using the analog as well as the digital optical output, to see if you have this issue with both connections. 6) If at all possible, try your Bluetooth speakers/B1 in a different location and / or setup to see if something is causing interference in the current location. Something as simple as a router, cordless / mobile phone, halogen lamps, etc. near the speakers may be causing the issue in your setup.
- If my device doesn’t support aptX, can I still use the A1 to wirelessly stream my music?
  - Yes. In addition to aptX, and the default Bluetooth codec SBC, the A1 supports other high-quality audio codecs, like AAC, for devices that do not support aptX.
- Is the A1 designed only for use with Bluetooth devices?
  - No. The A1 offers wired or wireless playback for extended range streaming via aptX Bluetooth. It can additionally connect to your turntable, computer or TV with a standard AUX cable (3.5mm, 1/8″, mini TRS, etc.).
- What does the white indicator light on the A1 rear panel mean?
  - - If it’s on and solid, this means the A1 is powered on, and currently connected to a Bluetooth-enabled device.
      
      If it’s on and blinking, this means the A1 is powered on but not currently connected to a device.
      
      If it’s off (and A1 is powered on), this means Bluetooth is in standby and not connected to a device. The A1, however, is still visible to your device, so simply connect using your device and it will automatically wake up.
- Can I stream music wirelessly to the A1 with an Audioengine wireless adapter instead of Bluetooth?
  - Yes. The A1 will work with both the Audioengine W3 Audio Adapter and the B-Fi Mulitroom Music Streamer.
- What is the wireless range for the A1?
  - The A1 offers high-definition aptX Bluetooth with an extended range of up to 100 ft.
- Do I need to install any special software apps or drivers to wirelessly stream my music through my A1?
  - No. The A1 is a premium powered, plug and play stereo system that will easily connect to any Bluetooth enabled phone, tablet or computer in seconds. After a quick setup with the included power cord and speaker wire, immediately start streaming music from your favorite music services (TIDAL, Spotify, Pandora, Amazon Music and more) or directly from your music library.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- How does the A1, A1-MR, 512, and B2 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - You can have two sources connected at the same time with no need to flip any switches, simply play audio from the source you wish to hear. Though, if you are using multiple sources you may be able to hear both inputs playing simultaneously.
A1-MR Multiroom Wireless Home Music System
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- A1MR Materials And Construction
  - 0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    2.75″ (70 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
- A1MR Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    Each speaker – 6″ (15.2 cm) x 4″ (10.2 cm) x 5.25″ (13.3 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (active) – 3.1 lb (1.4 kg)
    Right (passive) – 2.4 lb (1.1 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    7.6 lb (3.5 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    15″ x (38.1 cm) 7.25″ (18.4 cm) x 11″ (27.9 cm)
- A1MR General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Wi-Fi speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class D
    
    Rated Power Output: 15W RMS per channel (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 30W per channel (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 60W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    2.75” aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75“ Silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, Wi-Fi
    
    Outputs
    LFE Variable line-out for subwoofer
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    Greater than 95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    Less than 50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    65 Hz-22 kHz ±2.0 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- If you are not using the wifi connection feature, tap the flashing pairing button in the back once to disable. You can bring that feature back at any time by pressing and holding it in. You will hear an audible set-up chime and prompt with Wifi instructions.
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- A1-MR Size: What is the dimensions of the A1-MR?
  - Each Speaker is 4″H x 6″W x 5.25″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Are the A1-MR’s or B-Fi compatible with Chromecast?
  - No, the A1-MR speakers and the B-Fi Multiroom streamer are not compatible with Chromecast. Android users can still use the Audioengine Control App to access and control the audio streaming to either of these devices.
- Can I place my Audioengine speakers on their side?
  - Absolutely! Our speakers are safe to place sideways and, from our experience, sound great. When doing so, we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- Spotify Disclosure with B-Fi/A1-MR
  - In order to stream Spotify to the Audioengine B-FI or A1-MR, Spotify requires a paid Premium account. This unlocks the Spotify-Connect feature within the app to send the audio to your Audioengine B-FI/A1-MR. A single device using a personal (1 user only) Spotify Premium account cannot play multiple songs simultaneously. However, this would be possible with a family plan and more than 1 device (B-Fi or A1-MR) though.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- Is there a way to stream audio from my Windows PC to my A1-MR(s)?
  - The short answer is ‘yes’. However, you will need to use an app that gives you the ability to use Airplay while in Windows. Though there are a few options out there, we’ve found TuneBlade to be one of the more affordable and easy-to-use applications available. TuneBlade is a simple tray utility that lets you stream system-wide audio to the Al-MR from your Windows device. There’s a one-time fee of $9.99 to purchase the app, but they have a trial version you can try out for free. To start, make sure your A1-MR is setup on the same network as your Windows device (PC/laptop). Once TuneBlade is installed, start the program. TuneBlade will automatically locate your A1-MR and any other Airplay-ready devices connected to your network. Start playing the audio you wish to stream to your A1-MR(s). While the audio is playing, hit the ‘play’ button next to the corresponding A1-MR in the TuneBlade app. All audio coming from your computer will now be passed on to the B-Fi. While using TuneBlade, you can send the audio to multiple A1-MR’s at once and the audio will automatically sync between A1-MR’s without the need to group them in the Control App. Things to keep in mind when using TuneBlade:
    1. If you have speakers directly connected to your computer, then turn them down (using the volume controls on the actual speaker) as there will be a slight buffering delay between the audio from your computer speakers and the speakers connected to your A1-MR(s).
    2. TuneBlade streams system-wide audio, so Windows notifications will be passed through when they occur.
    3. TuneBlade is a work-around we found offering Windows users the same streaming capabilities via Airplay that Apple users have.
- My A1/A1-MR speakers sound distorted, what should I do?
  - If your A1 or A1-MR speakers sound distorted, are buzzing, or just don’t sound quite right, we’d recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using the stereo mini input and Bluetooth (or WiFi in the case of the A1-MR), one at a time, to see how the speakers react.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Do I still need wires for my “Wireless” speakers?
  - Yes, you still need to connect the active/left speaker to the passive/right speaker via the included speaker wire. The passive right speaker has no power source of its own and relies on the amplified signal coming over the wire.
- How do I connect a subwoofer to the A1 or A1-MR ?
  - You can use either a single LFE RCA cable or stereo white/red RCA cable. Connect FROM your powered speaker’s ‘Subwoofer’ output TO your subwoofer’s ‘Left’ RCA input or the subwoofer’s LFE input. For stereo RCA cables, just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- What are the differences between A1-MR (Wi-Fi) and A1 (Bluetooth)?
  - - A1-MR uses your home WiFi network to stream music directly from the cloud or from an Apple Airplay source. A1 is a traditional Bluetooth speaker where music is streamed directly from your phone or other Bluetooth ready devices.
    - Your phone, tablet or computer controls the music being played on both systems. However, since the A1-MR is connected to music services through the internet directly, once playing it will act like a traditional radio. This frees up your phone for calls and does not drain the battery.
    - The A1-MR can be synchronized with other A1-MRs or the Audioengine B-Fi, creating a whole home solution with independent volume zones.
    - A1-MR uses the Audioengine Control app for initial setup while no product app is required for A1.
- Which has better sound, Audioengine Bluetooth or Wi-Fi?
  - Bluetooth uses “lossy compression”, meaning that some audio data is lost. In most cases, this is imperceptible. Depending on the music service, WiFi can deliver lossless CD quality audio to the A1-MR.
- What’s the difference between the A1-MR and B-Fi?
  - The A1-MR is a powered speaker system with WiFi streaming built in. The B-Fi has access to the same streaming services, but it is an adapter designed to connect to an existing music system.
- Is there a difference in sound quality between A1-MR and B-Fi?
  - Both systems receive the same high-fidelity streams from your favorite services. Since the B-Fi is designed to enable streaming on an existing music system, the sound quality will depend largely on that system.
- If A1-MR is used outside the Audioengine app, will multiroom and stereo configurations follow to other music services and apps?
  - Yes, while streaming via Airplay or Spotify Connect (with a premium subscription).
- How many rooms or zones are possible?
  - The Audioengine Control app supports a maximum of 12 rooms, however for most homes we recommend 8.
- What is the wireless connection range for the A1-MR?
  - After setup you can stream your music anywhere within your WiFi network range.
- Can I use a hotspot as an access point?
  - Yes. If your hotspot is listed as a choice in Wi-Fi networks, you can use it as an access point.
- Can A1-MR play high resolution music?
  - The A1-MR supports lossless playback of CD quality audio, with zero compression. While you can play higher than CD quality audio to the A1-MR through DLNA, UPnP, or high res streaming apps like TIDAL and Qobuz, all audio is transmitted at 16-bit 44.1kHz.
- Can I play locally-stored music?
  - Yes. You can play music from your computer library or NAS.
- Can a single A1-MR have multiple users?
  - Yes, anybody connected to the same network can control volume and the music source.
- Does the A1-MR support 5GHz network access points (wireless routers)?
  - The A1-MR is a 2.4GHz device but most networks are dual-band, so select 2.4GHz during A1-MR setup. 2.4GHz has more range, meaning more places you can place your system.
- What music sources can be sent to more than one A1-MR simultaneously?
  - Sending music to multiple A1-MRs can be done with any source after grouping the systems together. Start by playing music on one through the app, Airplay, or Spotify Connect. Then in the app, drag any additional systems onto the system that is playing. They will synchronize and you will be able to control the volume of every system separately. The app will remember these settings until they are changed.
- Can I use A1-MR connected speakers, alongside Sonos speakers?
  - You will not be able to synchronize music between the two systems, but both will show up as playback devices in Airplay or Spotify Connect.
- How do I turn on Airplay for use with the A1-MR?
  - You’ll need to make sure you have gone through the initial set up process for the A1-MR before moving onto the below steps. For iPhone users:
    1. On the iPhone, swipe to open the Control Center. (the swipe direction is dependent upon the iPhone model you are using)
    2. In the music control area, tap the AirPlay button.
    3. A list of AirPlay capable devices seen by your iPhone will be shown. Tap the A1-MR to connect to it.
    4. Once connected, you can use your iPhone to send audio to your A1-MR without the need to open the Audioengine Control App.
    For Mac users: Option 1:
    1. Make sure that your Mac and A1-MR are on the same Wi-Fi network.
    2. Go to Apple menu > System Preferences > Sound.
    3. Under Output, you should see a list of any devices you are able to AirPlay to, and the A1-MR should be an option. If you named the A1-MR during setup, it may appear under that name.
    Option 2:
    1. Hold down the Option key on your keyboard, then click on the speaker icon in your menu bar. You will then see a list of audio output devices that are on your local network – select the A1-MR.
    2. Once you change the audio output to an AirPlay device, all audio coming from your Mac will go through the A1-MR, and not the internal speakers on your Mac.
    3. To change the audio output back to your Mac’s internal speakers, you can either Option-click on the speaker icon again and select internal speakers, or go back into System Preferences and change it there.
- How do I group multiple A1-MRs together?
  - Once you have set up all of your A1-MRs on your Wi-Fi network: Open the Audioengine control app. Swipe from right to left in the app to the “Device” screen where your A1-MRs are listed. Determine which group of A1-MRs you want to be your primary, then touch the “+” in the upper right corner. A list of any additional A1-MRs you want to add will appear and you can tap the empty circle to add a check to the bubble, then tap “Done” You can add multiple A1-MRs into that primary A1-MR for whole-home playback.
- What DAC does the A1-MR use, and is there any compression in the wireless transmission?
  - The A1-MR uses the ES9023 DAC. As the A1-MR uses your home wi-fi network, it is lossless and no compression is needed.
- Does sending audio to more than one A1-MR at a time result in a reduction in audio quality?
  - Sending audio to multiple A1-MR units at once will not impact the audio quality.
- What music sources can be sent to more than one A1-MR simultaneously?
  - Any audio source can be used for multiroom playback through your A1-MR(s) when using AirPlay, or when streaming audio via DLNA / UPnP, or using the streaming services integrated into the Audioengine Control App. The A1-MR(s) need only first be configured into groups using the Audioengine Control App.
- Does the A1-MR receive streamed music from your smartphone, or directly from the Wi-Fi network?
  - For music streamed through Audioengine Control App, or from streaming applications built into the Audioengine Control App, the A1-MR streams music directly over your Wi-Fi network. The stream will continue whether your device is taken out of range or turned off altogether. Airplay, generally speaking, makes a connection between your source device and the A1-MR, through your network. If your device goes out of range of the network, or the application on your source that is playing audio is closed, playback will stop.
- Besides Bluetooth vs Wi-Fi what are the reasons to consider the A1-MR or the A1 over one another?
  - Both Audioengine Bluetooth and Wi-Fi-based solutions are capable of delivering very high quality audio! Bluetooth is an extremely convenient way to quickly pair to a speaker for easy wireless playback. Wi-Fi solutions are great for multi-room setups with custom groupings with different music or simultaneous playback to all which can be easily controlled with the A1-MR app.
- Does the A1-MR support YouTube Music service?
  - The A1-MR doesn’t include a YouTube Music integration into the Audioengine Control App, but YouTube Music will work via Airplay on an Apple Device. So you’d be able to stream YouTube Music to the A1-MR from your iPhone, iPad, or Mac computer, no problem.
- Does the A1-MR support MQA?
  - The A1-MR doesn’t include any MQA specific hardware, but you can still enjoy the benefits of MQA through software decoding with services like TIDAL, where you’ll have access to up to 16-bit 44.1kHz high resolution audio. Does the A1-MR support gapless playback? Gapless playback works great when streaming to the A1-MR as long as the music app you are using supports gapless playback as well, such as Spotify. You would not need to adjust anything with the A1-MR or within the Audioengine A1-MR app.
- How can I stream music stored on my Windows computer to the A1-MR?
  - Windows 10 supports sharing the media on your computer via DLNA. To set this up, you’ll need to:
    1. Click start and search for “media streaming options”.
    2. Turn on media streaming.
    3. Name your media library whatever you’d like after turning it on.
    4. From the Audioengine Control app on your Smartphone or tablet, go to My Music-> Home Music Share, and look for your media library name.
    From here you can play audio stored on your computer to any A1-MR(s) on your network. Just keep in mind that your computer will need to be powered on.
- I have a MacBook Pro and a Qobuz subscription that I would like to stream to my stereo system. How exactly would I connect from the laptop to the A1-MR?
  - Qobuz works great with the A1-MR for lossless CD quality streaming! Once you get your A1-MR setup on your network using the Audioengine app, you will be able to send your Qobuz music to the A1-MR through the Qobuz app on your MacBook Pro, the Qobuz app on your devices, or directly through the Audioengine Control app! Qobuz and other lossless capable streaming services are played back at CD quality, with no compression.
- I have multiple A1-MR, but I only see some of them outside the Audioengine App. Where did they go?
  - If you have grouped the speakers for a multi-room setup in the Audioengine app, only the A1-MR that you grouped the speakers into will show as the available destination. If you wish to send to your other speakers independently, ungroup the A1-MRs in the app by pressing and holding on the speaker in the grouping and dragging down and away from the group.
- How do I reset my A1-MR?
  - Press and hold the status button on the front panel until the LED begins flashing (about 4 seconds), and you hear a voice prompt letting you know that the A1-MR has entered setup mode. If you don’t hear the voice prompt, double check your audio systems volume, and that the A1-MR is connected to an active input. Open the Audioengine Control app on your smartphone or tablet, and follow the instructions to complete setup. If you have other A1-MR units that are already configured, you will need to press the + in the top right corner of the screen to continue setup.
- Will my music be interrupted if I lose my Wi-Fi connection?
  - Yes. You must be connected to your network for your music to play.
- Can I leave my A1-MR on all the time?
  - Yes.
- My music streaming is cutting out. What can I do?
  - Try playing music directly on your phone, tablet or from your local library using the same network to check your internet connection. If your internet connection is OK:
    - Check the connections between A1-MR and your stereo system.
    - Use the Audioengine Control app to test signal strength.
    - Restart your source music device and power cycle your A1-MR and stereo.
- I don’t see my favorite music player in the Audioengine Control app. What can I do?
  - One of the great benefits to the A1-MR is that you’re no longer stuck using one product app. Any music player will work for iOS and MacOS via Airplay, as well as DLNA or UPnP streaming options for Android and Windows.
- Does A1-MR support AirPlay 2?
  - We considered Airplay 2, and will continue to keep an eye on it for future products or updates. At present though, the A1-MR includes support for only Airplay. While Airplay 2 allows grouping of Airplay 2 devices in the Apple Home app, to allow streaming audio to multiple rooms at once, we’ve already built out advanced multi-room grouping features through the Audioengine Connect App. And in our implementation, these features extend not only to Airplay on iOS and MacOS, but can even be used for non-Apple devices which don’t support Airplay or Airplay 2.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
- How does the A1, A1-MR, 512, and B2 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - You can have two sources connected at the same time with no need to flip any switches, simply play audio from the source you wish to hear. Though, if you are using multiple sources you may be able to hear both inputs playing simultaneously.
P4 Passive Speakers
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- P4 Size: What are the dimensions of the P4?
  - The dimensions of each speaker is 9.2″H x 5.5″W x 6.5″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- What size bolt will fit the P4’s threaded inserts?
  - The threaded inserts found in the P4’s will accommodate a 1/4″ -20 threaded bolt. Be careful to not overtighten the bolt as you could damage the cabinet by doing so.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- The P4 is rated at 4 ohms but my receiver has speaker outputs listed as 8 ohms. Will the P4’s work with my receiver?
  - The lower the speaker impedance, the more current (amperage) your amp or receiver will need to provide, but most separate power amps have more than a sufficient power supply and power amp sections for driving 4 ohm loads with ease. In fact many amps will perform better with a 4 ohm load as opposed to 8 ohms if their design is robust enough to supply the extra current. A quick web search will bring up more information on this subject.
- What amplifiers work best with the P4?
  - The P4 is a very efficient speaker and designed to work well with digital hybrid amplifiers (Class-D, Class-T, etc.) as well as most stereo receivers, integrated amps, tube amplifiers, and whole-house music systems such as the Sonos ZonePlayer 120. Check out our N22 amp for a great setup!
- Are the Bamboo P4 and A5+ sets actually made of bamboo?
  - Yes, We do use solid bamboo for these speakers! The bamboo cabinets were tuned to sound the same as the MDF speakers, but the density of bamboo will give it natural acoustic advantages over MDF material.
- Why don’t the P4 speakers have built in amplifiers similar to the A2 and A5 active systems?
  - The P4 came about from requests from customers that already have our powered speakers and/or have a music system and needed speakers but wanted the same Audioengine sound from a passive speaker.
- Can I use the P4 passive speakers with the Audioengine S8 sub?
  - To use the P4 speakers with the S8 you would need an amp, like our N22, to supply power to the P4 speakers and connect to the S8.
B1 Bluetooth Receiver
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Add Bluetooth to a Stereo Receiver or Amplifier
  - Adding Bluetooth to Your Stereo Receiver or Amplifier: A Practical Guide with the Audioengine B1
    
    In the current landscape of digital music, the convenience and versatility of Bluetooth connectivity have become increasingly essential for music enthusiasts. Those with traditional stereo receivers or amplifiers often find themselves at a crossroads, seeking to bridge the gap between their cherished, high-quality equipment and the modern world of wireless audio streaming.
    
    This scenario raises the question: How to add Bluetooth to a stereo receiver or amplifier without compromising on sound quality? Enter the Audioengine B1 Bluetooth Receiver, a product that has risen to become one of our best sellers, thanks to its significant improvement in audio quality over competing solutions.
    
    Why Consider Bluetooth for Your Audio System?
    
    The shift towards wireless audio streaming is driven by several factors:
    - Convenience of Wireless Technology: Eliminating the need for physical cables, Bluetooth allows for a clutter-free and flexible listening experience. The ability to control music from a distance is not just about comfort; it’s about integrating your audio system into a wireless world seamlessly.
    - Access to a Wide Range of Devices: Bluetooth enables your stereo system to connect with a variety of modern devices, including smartphones, tablets, and laptops. This compatibility opens up a world of possibilities, from streaming services and digital libraries to podcasts and online radio.
    - Ease of Use: The ability to control your music wirelessly means you can change tracks, adjust volume, and switch between devices effortlessly, all from the device in your hand.
    The Audioengine B1: Enhancing Traditional Systems with Modern Technology
    
    The B1 Bluetooth receiver allows you to cast music and other audio from your device and send it out to any music system, without losing any sound quality along the way—even to those extended ranges. It works great with those vintage systems that have been waiting in the wings.
    
    The Audioengine B1 Bluetooth Receiver has earned its place as a top seller by addressing the common pitfalls of wireless audio. Here’s how:
    - Better than CD Sound Quality: The B1 stands out from its competitors by delivering an audio experience that’s both clear and rich. It leverages advanced technology to ensure that the sound transmitted over Bluetooth is faithful to the original recording. The B1 delivers high-quality, extended-range, CD-like quality sound anywhere in your home.
    - Simple and Universal Compatibility: Designed for hassle-free integration, the B1 connects easily with any stereo receiver or amplifier, making the setup process straightforward for all users.
    - Reliability: The B1 is known for its stable and consistent Hi-Fidelity Bluetooth connection, ensuring uninterrupted music playback.
    Implementing the B1 in Your Audio Setup
    - Making the Connection: Link the B1 to your stereo system using the provided cables, connecting it to an available input on your receiver or amplifier.
    - Powering the Device: Plug the B1 into a power source, readying it for use.
    - Bluetooth Pairing: Activate Bluetooth on your device and select the B1 to establish a connection.
    - Begin Streaming: Your stereo system is now equipped to wirelessly receive audio from a range of Bluetooth-enabled devices.
    Advantages of the Audioengine B1
    
    While the B1’s primary goal is to introduce Bluetooth functionality to traditional systems, its benefits extend further:
    - Preservation of Audio Quality: One of the key strengths of the B1 is its ability to maintain the integrity and richness of your music, a feature that has been a significant factor in its popularity.
    - Compact and Unobtrusive Design: The B1’s sleek and minimalistic design ensures it fits seamlessly into any audio setup without becoming an eyesore or occupying unnecessary space.
    - Versatility in Use: The B1 is not limited to streaming music; it enhances the audio experience for movies, gaming, and other multimedia applications.
    Just a few MORE reasons why you’ll love the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver:
    - Easy setup, connects in seconds
    - No network setup, no passwords, no hassle
    - Extended-range wireless aptX-HD Bluetooth, reaches further with CD-like quality sound
    - Connects to any music system
    - Analog and optical outputs
    - Bluetooth aptX LED indicator
    - CD-like quality audio with aptX-HD Bluetooth
    Conclusion
    
    The addition of Bluetooth to your stereo receiver or amplifier represents more than just a technological upgrade; it’s a step towards bringing your audio experience in line with the evolving digital world. The Audioengine B1 Bluetooth Receiver offers an ideal solution, balancing the need for wireless convenience with the uncompromised audio quality. Its success as one of our top sellers is a testament to its ability to meet the demands of discerning audiophiles looking to modernize their audio systems.
    
    Shop Audioengine B1 Bluetooth Receiver
- Stream Music to Your Stereo: Audioengine B1 and B-Fi Comparison Guide
  - Audioengine B1 and B-Fi Comparison Guide
    
    Choosing the right wireless music streamer can significantly enhance your listening experience by offering you the convenience and quality of streaming music wirelessly. In the realm of home audio systems, two standout choices from Audioengine are the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and the B-Fi Multiroom Music Streamer. Both devices are designed to stream music wirelessly to your stereo system but cater to different preferences and functionalities.
    
    Here’s an in-depth look at these options to help you decide which one aligns with your audio streaming needs.
    
    B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver: Expanding Horizons with Bluetooth
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver is designed for simplicity and quality, allowing you to wirelessly stream music from your device directly to your music system. It’s particularly suitable for integrating with both contemporary and vintage stereo systems, offering a touch of modernity without compromising the system’s original charm.
    
    Noteworthy Aspects:
    - Extended Range: The B1 boasts a 100-foot range, ensuring stable, quality sound transmission across extensive spaces.
    - Digital to Analog Converter (DAC): It comes equipped with an internal DAC that guarantees CD-quality or better sound, preserving the integrity of the music exactly as the artist intended.
    - Ease of Connectivity: Setup is straightforward, requiring no internet or network configuration, offering a hassle-free user experience.
    - aptX-HD Bluetooth: This technology supports better than CD-quality sound, providing an enhanced listening experience without the typical constraints of wireless streaming. Your device will stay paired, pair once and forget it!
    - Versatile Outputs: The B1 features both analog and optical outputs, offering flexibility in connection to various audio systems.
    - Design Aesthetic: With its brushed metal finish, the B1 not only sounds good but also adds a sleek, aesthetic appeal to your audio setup that is durable as well.
    B-Fi Multiroom Music Streamer: The Wi-Fi Revolution
    
    In contrast, the B-Fi Multiroom Music Streamer takes a leap forward by utilizing your home’s Wi-Fi network for music streaming. This approach bypasses traditional Bluetooth streaming, offering a direct and uncompressed audio signal for a pure, high-fidelity sound experience.
    
    Key Features:
    - Wi-Fi Streaming: B-Fi streams music directly to your stereo from your streaming service via your router. This way, your songs are free from Bluetooth’s digital signal processing, a feature enjoyed by Audiophiles everywhere (more on this below).
    - Audioengine App: Control is at your fingertips with the Audioengine app, allowing you to stream from major music services or your personal music library directly to any music system in your home.
    - Internal DAC: Like the B1, B-Fi includes an internal DAC, ensuring that the music delivered to your stereo system is of the highest quality, just as the artist intended.
    - Multiroom Capability: B-Fi’s strength lies in its ability to fill your entire home with music, streaming seamlessly to multiple rooms for a unified listening experience.
    Making Your Choice: The Bluetooth vs. Wi-Fi Streaming Quality Debate
    
    The B1, on the other hand, employs Bluetooth connectivity, utilizing high-quality codecs like Qualcomm aptX HD. These codecs are designed to compress and then decompress digital audio files with minimal loss of quality.
    
    However, even the most advanced Bluetooth codecs involve some level of digital signal processing (DSP) to recreate the song. While to many listeners the difference may be imperceptible, discerning audiophiles might lean towards the B-Fi for its method of streaming.
    
    The B-Fi’s reliance on Wi-Fi rather than Bluetooth means the music is streamed without the additional step of DSP, potentially offering a purer, more accurate version of the original recording.
    - B1 for Bluetooth Convenience: If you value simplicity and the versatility to stream from any Bluetooth-enabled device directly to your stereo system, the B1 offers an effective solution with an impressive range and high-quality sound. The B1 is your best option if you don’t have a smart phone or Wi-Fi network.
    - B-Fi for Wi-Fi Fidelity: For those who prioritize the purity of uncompressed audio and the convenience of streaming across multiple rooms via Wi-Fi, the B-Fi stands out. It is particularly appealing to users who prefer controlling their music ecosystem through a dedicated app. You can even connect up to 9 B-Fi or A1MR for a system that connects your entire house! The B-Fi is a great choice for Audiophiles that prefer the warmth of analog audio playback.
    Audioengine A1MR
    
    Both the B1 and B-Fi embody Audioengine’s commitment to delivering superior sound quality and innovative streaming solutions. By understanding the distinctive features and benefits of each device, you can select the wireless music streamer that best aligns with your lifestyle and audio preferences, ensuring an unparalleled listening experience that brings your music to life exactly as the artist intended.
- B1 General specifications
  - Bluetooth receiver type
    Bluetooth 5.3
    
    Supported Bluetooth codecs
    aptX HD, aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth profiles
    A2DP, AVRCP
    
    Inputs
    Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    Stereo analog RCA
    Digital optical (SPDIF)
    
    Required power
    5V, 200mA
    
    Wireless operation range
    Up to 100ft (30m) typical
    
    Full-scale output
    2.0V RMS
    
    Output impedance
    57 Ohms
    
    D/A converter
    Wolfson WM8740
    
    Power filtering
    3-stage redundant regulation
    
    SNR
    SNR (DC to 20 kHz)
    100dB
    
    THD+N
    (1 kHz FS 96 kS/s) <0.02%
    
    Frequency response
    10Hz – 20kHz (+/-0.5dB)
    
    Crosstalk
    >-86dB
    
    Input bit depth
    24-bit (upsampled)
    
    Input data rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
    
    Product dimensions
    3.5 x 4 x 1
    
    Shipping weight
    1.0lbs (0.5kg)
    
    Shipping box dimensions
    11 x 7 x 3
    
    Environmental Requirements
    Operating temperature: 32° to 105°F (0°C to 40°C)
    Storage temperature: -4°0 to 115°F (-20°C to 46°C)
    Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
    
    Included accessories
    RCA audio cable (3ft/1m)
    Power adapter with detachable cable
    Microfiber bag
    Setup guide
    
    Technical Features
    Supports all Bluetooth-enabled devices
    High-fidelity Bluetooth with aptX transmission and extended range
    Stream high-resolution 24-bit digital audio from the Audioengine B1 to any music system.
    Includes built-in Wolfson WM8740 DAC for superior 24-bit upsampled playback
    Aluminum case with audiophile-grade connectors
    Analog and optical outputs
    2.0Vrms maximum output level
    
    Experience stunning audio quality with aptX HD coding, built-in 24-bit upsampling DAC, and extended wireless range.
    
    DAC Characteristics
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver utilizes the Wolfson WM8740 DAC, widely known for its low noise and high fidelity. B1 is essentially an upsampling 24-bit Bluetooth DAC and will pad all bit depths internally to 24-bits, thus achieving a higher signal-to-noise ratio. Due to the WM8740’s high signal-to-noise specs, the fact that the digital signal is converted (upsampled) to 24-bits and the added benefit of triple redundancy power source conversion and filtering, the B1 presents impressive low noise and low distortion characteristics with a noticeable improvement over other Bluetooth devices.
    
    Extended Range
    Most Bluetooth implementations have very limited range, usually within just one room. But with careful signal management circuitry and antenna tuning, we offer a superior solution that will reach more than one room with no degradation in audio quality.
    
    High quality Bluetooth audio
    The B1 features aptX HD coding which is an advanced Bluetooth audio codec that provides much higher-quality sound than previous versions. The B1 is backwards-compatible with all previous Bluetooth implementations as well, so you can wirelessly stream music from any device and still enjoy outstanding sound.
    
    Optical Output
    B1 also functions as a wireless audio bridge from your device to your favorite DAC or preamp. Use the internal DAC with RCA analog outputs or connect the optical output into another DAC.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- Why does my B1 have no power?
  - For starters, try pressing the Bluetooth LED on the front of the B1 to confirm it’s not on. If the device that was paired with the B1 last is out of range or has been turned off, the light on the front of the B1 will turn off and remain off until the LED button is pressed. From there, to assure it’s not simply an issue with one of the accessories, swap out the USB cable and the USB AC adapter to see if that fixes things. If you have a micro USB cable laying around from an older cell phone model, you would be fine using that. And most current cell phone USB power adapters would work just fine with the B1. If you have no success with either of the above, try plugging the B1 into a different power outlet to see how the unit reacts. If there is still no indication of the unit powering on, please contact our Support Team for further assistance.
- How can I connect the B1 for my car audio?
  - You could use a B1 to stream Bluetooth audio in your car if you use USB power from either a cigarette lighter USB power adapter or USB port, and your car audio has an aux 3.5mm input. You can then pick up a RCA to 3.5mm adapter for the connection and the B1 will be ready to pair to your device/play through the car stereo. Let us know if you have any other questions.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- Can I change the name of my B1?
  - It depends on the device it is connected to. Most Android devices and computers can rename the device, but only for that specific connection. The B1 will still show as Audioengine B1 to a different device. You may also be able to change the name when using Apple products, but it will depend on the operating system.
- Can I use my computer speakers and the B1 at the same time?
  - If you have a Mac running snow leopard or later, you can create a multiple output device to accomplish this. Here’s an article we wrote about how to set this up: http://audioengineusa.com/articles/the-easy-way-to-get-multi-room-sound-with-bluetooth
- Will the B1’s range work between more than one room?
  - The overall range you can expect will vary depending on the device you use with the B1. We tested using mostly a variety of smartphones though, and found 100 FT to be a realistic expectation, and that’s through one wall.
- Is the B1 compatible with TIDAL music streaming service?
  - The short answer is yes! You can use TIDAL on any compatible source device (PC, Mac, iPhone Android, etc.). The B1 is compatible with most all of these devices as well since they almost universally also include Bluetooth.
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Why is the Bluetooth LED orange instead of white?
  - If the Bluetooth LED is illuminated orange that means you are streaming in aptX HD which is a higher grade of Bluetooth signal.
- I’m having trouble connecting my Windows machine to my B1.
  - The B1 uses the Bluetooth drivers located on your computer, so you may need to ensure you’re using the most up to date drivers for your computer’s Bluetooth. We’d also recommend going to the manufacturer of your computers website, and see if they have Bluetooth drivers there.
- Can I use the B1 with my original A5s?
  - Yes, you can still use the B1 with the original A5 model! With this kind of setup, you’d just need to use either an RCA to mini-stereo adapter (like the one that was included with your A5s) or an RCA to mini-stereo cable. You would just connect the RCA end into the RCA outputs of the B1 and the connect the mini-stereo side to either the top or back mini-stereo inputs of the A5s.
- What if my source doesn’t support aptX®? Can I still use B1 and if so, how will it sound?
  - You can absolutely still use the B1, and it will sound great. aptX® is a high quality Bluetooth audio codec that works really well. With that said, in addition to mandatory support for SBC, Bluetooth also includes optional support for many other codecs, like MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4, and AAC, all of which have their own advantages, and some of which sound very close to aptX®.
- How can I tell if my device supports aptX®?
  - AptX® keeps an up to date list of supported device on their site. See here, for supported smartphones:
    
    https://www.aptx.com/products?field_product_category_tid=126
    
    And here, for supported tablets:
    
    https://www.aptx.com/products?field_product_category_tid=135
- Do I need to install any special drivers for the B1?
  - No extra software or drivers are needed. The B1 is compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most all Smartphones, Tablets, and Laptop Computers.
- What does the LED indicator light on the B1 mean?
  - If it’s on and solid – This means the B1 is powered on, and currently connected to a Bluetooth enabled device. If it’s on and blinking – This means the B1 is powered on, but not currently connected to a device If it’s off (and plugged into power) – This means the B1 is powered off (standby) and not connected to a device. The B1 is however still visible to Bluetooth enabled devices in this state. So simply connect to the B1 using your device, and it will automatically wake up.
- Does B1 transmit a stereo signal?
  - Yes, the B1 transmits 16-bit stereo audio.
- Does B1 work with any stereo, music system, or powered speakers?
  - Yes, any audio product with a standard analog audio input can connect to B1 with the included RCAs. B1 also includes a digital output so you also can connect via optical (TOSLINK).
- If B1 is connected, do I need to do anything else to play music from my computer using iTunes or Amarra?
  - Once your B1 is paired and connected then any app (iTunes, etc.) or online players (such as Youtube) will automatically play your music through Bluetooth.
- Will B1 interfere with my network and slow it down?
  - The B1 uses Bluetooth, which operates on the same 2.4GHz band as most Wi-Fi Routers. There’s always a possibility for interference with wireless technology on the same frequency, but in our testing this was very uncommon.
- How do I power off my B1?
  - B1 automatically powers-down and mutes the output after about 10 minutes. The BT input, however, is still active so you can just pair to it again without pressing the front panel button. B1 will remain on if a device is paired with it and turned on though.
- Does the optical output of the B1 utilize the built-in DAC?
  - The B1’s optical out is designed to pass the digital signal to another DAC; using the optical output wouldn’t utilize the B1’s DAC and would simply send the received signal out without padding the bit-depth. The RCA outputs of the B1 would utilize the built-in DAC, so the output would be padded to a 48kHz sample rate.
Speakers
- Do my speakers really need to be mounted to my floor stands?
  - No. In fact, we generally recommend not attaching your speakers to floor stands, but rather to simply set them on the stands and walk away. It may sound risky, but speakers seem to be more susceptible to damage and injury when the whole mounted unit tips over than if the speaker can tumble freely.
- Connecting an S8 subwoofer to A2+/A5+
  - Your A2+/A5+ have a variable RCA output located on the rear panel of the left speaker. This connection can be used to connect an S8 Powered Subwoofer (or any self-powered subwoofer) for extended bass response. You can also add a W3 Wireless Adapter to make this connection wireless as shown below.
- When I try to adjust the volume on my television, why does it not adjust the volume of the speakers themselves?
  - This may be because the audio outputs on your television are fixed instead of variable. It may be worth checking your television’s sound settings and see if you can toggle the outputs between variable and fixed. If you’re connecting your television to the HD6s or D1 optically, the optical output on your TV would be a fixed output so you wouldn’t be able to control the volume from the TV’s remote. More and more often TVs are using fixed outputs, making it tough to adjust the volume without hopping off the couch. Speakers like the A5+ and the HD6 feature a remote control, so you should be able to adjust the volume from their respective remotes. Speakers such as the HD3, A2+s, and original A5s can’t be controlled with a remote, so one option we know of to add a remote to them is to put a preamplifier or AV receiver between your TV and speaker; that would give you a variable preamp out to connect your speakers to.
- The bass is really boomy on my speakers- how do I fix this?
  - Speaker placement can also play a big role in what sound you get. If you feel like it sounds “boomy,” one thing we’d recommend is to try and keep as much room as possible between the back of the speakers and any walls as you can. When setting up your speakers in a tight space, one thing that may be worth trying if possible would be toeing the speakers in or out a bit; this makes the port uneven with the surface of the wall behind it and can help reduce reflections (which cause that “boomy” sound).
- Can I use an Airport Express with my Audioengine speakers?
  - You shouldn’t have any problems using the Airport Express with our speakers. The Airport Express has an analog audio connection that can be plugged in to any of our speakers; all you should need is to set the Airport Express up to use Airplay with your Apple devices and use a mini-stereo cable to go from the Airport Express’ output to the inputs of your speakers.
- I have an Android phone that includes an IR transmitter. Can I use my phone to control the A5+s/HD6s?
  - Yes! We’ve been notified that the Android App ZappIR supports the A5+s, so if you have a phone with an IR blaster like the HTC One or the Samsung Galaxy S4 you can use the App to raise or lower the volume of your A5+s or HD6s with your phone!
- Can I use a universal remote with my A5+s or HD6s?
  - Both the A5+ and the HD6 are not officially supported by any universal remotes. It is possible to use a third party remote, but that remote needs to support IR learning. This is a feature that allows a universal remote to learn commands directly from the remote we supply. The Logitech Harmony remote, for example, is supported by the A5+s/HD6s.
- Can I use banana plugs with your speakers?
  - You are able to use banana plugs with our speakers just fine! Speakers like our A5+s and A2+s use full size 5-way binding post, and are compatible with standard single and dual banana plugs. Most standard banana plugs should be around 4mm in diameter.With the smaller posts, like on the original A2s and A5s, we typically suggest going with pin terminals or spade lugs. The spade lugs will need to have a minimum inside opening of 6mm. You can use mini-banana plugs but they are pretty hard to find these days. The maximum outside diameter you can have on these plugs is 3.05mm, with a spacing of 3/4″ from center to center. Keep in mind that the HD6 and HD3 come with speaker wire that already features banana plugs.
- What should I set the subwoofer crossover/phase to with my setup?
  - We don’t really have any recommended settings when using a subwoofer. The crossover will depend on the individual size and shape of the room, placement of the sub in that room, and even personal preference. I usually recommend starting with the Crossover all the way counter clockwise. Get the Volume close to where you think it should be for starters. Then make small adjustments to the crossover and see how they sound. Finally when making adjustments, assess them from the same spot each time, preferably from where you’ll listen from most often.
- I don’t see a place to connect my headphones; can I use headphones with your powered speakers?
  - You wouldn’t be able to use a pair of headphones directly with speakers like our A2+, A5+, and HD6; in order to use headphones with them, you would need to include something with a dedicated headphone amp, such as our D1. All you would need to do is plug the D1 into your computer (either with an optical or USB cable) and connect the D1 from its RCA outputs into either of the inputs of your speakers. Our HD3 speakers, however, do include a headphone output on the front of the powered speaker, so you can plug your headphones directly into them.
- My subwoofer only has a single LFE input; how can I connect this to your powered speakers?
  - Using a subwoofer like this with your Audioengine powered speakers should work well. We generally wouldn’t recommend the use of a splitter in reverse; it’s possible it may work fine, but this can introduce unwanted noise. In a case like this, you can simply use one of the RCA output connections, either the left or the right, to connect in to the LFE in jack on the subwoofer.
- Can I swap the left and right speakers?
  - It’s perfectly fine to swap the left and right speakers if having them that way works better for you. It wouldn’t affect the sound quality; it would only affect the stereo image (the left channel being on the right and vice versa), which you can easily fix by using an RCA cable and switch the left and right plugs. If you’re using speakers like the A2+s or the HD3 via USB or the HD6s via optical, there wouldn’t be a way to swap the left and right channels in your operating system’s sound settings or through your software
- Can I lay my speakers sideways?
  - It shouldn’t be a problem having your speakers laying sideways. If you do use them this way, we typically suggest using a protective padding similar to the bottom padding on the speakers on the side to help dampen vibrations and protect the surfaces.
- Can I connect two sources to my speakers?
  - The A5+s have two inputs, so having two sources plugged into them is perfectly fine. There isn’t any sort of auto switching mode built into the speakers so if you had both playing at the same time, both would be audible. The A2+s and HD3 also include a USB input; you should be able to use the USB input as well as the mini-stereo/RCA inputs to connect three sources to the A2+s.
- Where do I connect the ground wire from my turntable to the speakers?
  - There isn’t a need to connect a ground wire as this is a connection that is needed between the turntable and it’s phono preamp (whether the preamp is built into the turntable, or external). When going from the very low level of a phono cartridge, it’s easier to pick up noise when bringing this signal up to line level, and the ground wire helps with this. On an internal preamp turntable, this connection is located inside the turntable. When going from the line level RCA out of a turntable with an internal phono preamp or the line level outputs from an external phono preamp to the inputs on your speakers, this connection is not needed.
- Connecting two S8s to a pair of Audioengine powered speakers
  - Though this isn’t a very common setup, from time-to-time customers want to use two S8s in their system. Each of our powered speakers (with the exception of the B2 and the 512) has an RCA output that you can use to connect a powered subwoofer, such as the S8. In a setup where you’re running two S8s, you simply connect each one to either channel of the RCA output; this basically means that you would use an RCA cable to connect one S8 to the left (red) channel and another RCA cable to connect the other S8 to the right (white) channel. This will send audio out to both S8s at the same time. After that, all you’d need to do is adjust the crossover and phase to your taste and enjoy!
- Connecting S8 to original A2
  - With the original A2s there are two ways to connect a powered subwoofer to them like the S8. The S8 has two inputs and an output, so you could send the audio signal into the subwoofer and then use the output to connect to the A2s. The other option would be to send the audio signal into the A2s and then use the opposite connection as an output to connect to the input on your subwoofer. Both inputs on the A2s will act as outputs when audio is sent into either the A or B input.
- How to connect Audioengine powered speakers to a stereo receiver
  - Connecting to a stereo or surround-sound receiver
    
    As Audioengine powered speakers include built-in power amplifiers, connecting the speaker terminals from the speakers directly to the speaker outputs of a stereo receiver or power amplifier will cause damage. You can, however, connect your speakers to a stereo receiver via the “line-level” outputs (“preamp out” or a similar audio output) on the receiver’s rear panel.
- Using our speakers with a television
  - Hooking up our powered speakers, such as the A2+ and A5+, to a television can depend what connections might be available on the TV for audio output. If your television has analog outputs (such as RCA or a headphone out) you can use that to connect directly into the back of the speakers using either a mini-stereo or RCA cable. If your television only has an optical output, you would need to hook up the television to something like our D1 DAC to convert the digital signal to analog; you would need an optical/toslink cable in a set up like this. If you’re using the HD6 with a television, you would just need to connect your television’s digital output to the optical input on the back of the powered HD6 speaker using an optical cable.
- How to connect a turntable to Audioengine speakers
  - How you will need to connect your turntable to your Audioengine speakers mostly depends on the kind of turntable you have. Many modern turntables, such as the Audio Technica AT-LP120 and Music Hall USB-1, have a built-in preamp and include a switch on the back for “line” or “phono”; in order to use this kind of turntable, just connect the output of your turntable to the Audioengine powered speakers and select “line”. With turntables that do not have a preamp, you would need to add one in order to bring the instrument level signal of the turntable up to line level; there should also be a place on the external phono preamp to attach the ground wire from the turntable. In our experience, most older turntables don’t have a preamp built into them.
A2+ Wireless Speakers
- Why is my computer not recognizing the A2+BT speakers after sleep mode?
  - This issue occurs because some computers fail to “wake up” the USB port after a period of inactivity. While our A2+BT uses UPnP drivers for maximum compatibility, the USB connection is identified as an external DAC by most systems. Recent operating system updates for Mac and Windows have made this issue more frequent.
    
    1. What solutions can I try to resolve this issue?
    
    The solution often requires trial and error based on your specific computer setup. Many customers have found helpful tips and solutions in the following resources:
    - For Mac users: Apple Community Thread
    - For Windows users: StarTech USB Issues FAQ
    2. Is there a difference in audio quality when using USB/Bluetooth versus analog connections?
    
    Yes, there is a difference. Here’s what you need to know:
    - USB/Bluetooth Connection: This uses the digital-to-analog converter (DAC) built into the A2+BT speakers, which is 16-bit.
    - Analog Connection (RCA or 3.5mm inputs): This uses the DAC in your computer or device. Since most modern computers support 24-bit or even 32-bit audio, you’ll achieve better sound quality when using an analog connection.
    3. How do I know which connection type is best for me?
    - If you prioritize convenience or wireless functionality, USB or Bluetooth is a great choice.
    - If you’re looking for the highest audio fidelity, consider using analog connections like RCA or a 3.5mm mini-jack.
    If you need further assistance, feel free to reach out to our support team. We’re here to help!
- How can I improve the bass on my Audioengine A2+ Home Music System?
  - If you’re looking to enhance the bass on your A2+ Home Music System, there are a few steps you can take to achieve the sound you’re looking for:
    1. Speaker Positioning:
      The placement of your speakers can have a significant effect on bass performance. Try placing the speakers closer to a wall, which can naturally amplify the bass. Additionally, ensure that the surface they’re on is stable, as vibrations can impact sound quality.
    2. Use of Equalizer Software:
      Windows 11 has built-in sound enhancements, but for more detailed control over the bass and other sound frequencies, we recommend using third-party equalizer software. One highly recommended option is a DSP correction software specifically designed for A2+ Home Music System. You can find more details about this software and how to use it in this article: Enhancing Audioengine A2+.
    This software allows for precise adjustments of the bass and other sound settings to give you a more customized listening experience.
    
    If you need any further assistance or have additional questions, feel free to contact our support team!
- How can I improve the bass on my Audioengine A2+ Home Music System?
  - If you’re looking to enhance the bass on your A2+ Home Music System, there are a few steps you can take to achieve the sound you’re looking for:
    1. Speaker Positioning:
      The placement of your speakers can have a significant effect on bass performance. Try placing the speakers closer to a wall, which can naturally amplify the bass. Additionally, ensure that the surface they’re on is stable, as vibrations can impact sound quality.
    2. Use of Equalizer Software:
      Windows 11 has built-in sound enhancements, but for more detailed control over the bass and other sound frequencies, we recommend using third-party equalizer software. One highly recommended option is a DSP correction software specifically designed for A2+ Home Music System. You can find more details about this software and how to use it in this article: Enhancing Audioengine A2+.
    This software allows for precise adjustments of the bass and other sound settings to give you a more customized listening experience.
    
    If you need any further assistance or have additional questions, feel free to contact our support team!
- Audioengine A2+ vs Edifier R1280DBs: Why A2+ Stands Out
  - Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DBs
    - Key Specifications
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Other Noteworthy Features
    - Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Edifier R1280DBs Overview
    - Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A2+
      
      Edifier R1280DBs
    - Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the realm of powered desktop speakers, the distinction between a good and an exceptional audio experience can be vast. The Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DBs both offer quality sound and features, but a closer look reveals why the A2+ is the superior choice for audiophiles and casual listeners alike.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/8JwbciPX0hE
    
    Main Differences Between Edifier R1280DBs and Audioengine A2+
    
    The Audioengine A2+ sets itself apart through its premium build quality, superior sound performance, and versatile connectivity options. Emphasizing a richer audio experience and modern aesthetics. While the Edifier R1280DBs aim for affordability and functionality, they do not offer the same level of premium materials or sound quality.
    
    Key Specifications
    - Audioengine A2+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB
    - Power Output: 60-Watt Peak Power Total
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX, USB, Analog Inputs
    - Edifier R1280DBs:
    - Built-in Amplifier Power: Up to 42 Watts
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0, RCA Inputs
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A2+ showcases its superior design with real-wood cabinets that are both hand-crafted and hand-painted, available in Satin Black, High Gloss White, High Gloss Red, and Matte Blue. This attention to detail sets them apart from the Edifier R1280DBs, which, despite having real wood cabinets, do not offer the same level of craftsmanship, lacking the hand-crafted and painted qualities that pushes the A2+ to a higher standard of design excellence.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    The Audioengine A2+ stands out with its 60 watts of power, supported by a Class AB amplifier and Bluetooth aptX, for a superior sound experience. In contrast, the Edifier R1280DBs, although featuring Bluetooth 5.0, are limited to a 42-watt output, which does not allow for the same level of volume or audio clarity, emphasizing the A2+’s enhanced sound capabilities.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine enhances customer confidence with US-based customer phone support, a 30-day audition period, and a 3-year warranty, highlighting its commitment to product excellence. Conversely, Edifier offers essential support with a 30-day return policy and a 2-year warranty.
    
    Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Superior Sound Quality: With its built-in DAC and AB Amplifier, the A2+ allows you to hear your favorite songs the way the artist intended.
    - Premium Design: The hand-crafted and hand-painted wood cabinets not only provide superior acoustics but also add a touch of elegance to your space.
    - Versatile Connectivity: The A2+ supports a wide range of devices through Bluetooth aptX, USB, and analog inputs, ensuring compatibility with any setup.
    - Exceptional Customer Support: Audioengine’s commitment to customer satisfaction is evident in their responsive US-based customer phone support and comprehensive 3-year warranty.
    Edifier R1280DBs Overview
    
    While the Edifier R1280DBs are a solid choice for those on a budget, offering Bluetooth connectivity and a practical design, they lack the A2+’s premium finish, signature Audioengine sound quality, and industry leading customer support.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A2+
    - Pros: Exceptional sound quality; elegant, hand-crafted design; versatile connectivity; superior customer support.
    - Cons: Higher price but justified by the superior sound quality and craftsmanship.
    Edifier R1280DBs
    - Pros: Affordable, good for basic needs, and includes remote control.
    - Cons: Sound and build quality cannot match the A2+; limited support.
    Conclusion
    
    While both the Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DB offer quality sound and features, a closer look revealed that the Audioengine A2+ is the superior choice for both audiophiles and casual listeners. Through the hand-crafted and hand-painted cabinets and superior sound quality, the A2+ proves to be the best choice.
- Kanto YU2 vs. Audioengine A2+: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Kanto YU2 vs Audioengine A2+: Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Kanto YU2 and Audioengine A2+
    - Key Specifications
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Kanto YU2 Overview
    - Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Customer Service and Warranty
    - Pros and Cons
    - Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the competitive world of desktop audio systems, the difference between an average and exceptional experience is marked by details that go beyond mere volume. The Audioengine A2+ and Kanto YU2 both strive to dominate this niche, but the A2+ stands out significantly in both performance and design.
    
    Main Differences Between Audioengine A2+ and Kanto YU2
    - The Audioengine A2+ excels with its Class AB amplifier, known for superior sound quality, over the Kanto YU2’s Class D amplifier.
    - The YU2 does not support Bluetooth. The A2+ supports Bluetooth with Qualcomm’s advanced aptX codec offering clearer, more versatile connectivity than the wired capabilities of the YU2.
    - With discrete analog crossovers, the A2+ ensures a more refined audio separation compared to the YU2’s digital approach.
    - Front-ported speakers, like the Audioengine A2+, offer greater flexibility in placement and better bass response in confined spaces compared to rear-ported designs, like the Kanto YU2, which require more room to avoid bass buildup and distortion.
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine A2+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB Analog
    - Power Output: 60W Peak Power Total (30W Peak per Channel)
    - Inputs: 3.5mm Stereo Mini-Jack, RCA, USB, Bluetooth aptX
    Kanto YU2:
    - Amplifier Type: Class D
    - Power Output: 100W Peak Power (50 Watts Total RMS)
    - Inputs: 3.5mm Mini-Jack AUX, USB, NO RCA INPUT
    Overall Design
    
    Audioengine A2+ not only prioritizes acoustic quality but also highlights detailed attention to design. Each speaker is hand-crafted from real wood and hand-painted using the same 13-step process as a baby grand piano. This not only enhances the aesthetic of any setup but also improves audio performance by reducing unwanted resonances, providing a warmer and more natural sound compared to materials like plastic or metal. This level of craftsmanship is not seen in the Kanto YU2, which opts for a more simplistic approach, lacking the A2+’s hand-painted and handcrafted real wood finish.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    The A2+ leverages its powerful Class AB amplifier to deliver an expansive and detailed sound, making it ideal for diverse audio settings from quiet background music to party-level sound without distortion. In contrast, the Kanto YU2, although capable within smaller spaces, struggles to maintain clarity at higher volumes due to its Class D amplifier configuration, highlighting the A2+ as the more versatile and superior-sounding option.
    
    Kanto YU2 Overview
    
    The Kanto YU2, while a competent competitor in the budget speaker market, is designed with basic functionality in mind. It offers a basic digital audio connection via USB and a minimal physical footprint, making it suitable for desktop environments where space is at a premium. However, it lacks the robust feature set and acoustic fidelity that define the A2+, positioning it as a more entry-level option.
    
    Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    
    Beyond delivering exceptional sound quality, the A2+ excels with user-friendly features such as extended-range wireless Bluetooth aptX and multiple input options, ensuring seamless connectivity across devices. This simplicity extends to the speaker’s operation, where inputs are always ready to accept signals without the need to toggle between sources manually, making the A2+ both powerful and incredibly convenient for daily use.
    
    Customer Service and Warranty
    
    Audioengine is dedicated to exceptional customer service and reliability, offering a comprehensive 3-year warranty on all products, which far surpasses the industry standard. This commitment is highlighted by the unique 30-day audition period, allowing customers to experience the quality of the A2+ in their own space. Moreover, Audioengine prides itself on US-based customer phone support where clients can speak directly to knowledgeable staff who work collaboratively to resolve any issues. This contrasts with Kanto’s offering, which includes only a 2-year warranty, reflecting a lesser commitment to customer assurance and product longevity.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A2+:
    
    Pros: Exceptional sound quality due to class AB amplifier and integrated DAC; handcrafted, hand-painted real wood design; versatile connectivity; superior customer support.
    
    Cons: Fewer color options and slightly taller design.
    
    Kanto YU2:
    
    Pros: Suitable for limited-space setups and seven color options
    
    Cons: Compromised sound quality at higher volumes, less detailed design, and compressed customer service.
    
    Conclusion
    
    Comparing the Audioengine A2+ and Kanto YU2 reveals a clear disparity in quality and value. The A2+ not only outperforms the YU2 in terms of sound and design but also in its comprehensive feature set and customer-centric offerings. For those seeking a superior desktop audio experience, the A2+ proves an unbeatable choice. Cementing A2+’s position as the preferred system for both audiophiles and casual users seeking premium sound on their desktop.
- Audioengine A2+ Rated Best Desktop Speakers of 2024 by NYMag.com
  - Audioengine’s A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers have clinched the title of Best Desktop Speaker of 2024, as declared by New York Magazine. This recognition shines a spotlight on the A2+’s superior sound quality, wrapped in the sleek, new matte blue finish.
    
    Read the full review
    
    In an era where desktop speakers often compromise on quality for design, Audioengine stands out by merging both without sacrifice. The A2+ is not just another speaker—it’s a statement of high-fidelity audio meeting bold, innovative design.
    
    Jennifer Conrad from New York Magazine remarked on the A2+’s impressive capabilities, noting,
    
    “The speakers easily filled my office with music at a low volume and could be turned up loud enough to fill most of my apartment.”
    
    This is what Audioengine aims for: robust, clear sound that can command any room, regardless of volume levels.
    
    Since its inception in 2005, Audioengine has been at the forefront of creating home music systems that redefine the listening experience.
    
    The A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers embody this mission, offering Bluetooth connectivity and an intuitive setup that appeals to audiophiles and casual listeners alike, and that is what makes them the best desktop speakers of 2024. The addition of the matte blue model to the A2+ lineup showcases Audioengine’s commitment to providing options that cater to the individual style of our users.
    
    This accolade from New York Magazine is a testament to Audioengine’s legacy of innovation and quality in the audio industry. It celebrates not just the superior sound of the A2+, but also the company’s ongoing commitment to enhancing the way music is experienced in personal and professional spaces.
    
    For those in pursuit of desktop speakers that refuse to compromise on sound or style, the Audioengine A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers, especially in the new matte blue variant, offer an unrivaled audio experience that stands out in 2024’s competitive landscape.
- Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
  - Can Alexa Connect to Bluetooth Speakers?
    
    Remember how in old science fiction movies a character could just talk out loud to a spaceship and it would do anything they commanded?
    
    The idea of voice control technology has long been embedded in our expectations for the “future”, and even though most of those old science fiction movie-makers couldn’t imagine computers any further-advanced than those already available in 1979, they certainly hit the nail on the head with their forecast of voice control. Nowadays, with the help of products like Amazon Echo (and its voice-controlled personal assistant ‘Alexa’), users can control aspects of their home just by verbalizing simple commands. But even with the huge strides this technology has made in recent years, it’s impossible to get audiophile-quality sound from the speakers in an Amazon Echo product. Audioengine can help with this, but before we dive into how, let’s talk a little more about the Amazon Echo.
    
    Is your Amazon Echo killing your audio quality?
    
    First, while Echo and Alexa do in fact go hand-in-hand, they are not the exact same thing.
    
    Echo is a line of smart speakers manufactured by Amazon, and Alexa is an intelligent personal assistant software used to control Echo. Users can speak aloud to give Alexa, and therefore Echo, verbal commands (always beginning with the wake word, ‘Alexa’) such as, “Alexa, play my favorite song,” or “Alexa, what’s on my calendar this Saturday?” Alexa will respond accordingly, so long as the questions asked or commands given are within Alexa’s realm of capability. With tons of Echo-compatible add-on products on the market, there really isn’t a whole lot that falls outside of Alexa’s wheelhouse.
    
    The most common commands Alexa handles are music-related: whether it’s calling up a Spotify playlist, turning up or down the volume, or finding a specific song you haven’t heard in years but are randomly thinking about and absolutely have to hear right this second!! The accessibility is astounding, no doubt, but its main consequence is that you are forced to listen to all your music on Echo’s built-in speakers instead of your own beastly audio system. This is not to say Amazon has ignored their sound quality altogether, but realistically there’s only so much a single speaker housing of that size can handle. Suffice it to say, there are limitations.
    
    Luckily, Amazon has implemented a crucial feature which expands its functionality to accommodate customers who want to be able to interact with Alexa and still enjoy listening to podcasts, music, and stock tips through exterior systems. That’s right, it’s quick and easy to connect your Echo to Bluetooth speakers:
    - Open the Alexa App (Apple link | Google Play Link)
    - Tap the “Devices” icon and select the Echo device you want to connect to speakers
    - Select “Bluetooth Devices”
    - Select “Pair New Device”
    - Find your Audioengine Wireless speaker on the list of available Bluetooth devices
    Bang, you’re done!
    
    Now you can treat Alexa as if it were any other input device; you can still have whatever other devices you so choose connected to your Audioengine speakers, and since Alexa can control Echo’s volume with a simple, “Alexa turn down volume,” you can leave Audioengine’s volume knob exactly where you like it and adjust volume accordingly with Alexa. If you have our S8 Powered Subwoofer connected wirelessly to your mains, this configuration will still work which means you’ll get full-spectrum high fidelity audio when listening to all your favorite songs, without sacrificing the unparalleled convenience provided by a product like Amazon Echo. This will also work with our standalone B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver in the event you have a set of wired speakers you want to turn into wireless speakers.
    
    Modern technology is really opening up doors… and windows… and exhaust fans… it’s basically blasting the roof off the whole place.
    
    We are reaching the point where we can do just about anything we want with voice control technology, as long as we have all the right accouterments. Products like Amazon Echo make life so easy it hurts… perhaps it hurts so good that you want to lie down and say, “Alexa, play ‘Hurts So Good’ by John Mellencamp.” Don’t worry – we designed Audioengine Wireless speakers to do the rest.
- Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
  - Connecting Google Home to Bluetooth Speakers
    
    Consumer electronics designers are, and have been, on a perpetual quest to give users the most streamlined experience imaginable.
    
    At this point in time it seems like modern-day designers have exceeded the bounds of what most of us could have ever imagined in the first place. Think about it, there is an app for literally everything; just by downloading a simple program onto your phone or tablet, your life can become easier. Wearable technology, like Apple Watch, and smart speakers, like Google Home, tie all of your electronics together to make technology and user-friendliness a lifestyle rather than a rare luxury. Today we are going to talk a little more about one of the leading products, what it does, and how Audioengine can take it one step further; that product is Google Home.
    
    What Is Google Home?
    
    Offically, this piece of technology is touted as a “Smart Speaker and Home Assistant.”
    
    A smart speaker is one of those sleek futuristic speakers that sits on your friend’s kitchen counter, plays whatever music someone tells it to, and sometimes has a snarky robotic comeback to your sarcastic remarks. There are a number of big brands making smart speakers (some of which we’ll discuss in other articles) and all of them have their pros and cons. One “pro” to the Google Home is the “Home Assistant” part. Google Home has an accompanying downloadable app that allows users to customize how the device interacts with and controls their home; lights, thermostats, coffee makers, and pretty much anything else can be controlled by Google Home and accessories. Once you have all of your desired devices properly connected and configured, turning them on and off is just one voice command away… how much easier can life get?
    
    When it comes to music, smart speakers make calling up the right tune an absolute breeze. Google Home can control apps such as Spotify, YouTube, and iHeartRadio among others, so you can tell it to play just about any song in the world. Google Home will even call up playlists you’ve saved within your music streaming apps, and you can tell the device to increase and decrease volume, pause, skip, and any other command you would typically give a media player. There is just one drawback; while Google Home offers a few different sizes (featuring different speakers), the product’s focus is not audiophile-grade sound quality. For that, we need to bring Audioengine into the mix.
    
    How Can Audioengine Take Google Home Further?
    
    You’re taking a step up in the world of consumer electronics and you’ve decided to purchase Google Home; you care about user-experience and you strive to stay ahead of the pop culture curve. That doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice a quality listening experience. As I always say, what good is having access to every song in the world if you’re just going to play them through an inadequate sound system? That’s like sharpening a hunting knife so you can cut hot butter with it.
    
    Luckily, the Google Home App (iTunes | Google Play) allows users to send audio to external Bluetooth speakers. Whether it’s the humble B2 Wireless Speaker, or a full-fledged pair of active Audioengine speakers such as the A5+ Wireless, Google Home is capable of transmitting your beloved music to your sonic system. Bam!!–we just completed the full circle of user-friendliness and ear-friendliness. It may sound complicated merely by description, but it’s actually extremely easy to configure, just follow the quick steps below:
    - Download and open the Google Home App on your phone or tablet.
    - Navigate to the “Devices” tab within the app
    - Tap “Settings” in the devices submenu
    - Scroll down to “Default Music Speaker” and tap “Pair Bluetooth Speaker”
    - Select your Audioengine speaker – and you’re done!
    Take control of your music.
    
    Now you’re ready to shout voice commands all over the house and rock out while you make dinner, host a party, or do whatever it is you do. You can even connect multiple sets of Audioengine wireless speakers for multi-room audio, by creating “groups” in the Google Home app (under that same “Devices” tab).
    
    Isn’t it nice that designers have created all this awesome technology for us? Now I’m just spit-balling, here, but — what if one day someone will make some kind of like a smart speaker… except it lives in your brain and reads your mind. Then you can just think about how good your favorite tunes will sound through a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers, and voila!
- My Speakers Are Buzzing, How Do I Fix It?
  - Experiencing static or buzzing in your home music system?
    
    Whether you’re using the renowned Audioengine A2+ or another high-end audio setup, understanding the root causes of these noises is essential for a pristine listening experience. This guide delves into common sources of disturbances and offers effective strategies to eradicate them.
    
    Why Are My Speakers Buzzing?
    
    1. Static, Buzzing, and Ground Loops
    
    Unwanted sounds in your audio setup, like static, buzzing, or humming, can stem from various sources. These include your computer’s 3.5mm line out, RF interference, or the noise floor inherent in electronic devices. Ground loops are a frequent issue in systems where the audio source and speakers are on different power sources, such as separate power strips.
    
    Solution:
    
    To address ground loops, ensure all components of your audio system are connected to the same power strip or power source. This helps maintain a common ground and prevents ground loops. Using a ground loop isolator can also be effective in eliminating this issue.
    
    2. Static from the 3.5mm Line Out
    
    Static from the 3.5mm line out of a computer is a common issue. This often occurs due to electromagnetic interference (EMI) from other devices or poor quality cables.
    
    Solution:
    
    To reduce static, use high-quality shielded cables. Keeping cables away from power supplies and other electronic devices can also minimize interference. Alternatively, consider using an external digital-to-analog converter (DAC) to bypass the computer’s internal sound card, which is often a source of static.
    
    3. RF Interference
    
    Electronic devices in your home, such as routers, mobile phones, and even microwaves, can cause radio frequency interference (RFI), leading to that annoying buzz.
    
    Solution:
    
    To mitigate RF interference, position your audio setup away from other electronic devices. Using ferrite beads on cables can help suppress high-frequency noise. Additionally, ensuring your audio cables are of high quality and shielded can further reduce susceptibility to RF interference.
    
    4. The Noise Floor
    
    Every electronic device, including your home music system, has a baseline noise level known as the noise floor. When the system is amplified, this noise floor can become noticeable.
    
    Solution:
    
    To minimize the impact of the noise floor, keep your audio system’s volume at a reasonable level and adjust the gain settings appropriately. Ensuring your equipment is well-maintained and free from dust can also help, as dust can affect the performance of electronic components.
    
    How Do I Fix My Speakers?
    
    Eliminating buzzing noises and static involves a combination of savvy technical solutions and simple setup adjustments:
    
    Invest in Quality Cables: High-quality, shielded cables, especially for your 3.5mm line out, can significantly reduce electromagnetic interference.
    
    Strategic Placement of Equipment: Keep your speakers away from potential sources of RF interference, such as a cellphone.
    
    Unified Power Sources: Connecting your audio source and system to the same power strip can help resolve ground loop issues.
    
    Regular Maintenance: Dust and debris can affect connections, leading to static. Keep your connectors and ports clean to maintain a clear signal path.
    
    External DAC for Enhanced Audio: Consider using an external Digital-to-Analog Converter (DAC). Digital to Analog converters work by converting digital audio files back into analog sound, to be heard the way the artist intended. DAC’s such as the Audioengine D1 feature 32-bit audio processing technology and are particularly effective in reducing the noise floor compared to devices with built-in sound cards.
    
    Conclusion
    Static, buzzing, and grounding issues can disrupt your music enjoyment, but they don’t have to be a permanent feature of your audio experience. With the right understanding and some adjustments, your home music system will deliver the high-quality sound you expect. Embrace the journey with Audioengine – where we combine state-of-the-art technology with user-friendly solutions to elevate your audio experience.
- 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
  - 6 Simple Wireless Speaker Shopping Tips
    
    So you’ve decided to make the leap from wired to wireless music and might have made the mistake of Googling “Best Wireless Speakers.”
    
    We here at Audioengine know how overwhelming this can be and we extend our deepest sympathies. But it’s time to put your concerns to rest as we’re here to give you some important buying tips… and yes, you may need these tips to make it through this with your sanity intact.
    
    Before we start, let it be known we are not trying to sway you in any particular direction but we only want to make sure you’re aware of a few items that could go overlooked. And the majority of the following advice can be applied to pretty much any purchase you’re making in the audio world.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Price point
    
    As with anything, it is important to start by setting a budget for yourself and finding a product that aligns with this budget.
    
    There are a ton of great wireless products out there, some of them are practically being given away, and others might cost your life savings. No matter your budget, one fact remains: a quality wireless speaker setup doesn’t HAVE to be expensive. Conversely, you often get what you pay for, so it is wise to be wary of a product whose price tag looks more like a shoe size if you catch my drift.
    
    Features
    
    Another important point that will assuredly be different for everyone is the inclusion of features.
    
    If you’re looking for a simple wireless speaker with no options and no extra inputs, then don’t bother spending hours comparing products that are saturated with bells and whistles. If, on the other hand, you know you want the option to connect an analog device like a stereo or surround sound receiver, for instance, make this determination early and stick with it. There will always be an option to suit your exact needs so don’t feel pressured.
    
    Reviews
    
    Reviews are king in today’s world.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/fWk3Xm_EHuY?feature=oembed&wmode=transparent
    
    Everything from the usability of a product to the competence of a company’s customer service team can be scrutinized in an online review, and that’s why it’s obviously important to read as many reviews as you can find (and to also read between the lines with some of these). A responsible company addresses negative reactions and does not let any concern go unnoticed. Reviews not only tell us how customers react to a product but how a company reacts to its customers. And the way a company reacts to its customers can tell you whether you’re making a good or bad purchase.
    
    Warranties and trials
    
    This is always a fun one! If you’re having trouble deciding between two or more products because they have the same features and similar reviews, why not go with the one that offers a trial or a better warranty?
    
    The wireless audio market is extremely competitive, and most companies are offering a brief trial period with no penalties or full-coverage or even an extended warranty period. The fact is, a company with a truly great product has nothing to fear and is confident in their product’s ability to satisfy anyone and everyone.
    
    Portability and durability
    
    Where are you going to be using these speakers? Are you going to sling wireless audio from the kitchen to the living room, or are you taking this setup down to the park for a picnic? Do you need the speakers to be battery powered? Waterproof?
    
    I know, I know, asking way too many questions but you should be asking these questions too! Again, there will always be a product that suits your needs for portability — and often times, if the speakers are easily portable, they will also be durable to some extent. The caveat is that certain other aspects of the speakers will inevitably suffer. Sound quality, aux inputs, wireless range, etc.; these are all things that have the potential to “get the boot” the more portable or waterproof your speakers need to be.
    
    Sound quality and wireless range
    
    Obviously we want our wireless speakers to sound great and to not drop out or lose signal EVER.
    
    The sound quality of the actual speaker itself is something you may need to derive from customer reviews, unless you have the option to actually hear the speaker before making a purchase. Apart from that, it’s best to read up on the company, what materials they are using, and what the speakers can be compared to, etc.
    
    But when it comes to the sound quality of the actual WIRELESS itself, you’ll need to look out for a few things. Wi-fi or Bluetooth and other fun terms all define different ways a speaker can receive wireless audio information and process it. Each of these has its own pros and cons, and some will be more or less suitable to your particular setup. Wi-fi is good if you want to transmit audio to multiple speakers at once but Bluetooth has a much easier setup and the ease-of-use is a HUGE advantage. But for the best sound quality AND ease-of-use, you will want to look for Bluetooth products that use the aptX or aptX HD “codecs”. These will give you the best audio quality possible, and with Audioengine, the longest range as well. If you wish to get into more technical details about this type of wireless audio, please read our article on Bluetooth aptX HD technology.
    
    In summary, there are a myriad of products on the market and all have their pros and cons. To get started, make a list of things you want and need out of your music system. Determine what is necessary, nice-to-have, and what you don’t need. Then when you make the detrimental error of Googling, “Best Wireless Speakers,” you might make it through to the other side with your sanity intact.
    
    Still struggling with choosing the right speaker? Take our quiz and make it easy!
- Does my Home Music System Really Need a Subwoofer?
  - Customer Inquiry: “I’ve recently upgraded to the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System and am thoroughly impressed by the sound quality. Is there a way to further enhance this setup for a richer audio experience?”
    
    Why a Subwoofer is Important:
    
    The Audioengine A2+ excels in high and mid-range frequency reproduction, providing an expansive soundstage. Its mid-woofers deliver a balanced bass, but for deeper, more resonant bass frequencies, adding a subwoofer will introduce you to an entirely new music experience, with bass reminiscent of your favorite live concert.
    
    Expanding Your System with a Subwoofer Integrating a subwoofer into your Audioengine home music system can dramatically improve your audio landscape:
    - Deepened Bass Response: A subwoofer like the Audioengine S8 is dedicated to reproducing the lowest frequency sounds, enhancing the depth and dimension of the audio, especially in tracks with significant low-end elements.
    - Enhanced Balance and Clarity: The subwoofer takes on the lower frequencies, allowing your system to focus on delivering clear highs and detailed mids. This separation ensures a balanced sound output and maximizes the performance of each component within its frequency range.
    Adding a subwoofer reveals the full spectrum of sound that the artist intended to be a part of your musical experience.
    
    Subwoofer Types: Sealed vs. Ported and Their Placement
    - Sealed Subwoofers for Jazz and Acoustic:
    - These subwoofers, like the Audioengine S6, offer a tighter and more precise bass, perfect for the nuanced sounds in jazz and acoustic music. Due to their controlled bass response, they are versatile in terms of placement and can be positioned either on the desk or in any compact space within the room.
    - Front-Firing Ported Subwoofers for Metal and Energetic Genres:
    - These subwoofers are designed to handle the depth and intensity of genres like metal. They are ideally placed at listening height for the best experience. An elevated shelf or the desk itself can be great spots, ensuring the sound is directed straight at the listener for maximum impact.
    Space Considerations: Choosing the Right Size and Placement
    - U and L-Shaped Desks: These desk designs offer unique opportunities for subwoofer placement. With more corner space and legroom, you can consider slightly larger subwoofers that wouldn’t traditionally fit under a standard desk.
    - Proper Placement: A front-firing subwoofer should be placed in an elevated position, such as your desktop, while a down-firing subwoofer should be placed on the floor.
    - Larger Subwoofers for Spacious Setups: If you have more room, especially with U and L-shaped desks, a larger subwoofer can be placed on the ground under the desk. Their down-firing design is particularly effective in this placement, as it allows the sound to resonate off the floor, filling the room without taking up valuable desk space.
    Conclusion:
    
    Selecting the right subwoofer for your desktop setup involves understanding your music preferences, considering your available desk space, and deciding on the appropriate size and type of subwoofer. Whether it’s a compact sealed model for jazz and acoustic melodies or a larger ported subwoofer for the dynamic ranges of metal, the ideal choice will transform your listening experience into an experience rivaled only by live performances.
- An Introduction to: Wireless Home Speakers
  - Why go wireless?
    
    If you haven’t used them before, wireless speakers might sound like a hassle to set up, connect to, and maintain in your home. The truth is, getting your wireless speaker system started doesn’t take much and can easily be done in a matter of minutes.
    
    With all of the mobile technology available at our fingertips, there’s no reason to be tied down to one method of listening to your music; whether it’s your phone, laptop or tablet, your streaming sources are unlimited when you go wireless.
    
    One of the greatest benefits to adopting a wireless speaker system is getting rid all of those unsightly wires running along your floors and behind entertainment centers. This alone gives you plenty of options for placing your wireless speakers where they will work best for your listening experience. Not to mention that without all of the wires and confusing installation instructions, you’re free to connect them to your phone, computer or tablet via Bluetooth and start enjoying them right away.
    
    It’s fairly simple to connect directly to Pandora, Spotify, or any other music streaming source you prefer as long as you follow instructions. Audioengine’s wireless speakers, for example, are designed so that once they’re turned on, you need only activate Bluetooth in your device’s settings menu and select the correct speaker to connect.
    
    If you do run into trouble installing or connecting to your new speakers, our Audioengine support reps are ready to step in and show you the best possible solution for the issue.
    
    [Find out what speakers are best for you. Take the quiz]
    
    Our technology
    
    At Audioengine, we provide only the best products. Currently, we have a few varieties of wireless home speakers, including the B2 wireless speaker, which boasts an easily adapted Bluetooth wireless system for your phone, and the HD6 wireless speaker with versatile power and connectivity features. We also are readily available to answer any of your questions, so you not only get the awesome sounding audio you want, but also the tools to make it fit right into your home.
- Is Wireless Audio Quality Any Good?
  - With many modern audio speakers and systems adding wireless functionality to their list of features, you may wonder whether you are doing yourself a disservice by going wireless and ask yourself “is wireless audio quality any good?”
    
    Believe it or not, wireless can sound just as good as a wired connection, meaning you won’t have to sacrifice quality for convenience.
    
    Our wireless speakers utilize Bluetooth technology which definitely has its advantages; it’s fairly universal and, with its lack of proprietary software, is really easy to set up. There must be a catch, right? In the past, we felt that Bluetooth technology wasn’t up to snuff, both in terms of the range of the signal and the quality of audio. In recent years, however, Bluetooth technology has seriously done a lot of growing up; advances in the technology has increased the bandwidth and range, making it not only function great, but sound great. Bluetooth now has the capability of streaming up to CD quality, or 16-bit/44.1kHz, over the air, which means that right out of gate you’re able to send great sending audio without being tethered by cables.
    
    Codecs play a part in how Bluetooth audio is sent and received and some codecs provide slightly better fidelity than others.
    
    In products like our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver, we utilize the aptX HD codec, which we feel provides you with the highest fidelity decoding possible. Some devices, like most iOS devices, don’t utilize aptX, but even though we use aptX in our products, other great codecs like SBC and AAC will work and sound great. Not to mention, we utilize built-in DACs in our Bluetooth products, which will take your audio and pad the bit-depth to a 24-bit format, giving you added benefits such a lower noise floor.
    
    Even though we use Bluetooth in more of our newer products, we do have other wireless options if you’re looking for any non-Bluetooth solutions. We offer two different wireless audio adapters, the W3 Wireless Audio Adapter the D2 Wireless DAC. The wireless technology used in both of these products is a lot like Wi-Fi, but on a closed protocol built specifically for high-resolution audio. The W3 includes a 16-bit/44.1kHz DAC, which makes it able to send CD-quality uncompressed audio over the air. If you’re looking for high-quality, though, the D2 represents the absolute highest possible performance wireless audio device we could build, able to send 24-bit/96kHz wirelessly.
    
    So is wireless audio quality any good? The short answer is yes!
    
    Using only the best hardware and software, you can rest assured that the wireless gear you’ve been considering will not only add convenience to your listening experience, but will retain the authenticity that you expect from your music.
- Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
  - Bluetooth Audio and Codecs
    
    If you’re curious about wireless audio and have found yourself doing some research, you’re probably awash in buzzwords like codecs, sample rates, bit rates, resolution, bandwidth and heaven knows what else.
    
    Lest you throw up your hands at the complexity of it all let’s do our best to explain some of the basics of Bluetooth audio.
    
    Bluetooth is a radio signal that sends data from a transmitter in your phone or computer, to a receiver in your headphones or speakers. In order to be sent from one device to another in an efficient manner, this data has to be encoded by the transmitter and then decoded by the receiver on the other end.
    
    This is a big job, not to mention it all has to be done in a fraction of a second.
    
    The problem here is that traditional Bluetooth codecs can’t process the amount of information necessary to recreate a faithful audio signal on the other end, so they have to compress the information. During compression, little bits of information are lost, and as we discussed earlier, the “information” in this case is YOUR MUSIC!
    
    Think about that for a second!
    
    Your devices can’t keep up with the amount of information your music requires, so they essentially throw it out; little bits of the frequency spectrum, dynamic range, etc. This may not sound like a big deal, but when you consider the idea that something like aptX HD can fix it, why would you settle for anything less?
    
    Now before we dive into some of the technical aspects of what makes aptX HD so amazing, it’s important to discuss some of the older codecs so we can understand what aptX HD really brings to the table.
    
    Think of the word “codec” as a combination of the terms “code” and “decode,” as these are the primary functions of all audio codecs; their job is to encode large information files so they can be more easily transferred, and then to decode that same file on the other end.
    
    You’re familiar with MP3s, right? Well, an MP3 is just a type of codec… a very widely used type of codec, in fact. Since we have all used MP3s, we are probably all familiar with how dramatically they can degrade the quality of an audio file. Luckily, tons of codecs have been developed over the years, all with the goal of vastly surpassing the audio quality of a standard MP3. Some other codecs you may be familiar with are SBC, AAC, LDAC, and aptX. These are all considered superior to MP3s, but are also geared towards Bluetooth wireless audio.
    
    So what’s the difference between standard aptX, and aptX HD?
    
    For starters, aptX has actually been around since the 80s, and is currently much more widely used than aptx HD. Standard aptX has been used in phones, tablets, and laptops for a long time now so it’s likely that you’ve actually experienced Bluetooth transmission that features aptX. But for those of you who are looking for some numbers, here you go:
    
    Standard aptX:
    - Speed: 352 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 16-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Aptx HD:
    - Speed:576 kbps
    - Sample Resolution: 24-bit
    - Sample Rate: 48kHz
    Alright, let’s talk about that for a second.
    
    The speed of these file transfers are measured in Kilobits-per-second (Kbps), and they define how quickly all of this audio information moves from one device to another. 48kHz denotes the sample rate of the audio data — the sample rate is measurement of how many samples of audio are carried from one end to the other end per second.
    
    So this means aptX HD is providing audio information 48,000 times per second… and that’s a lot of times.
    
    Next, 24-bit denotes the sampling resolution — sample resolution is a measurement of how many bits of information are included in each sample. Most Bluetooth codecs simply cannot provide this much information. Even if they could, they wouldn’t be able to encode it and decode it faithfully within 1 millisecond.
    
    Long story short: aptX HD recreates your audio data more accurately and in greater detail than aptX and does this more quickly, efficiently, and with very low latency. Pretty impressive right?
    
    Now I know Bluetooth audio has been pretty crappy in the past, but those days are over. Out with the old, in with the new! With Apple and Google doing away with headphone jacks on their phones, we are practically being forced to make the switch to Bluetooth — this is why aptX HD makes so much sense. If we are going to be forced to go wireless, why don’t we take advantage of some Bluetooth sound quality that surpasses even traditional wired headphone connections in some cases?
    
    Which devices support aptX HD?
    
    In order to take advantage of the benefits of aptX HD, you’ll need to make sure you have a device that supports it.
    
    These devices will have a Bluetooth chip called the CSR8675, which is capable of supporting 24-bit audio from aptX HD.
- Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
  - Bluetooth Receiver vs. Wireless Speakers
    
    Customers occasionally write to ask questions about the differences between our B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and our Wireless Powered Speakers. Usually the questions go something like…
    
    “Do I really NEED your complete speaker system or just the B1 receiver?”
    
    “Is one product easier to use than the other?”
    
    “Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and your Audioengine Wireless Speakers?”
    
    …and there have been plenty more questions that come along with those — but have no fear, today we are here to hopefully clear this up!
    
    First off, you should have some peace of mind knowing that no matter which solution you choose, we absolutely guarantee your satisfaction. Apart from that you might be wondering which option is going to best suit your needs — reasonable enough, so let’s talk about it…
    
    Do I really NEED the entire system or can I get away with just the B1?
    
    Audioengine wireless speakers are powered music systems that implement cutting edge Bluetooth aptX-HD to deliver high-fidelity long-range wireless from any device.
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Receiver also offers the same aptX-HD technology; the only difference being that B1 does not have built-in speakers, so you will still need speakers to hear your music.
    
    Now, customers sometimes say “I already have a different brand of powered speakers that I LOVE, I just want to make them wireless.” If this is the case, you can use B1 to turn your current non-wireless music system into some super-rockin’ wireless speakers. Or maybe you have an older pair of Audioengine speakers that you bought before we made our speakers wireless — here again, the B1 is a great solution! You just need to make sure, no matter what system you have, that you have the proper inputs — RCA-style inputs work the best, or even an optical audio input if your gear has one.
    
    Is one solution more user-friendly than the other?
    
    Hey, great question — glad you asked! This one is a bit subjective and depends on how many components you want in your setup.
    
    The simple fact is if you have Audioengine wireless speakers you will have the easiest setup under the sun. All you have to do is connect your speakers to power, connect the left speaker to the right, find the speakers in your phone or tablet’s list of available Bluetooth devices and BOOM, you’re done! Think of it as if the B1 Bluetooth receiver is built into Audioengine speakers.
    
    On the other hand, if you are using a pair of non-wireless speakers and you want to make them Bluetooth compatible by using our B1 Receiver, you will need to add B1 to your setup, but in all actuality the B1 itself is just as easy to use as the speakers. Long story long, if you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to make the switch, adding the B1 is still an extremely user-friendly option and you will be up and running with great-sounding wireless audio in no time flat.
    
    Are there differences in sound quality between the B1 and the Wireless Speakers?
    
    This is the only moment in this article where things might teeter on the brink of being controversial.
    
    Audioengine’s Wireless speakers guarantee immaculate and highly satisfying sound quality, which is hard to beat. The B1 offers aptX-HD Bluetooth with 24-bit upsampling (which are the exact same Bluetooth specs as our wireless speakers), so the audio being SENT from your devices to the B1 is no different than the audio being SENT from your device to Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers; however, the B1 itself doesn’t have any speakers, so it has to rely on whatever speakers it is connected to. This is the only point at which your sound quality COULD suffer.
    
    So let’s say you are sending the highest quality audio file from your laptop to the B1 Bluetooth Receiver. The B1 takes that super-high-quality file and handles it with such great care you may not be able to tell whether it was wireless or not…BUT, if you have your B1 connected to a crappy pair of speakers, guess what? No matter how pristine that audio file was, and no matter how skillfully the B1 handles that file, crappy speakers are going to make that audio sound crappy. BUT, if you are using the B1 to send audio to a pair of really great speakers that you love, the B1 will absolutely deliver the highest quality audio possible via Bluetooth, and it will do so with an extended range so you can bounce around the house and not worry about dropouts or inferior audio quality.
    
    This was a ton of information so here’s a quick recap and summary…
    
    The Bluetooth capability of Audioengine’s Wireless Speakers and the B1 is exactly the same. If you love your current speakers and aren’t ready to change brands, don’t sweat it, the B1 will give you beautiful wireless audio all the same. BUT, if you are looking to be truly reinvigorated by your music, you definitely need to try Audioengine’s Wireless speakers to take advantage of both our highly advanced Bluetooth technology and our unparalleled listening experience.
- WiFi vs Bluetooth
  - Why We Choose Bluetooth over WiFi
    
    It’s no secret that most players in the “smart” speaker market are primarily using wi-fi to wirelessly send audio around the house.
    
    So if Sonos, Bose, and other big name brands are using wi-fi through an internet router, why would Audioengine use Bluetooth for wireless audio in their home speakers?
    
    Easy Setup
    
    Audioengine wireless home speakers are ready to use within minutes out of the box.
    
    Connecting power and the speakers to one another is easy enough, but getting your music playing wirelessly is actually even more straight-forward. Unlike most of the big brand smart speakers, you don’t need to download and install apps for setup, you don’t need to connect the speakers to your router, and there aren’t any passwords or other overly-complicated hoops to jump through. Audioengine makes it simple by keeping the wireless connection exclusively between your phone, tablet, or computer and the speakers. Simply go to your device’s list of available Bluetooth connections, select Audioengine, and play music directly from your favorite app! Spotify, Pandora, Tidal, iTunes, YouTube; any apps that stream audio from your device can be played through your Audioengine home speakers. And remember, our speakers don’t depend on the speed of your internet connection or wireless router so when your internet slows down or doesn’t cover all of your house, you can still stream from your phone or connect another device via one of Audioengine’s many audio ports, which brings me to the next point…
    
    Flexible and versatile
    
    Even before the implementation of our long-range wireless Bluetooth audio, Audioengine home speakers have been some of the most versatile on the market.
    
    A selection of inputs allow you to not only stream wirelessly but to easily and quickly connect your turntable, TV, AVR, or any other piece of gear with an audio output. The point being, is that you are not bound to a single input source. Not many auxiliary options are offered among the rest of the smart speaker community, leaving the user completely reliant upon the wi-fi connection and other compatible devices they may already own. And what about when you’re using Alexa to search for music, but a particular song can’t be played due to copyright issues? This can happen with voice-controlled systems, but we all know a quick visit to YouTube can typically get around this barrier and play the music you want to hear. Now you can actually listen to any Beatles tune you want, whenever you want, but at the same time you can also connect to an external Alexa device for superior sound with Audioengine.
    
    Range and quality
    
    Bluetooth transmission range was not so great in the past, as many of you have experienced. And products using wi-fi still tout the superiority of its range over that of Bluetooth, but the truth is, those days are over.
    
    Audioengine home speakers utilize cutting-edge tech that allows a solid transmission of up to 100 feet (and sometimes more) with no drop-outs and no blips. Again, this range is not reliant upon the ebb and flow of your wi-fi strength at any given point. But what about sound quality; isn’t Bluetooth kind of crappy? No way! Bluetooth audio has come a long way in the past few years as well, and the implementation of the aptX HD codec allows for near lossless audio transmission that rivals the sound of many wired music systems.
    
    Elegant aesthetic and sound
    
    Audioengine home speakers have always held sleek looks that equals their sound quality, and with the shift to high-quality wireless, these standards have been upheld.
    
    We didn’t want to sacrifice our warm, rich, analog power amps and hand-built wooden cabinets by trying to cram all that goodness into a generic-looking plastic speaker enclosure with average-quality wireless. We want our speakers to be an integral part of the look and feel of your home and we also want you to have TWO speakers so your listening experience can be what it’s meant to be. Other systems allow you to purchase “add-on” speakers, but that means in order to have two speakers you have to, well… spend more money for “add-on” speakers. Audioengine home speakers come standard as a stereo pair that are tuned to perfection. To put it simply, Audioengine home speakers are some of the best-sounding speakers on the market today. “Smart” speakers tend to put more focus on the “smart” portion than on the “speakers” portion, often leaving the sound reproduction underwhelming. Would you rather watch the next season of GOT on a single wi-fi speaker or on a matched pair of award-winning audiophile-grade speakers with true stereo sound?
    
    So, it’s safe to say Bluetooth and wi-fi each have their own advantages, just as anything else. But in the end, Bluetooth was the choice we made to be as user-friendly, versatile, and as hi-fi-sounding as possible.
- How to Connect a Turntable to Audioengine Speakers
  - How to Connect a Turntable to Audioengine Speakers
    
    Even though records can be seen by some as an archaic music format, the truth is vinyl is still alive and well with many young people collecting vinyl records that were either handed down from their parents or found in a bin of used records at their local record or thrift store.
    
    Obviously, every budding record collector needs a turntable and luckily they are extremely easy to set up. Here’s how to connect a turntable to Audioengine speakers.
    
    Turntables with Built-In Preamp
    
    How you connect your turntable to your Audioengine speakers mostly depends on the kind of turntable you have. Many modern turntables, such as the Audio Technica AT-LP120 and Music Hall USB-1, have a built-in preamp so they can be connected directly with your Audioengine powered speakers.
    
    These turntables are pretty reasonably priced and are ready to go right out of the box, making it the perfect turntable for those who are starting to break into the world of vinyl collecting. These types of turntables typically include a switch on the back for “line” or “phono”. In order to use this kind of turntable, just connect the output of your turntable to the Audioengine powered speakers, make sure it’s set to “line”, and you’re ready to throw on your records.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/7joShVE5AlE?feature=oembed
    
    Turntables Without a Built-In Preamp
    
    There are some turntables that do not feature a built-in preamp. Some modern and most, if not all, vintage turntables will typically not have the built-in preamp, meaning you’ll need to add an extra piece of gear to use with Audioengine speakers.
    
    With turntables that do not have a preamp, you would need to add an external phono preamp in order to bring the instrument level signal of the turntable up to line level. To use an external phono preamp, you will just need to connect the output of your turntable into the input of the preamp and then connect the output of the preamp into the analog input of your Audioengine speakers; typically if the turntable features a grounding wire, you would connect that to the grounding post on the phono preamp itself.
    
    Bluetooth-Ready Turntables
    
    Since wireless connections are becoming more and more popular, it’s also possible to use Bluetooth-ready turntables with your Audioengine wireless speakers or our Bluetooth receiver and setting it up should be simple.
    
    First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
    
    Turntables are a great way to connect to your music collection and can be super easy to setup, making those night-in listening sessions hassle-free and sounding great.
    
    Where to find vinyl and Audioengine Speakers
    
    A number of great record stores carry Audioengine products. If you’re looking for a place to pick up some killer vinyl AND audition turntables and speakers all in one stop, check the list below for a store near you:
    
    Analog Record Shop – Tustin, CA
    
    Badfish Records – Corpus Christi, TX
    
    Black Wax Records – Lafayette, IN
    
    Boo Boo Records – San Luis Obispo, CA
    
    Chief Records – Ft. Worth, TX
    
    Comeback Vinyl – Alpharetta, GA
    
    Cosmic Vinyl – Los Angeles, CA
    
    End Of An Ear – Austin, TX
    
    Heights Vinyl – Houston, TX
    
    Hi-Phy Records – Albuquerque, NM
    
    In The Moment Records – Brattleboro, VT
    
    Jet Age Records – Newport, AL
    
    Josey Records – Dallas, TX
    
    M-Theory Music – San Diego, CA
    
    Metavinyl – Santa Cruz, CA
    
    Moldy Toes LLC – San Clemente, CA
    
    Port Of Sound Records – Costa Mesa, CA
    
    Rough Trade – Brooklyn, NY
    
    Salzer’s Records – Ventura, CA
    
    Scotti’s Record Shop – Summit, NJ
    
    Seasick Records – Birmingham, AL
    
    Space City Audio – Spring, TX
    
    Spinning Jenny’s House Of Music – Shamrock, TX
    
    Spinster Records – Dallas, TX
    
    Stereo Unlimited – San Diego, CA
    
    The Audio Nerd – Rocklin, CA
    
    The End Of All Music – Oxford, MS
    
    The Record Exchange – Boise, ID
    
    Turntable Lab – New York, NY
    
    Twist And Shout Records – Denver, CO
    
    Vinyl Index – Somerville, MA
    
    Waterloo Records & Video – Austin, TX
    
    Wuxtry Records – Athens, GA
- How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
  - How to Stream Music from my Phone to my Stereo?
    
    We want things to work, is that so much to ask?
    
    There is such a mass of technology and gadgetry available out there today that, for the most part, the good stuff sticks around and the bad stuff is pushed right out the door, never to be seen again. But when it comes to streaming music from our phones to our stereo systems, we sometimes still have to jump through hoops to get our gadgets to see eye to eye.
    
    Rest easy, friends, for today I am here to make it very very easy. Let’s talk about a couple of ways Audioengine can get your music streaming from phone to stereo in less than 1 minute!
    
    Using Audioengine Wireless Speakers
    
    If you are one of the TRILLIONS of highly intelligent individuals who have already purchased a set of Audioengine wireless speakers (this includes the HD6, HD3, A5+ Wireless, and B2 speakers), you are in luck, as this is the easiest possible way to get your music streaming.
    
    To get the system up and running in general, all you have to do is take your speakers out of the box, plug the left speaker into power, connect the left speaker to the right speaker via the included speaker wire (does not apply to B2, it’s just one little speaker), and flip the power switch to the ‘On’ position. After the speakers are on, the only thing left to do is find the speakers on your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices, and select them. They will pair within seconds after just ONE click! You’re done — can you believe that!? Sheesh, that was easy. But what if you don’t have a pair of Audioengine wireless speakers?
    
    Using Anything Else
    
    Okay so maybe you don’t have a pair of super awesome wireless speakers, that’s cool, Audioengine can fix that in less than a minute using our B1 Bluetooth Receiver.
    
    The same principals will apply from the previous section, but first, we have to MAKE our non-wireless speakers into wireless speakers. Let’s unpack our B1 Bluetooth receiver, connect it to power, and then run cables from the analog OUTPUTS on our B1, to the analog INPUTS on our existing speakers. Boom — now our speakers are wireless, crazy right? The final step is the same as before; just locate B1 in your phone’s list of available Bluetooth devices and click. You’ll be paired in seconds and ready to rock that Duran Duran Greatest Hits album you just downloaded.
    
    Keep in mind, once you’re paired like this, you should be able to stream any and all audio from your phone to your speakers. This means, iTunes, Spotify, Tidal, Pandora, everything. Everything!
    
    No more banging your head against the wall trying to get things paired up, no more proprietary passwords, and no more having to reconnect every ten minutes. It really is the best way to stream music from your phone to your speakers, no matter what kind of speakers you are using.
    
    Now, why don’t you stream your way on back to our Wireless Speakers and see what you’re missing out on!
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- How To Connect Your Gaming Console to Your Speakers
  - Audioengine’s Home Music Systems are designed to deliver exceptional sound quality, offering you a next level gaming experience enhancing every footstep and gunshot, pulling you into the game’s world, making every moment feel real and alive.
    
    This guide will help you navigate the nuances of connecting your Xbox Series X or PS5 directly to your Audioengine Desktop Speakers, Gaming DAC, or other speakers. Before we dive in, let’s address a crucial but often overlooked aspect: the type of display you’re using.
    - Can I connect external speakers to my Xbox Series X?
    - Can I connect external speakers to my PS5?
    Why TVs Simplify Speaker Connection
    
    Gaming on a modern TV makes connecting speakers straightforward. TVs usually offer a variety of audio outputs, giving you several options for your audio setup. Simply connect via HDMI to your TV and connect the speakers through an available audio output.
    
    Computer monitors, while often providing high refresh rates, often have limited audio output options and so, this guide will be helpful to those of you who are looking to avoid using a TV.
    
    Note on Direct Connections
    
    The FAQs and compatibility table below focus on direct connections between your gaming console and speakers. If you’re using an additional device like an A/V receiver, or connecting through your TV, compatibility may differ.
    
    Audioengine’s Best Selling A2+ Desktop Speakers
    
    How To Connect Your Xbox Series X to Your Speakers
    
    Can I connect external speakers to my Xbox Series X?
    
    Certainly, although with limitations. The Xbox Series X doesn’t natively support USB, optical, or Bluetooth audio outputs. You can, however, utilize the 3.5mm audio jack on the wireless controller to connect speakers that accept this input.
    
    We recommend purchasing an inline HDMI audio extractor. This device can take the HDMI output from your Xbox Series X and extract the audio to outputs like Optical or RCA, allowing you to connect your speakers more easily.
    
    How To Connect Your PS5 to Your Speakers
    
    Can I connect external speakers to my PS5?
    
    Yes, you can. The PS5 supports USB audio output, making it compatible with speakers that offer this input*. However, the PS5 does not support 3.5mm, optical, or Bluetooth audio outputs.
    
    Why is the type of display I use important?
    
    As previously mentioned, your choice of display—whether a monitor or a TV—affects your audio options. Monitors usually lack the audio output variety found in modern TVs.
    
    Summary of Input Compatibility
    
    Refer to this table for compatibility between different audio input types and the Xbox Series X and PS5:
    
    Input Type Xbox Series X PS5
    3.5mm ✓ (via controller) ✕
    USB ✕ ✓*
    RCA ✕ ✕
    Optical ✕ ✕
    Bluetooth ✕ ✕
    
    Key
    - ✓: Compatible
    - ✕: Not Compatible
    - Note: *While the PS5 supports USB audio, it supports USB Audio Class 1 devices. If your device doesn’t support USB 1.0, you will need an adapter as discussed in this guide on the PS5 reddit. We have confirmed that the Audioengine A2+ (current generation) will support USB audio from the PS5.
    Final Thoughts
    
    Understanding your setup’s compatibility is essential for an optimal audio experience. Using a TV provides more options for connecting your speakers, but a monitor isn’t entirely limiting; you just need the right equipment, like an HDMI audio extractor for Xbox setups.
    
    Feel free to explore our other resources to further optimize your gaming and audio experience.
- A2 Environmental Requirements
  - Operating temperature: 32 degrees F to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating temperature: -4 degrees F to 113 degrees F
    Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
- A2 Materials And Construction
  - 0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    2.75″ (70 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
- A2 USB Specifications
  - Connector Type
    Micro-USB
    
    USB Device Class
    type 1.1 and above
    
    Input Bit Depth
    up to 16 bit native
    
    Input Sample Rate
    up to 48 kHz native.
    
    Internal D/A Converter
- A2 Weights And Measures
  - Dimensions (HWD)
    Each speaker – 6″ (15.2 cm) x 4″ (10.2 cm) x 5.25″ (13.3 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (active) – 3.6 lb (1.6 kg)
    Right (passive) – 3.2 lb (1.4 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    10 lb (4.6 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    15” (38.1 cm) x 7” (17.8 cm) x 10.5” (26.7 cm)
- A2 General Specifications
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class AB
    
    Rated Power Output:
    15W RMS per channel at 4 ohms (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 30W per channel at 4 ohms (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 60W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    2.75” aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75“ Silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, USB, Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    RCA variable line-out
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    >95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    <50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    65 Hz-22 kHz ±2.0 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
- A2 Bluetooth Specifications
  - Internal BT Receiver
    Qualcomm QCC 3031/3034
    
    Input Bit Depth
    16 bit
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.3
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
- I’m experiencing issues with my speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10/Windows 11 operating system. What could be causing this, and how can I fix it?
  - If you are experiencing issues with your speakers when connected via USB on a Windows 10+ operating system, it might be due to the DCH (Declarative, Componentized, Hardware Support Apps) drivers. While DCH drivers offer many benefits, they can sometimes cause compatibility issues with USB audio devices, resulting in problems such as delays when sound starts, poor audio quality, or the speakers not being recognized properly.
    
    Solution: To resolve these issues, we recommend switching from DCH drivers to non-DCH (standard) drivers. Here’s a step-by-step guide to help you do that:
    1. Uninstall the Current DCH Drivers:
      
      Open the Device Manager on your PC.
      
      Locate your audio device under “Sound, video, and game controllers.”
      
      Right-click on the device and select “Uninstall device.”
      
      Ensure you check the option to delete the driver software for this device to completely remove the DCH drivers.
    2. Download the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Visit the support website of your motherboard or computer manufacturer.
      
      Navigate to the driver download section and find the non-DCH Realtek (or appropriate) audio drivers for your system.
    3. Install the Non-DCH Drivers:
      
      Download and run the installer for the non-DCH drivers.
      
      Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the installation process.
    4. Restart Your PC:
      
      After installing the non-DCH drivers, restart your computer to apply the changes.
    By switching to non-DCH drivers, the compatibility issues with your USB speakers should be resolved, allowing you to enjoy optimal audio performance.
    
    Additional Tips
    - Check for Firmware Updates: Ensure your speakers have the latest firmware installed. Visit the manufacturer’s website for firmware updates that may improve compatibility and performance.
    - USB Ports: Try connecting your speakers to a different USB port to see if the issue persists.
    - Contact Support: If you continue to experience issues, please contact our customer support team. Provide details about your operating system, motherboard model, and the specific problems you are encountering.
    We hope this helps you resolve any issues and enhances your experience with our speakers. If you have further questions or need assistance, don’t hesitate to reach out to our support team.
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- A2+ size: What is the dimensions of the A2+?
  - Each speaker is 6″ (15.2 cm) x 4″ (10.2 cm) x 5.25″ (13.3 cm)
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- How do I make my existing Audioengine Subwoofer ‘wireless’?
  - You can do this using powered speakers like our A2+s, HD3s, HD4s, A5+s, and HD6s. For this, you’ll connect the W3 sender to the RCA output on the left speaker, using a 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable. Then connect the W3 Receiver to the input on your S8. You can either use a 3.5mm stereo-mini to stereo-mini cable for this, or another 3.5mm stereo-mini to RCA “Y” cable; either will work fine. Both W3 units will need to be powered from a USB port. You can use USB AC power adapters, or if the powered speaker you’re using is our A5+ Classic model, you can use the USB port on it’s rear panel for the W3 sender. The same would apply to the S8 subwoofer if you have our current ‘Gen II’ model that has a USB port on the rear panel.
- Can I place my Audioengine speakers on their side?
  - Absolutely! Our speakers are safe to place sideways and, from our experience, sound great. When doing so, we recommend that you position each so the tweeters are facing outward.
- Do my speakers support a remote?
  - The speakers we offer that are designed to have a remote control are the A5+ Classic, A5+ Wireless and HD6. The following systems do NOT support a remote control: 512, A1, A1-MR, A2+, B2, HD3, HD4.
- How many devices can I connect via Bluetooth at one time?
  - There can be only 1 active pairing at a time.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- How do I connect my Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers to my Bluetooth device?
  - Applicable to our A1, A2+Wireless, B2, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models
    Turn on the speakers using the power switch located on the rear panel. The speakers will automatically go into Bluetooth “pair mode” and the Pair button on the back panel should start flashing.
    1. On your source device (phone, tablet, laptop, etc), turn on Bluetooth and go to Bluetooth preferences.
    2. Select “Audioengine (your speaker model)” from the list of available devices to pair and connect. The Pair indicator on the back panel should now be solid. Play your music and adjust the volume levels on the speakers and your device.
    To add additional devices put the speakers back into pair mode by disconnecting them from your device or by pressing and holding the Pair button until the pair indicator starts flashing. Our speakers can wirelessly connect to only one device at a time, however it will remember up to six different devices.
- Which input should I use with my speakers for the best sound quality?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models
    All digital audio sources will ultimately need to be converted to analog to provide sound through any speaker system. The USB and Bluetooth inputs will pass the digital signal on to the speaker’s internal digital-to-analog converter (DAC), while the RCA/3.5mm inputs are already analog and have been converted by the built-in DAC in your source. So it’s a question of which DAC sounds best to you. We would recommend testing each input separately to see which one you prefer!
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Do I still need wires for my “Wireless” speakers?
  - Yes, you still need to connect the active/left speaker to the passive/right speaker via the included speaker wire. The passive right speaker has no power source of its own and relies on the amplified signal coming over the wire.
- My speakers have no power. What should I do?
  - On the A2+ Wireless/HD3 models with an external power supply brick, first test it by plugging into wall power and observing the LED light on the brick to see if its solid, blinking, out. If it’s blinking or out, the power supply is likely faulty. If the light is solid, proceed to plugging into the speaker and observe the power supply brick LED once more. If it’s blinking or out, there is likely an issue with the internal amp. Contact support if either has an issue.
- Bluetooth pairing light is solid but there is no audio?
  - If the Bluetooth pairing light is solid (any color), an active connection to another device has been established. Under most circumstances, our Bluetooth speakers/B1 only supports a single active connection at a time. So if someone else in your home has connected to your Bluetooth device/speakers, this could surely keep you from connecting another device to it. There is no on/off switch with the our Bluetooth devices or speakers, so once it’s plugged into power it’s on. The Bluetooth LED light will blink and be discoverable for 5 minutes once powered on. If in that 5 minute window it connects to a Bluetooth source, the light will go solid. After the 5 minutes is up, the light will turn off and it will no longer be discoverable by new sources, but it will still be on. If the LED is off, any previously connected device can still pair to it at any time from their device. If you want to pair to a new device, just tap the LED light once more and it will blink and be discoverable for another 5 minutes. If your Bluetooth device/speaker is connected to something and you want to disconnect that particular device, you can hold the button down for a few seconds before it disconnects and goes back into the flashing cycle. If the above does not help address the issue you are experiencing, we’d recommend going through the below list of troubleshooting tips: If you haven’t already, power cycle your Bluetooth speakers/B1 by unplugging the power connection, and reconnecting it. 1) Please make sure all of your connections are complete; also, check that all of your connector cables are in working order. You will want to swap out some interconnects to test for this. 2) Try playing audio from more than one application on your source device (phone, tablet, computer, etc.) 3) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. If an update is available, make sure you restart your device after the update is installed. 4) Try disconnecting from, and “forgetting” the Bluetooth speakers/B1 through your source’s Bluetooth settings. Then, try re-pairing and connecting to the two. 5) Try using a different source device with your Bluetooth speakers/B1 to see if the issue follows. Try using the analog as well as the digital optical output, to see if you have this issue with both connections. 6) If at all possible, try your Bluetooth speakers/B1 in a different location and / or setup to see if something is causing interference in the current location. Something as simple as a router, cordless / mobile phone, halogen lamps, etc. near the speakers may be causing the issue in your setup.
- Why do I hear my phone’s notifications over Bluetooth?
  - Your Bluetooth connection works by projecting the sound from your phone. So, if your ringtone volume is on, that sound will come through Bluetooth too. This is a simple fix by changing the phone’s ringtone settings to either vibrate or silent.
- I’m using a turntable with my Audioengine speakers, and it gets noisy when I turn the volume up. What gives?
  - This sometimes happens when the speakers and turntable share the same surface. The vibrations from the speakers playing feedback into the turntables stylus, causing unwanted noise. The best way to mitigate this would be to place the speakers on a different surface. If that’s not an option, we’d recommend trying out some isolation stands. For larger speakers like A5+ and HD6, the ones made by Isoacoustics work well.
- The A2+ Wireless has a built in USB digital-to-analog converter (DAC), but can I also use a different DAC?
  - While the DAC in the A2+ Wireless is better than what is built into most computers, adding a 32-bit DAC, such as our D1, D1P or DAC3, would still be a benefit to audio quality.
- The sound quality of my computer’s headphone jack isn’t very good but I want to connect my A2+ Wireless speakers. What do I do?
  - The headphone outputs on many computers will sound great with the A2+ Wireless. Some do have poor audio quality though, so if this is the case for your computer, try connecting from the USB port to your with A2+ Wireless, or connect wirelessly via Bluetooth.
- When using the USB input of the A2+ Wireless, what bit rate and bit depth should I set my system to?
  - The A2+ Wireless internal DAC handles up to 48K transfer rate, and up to 16 bits bit-depth. Your system will generally default to these settings when you hook up the A2+ Wireless. If you mainly use 44.1K files, you might set this as the default in your system. Many system players like JRiver and Amarra will default to the proper bit rate automatically.
- Do higher power output ratings for audio gear mean louder or better sounding speakers?
  - Not necessarily. Audioengine speakers and amplifiers are very efficient. Also, we designed them together as a system; so, we therefore get more volume output than stereo receivers or amplifiers that might have higher wattage or power numbers. Due to this tuning, we achieve big sound outputs with a fraction of the power required by other systems.
- Can I take my Audioengine speakers to another country with a different voltage?
  - Yes, you can. The A2+ Wireless speakers use a switching power supply so it will automatically convert to the different voltage. The power cable is also detachable which makes it convenient to replace the AC plug with a different type if you don’t want to use an adapter plug.
- Should I use the volume control on my speakers or can I adjust from system volume on my computer?
  - If the left speaker is in an easy to reach location, you can certainly use the physical knob to set volume. If not though, it’s perfectly fine to set the speakers to a good volume and then adjust from your source moving forward. Every setup is different, so some experimentation will be necessary to find your preferred settings.
- Can I use the USB input on the A2+ Wireless with other tablets or smartphones like Samsung Galaxy or Microsoft Surface?
  - Yes! If your tablet or smartphone has a USB output and supports USB audio (refer to the manufacturers’ documentation), then it will work with A2+ Wireless’s USB input. You’ll most likely also need an OTG adapter cable to connect from your tablet to the USB input on the A2+ Wireless. These are generally available from the manufacturer of your tablet/smartphone, local electronic stores, or even online retailers.
- Can I use the A2+ Wireless with my iPad or iPhone via USB to bypass the internal DAC and get better sound?
  - Absolutely! You will need to pick up Apple’s Lightning to USB 3 Camera Adapter, which allows a USB connection to the iPad (and, as of iOS7, the iPhone). Then just hook up as you would from a computer. You can even charge your iPhone or iPad while you use it this way!
- Does A2+ Wireless come with speaker grills?
  - Our woofers are made of aramid fiber and the tweeter domes are silk. Both of these materials are very robust and can handle quite a bit of abuse. For our A-series speakers we decided against grill covers as they do tend to color the sound a bit. However, without speaker grills they are more cat and kid-friendly! If you do prefer speakers with grills, you can check out our HD3 speakers here: https://audioengineusa.com/shop/wirelessspeakers/hd3-wireless-speakers/
- Can I stream via Bluetooth and use the USB input at the same time?
  - No. The Bluetooth and USB inputs both share the internal DAC for processing, so you can only listen to one at a time, with Bluetooth taking priority. If you’re using USB for example, and start using Bluetooth, the USB signal will cut and Bluetooth will take over. Depending on your source, if you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers may automatically switch back to USB after a few seconds.
- Do I need to install any special software apps or drivers for the A2+ Wireless?
  - No extra software or drivers are needed. The A2+ Wireless is compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include BLuetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter. The same is also true for the USB connection on the A2+, which uses plug-and-play drivers provided by your computer’s OS. The A2+ USB input is compatible out of the box with Windows and Mac computers, iPhones and iPads when using Apple’s lightning USB 3 adapter along with a fast wall charger, and should work with most Android Smartphones and Tablets as well.
- Will the A2+ Wireless’s range work between more than one room inside my house?
  - In most cases, Yes! The overall range you can expect will vary depending on the device you use with the A2+ Wireless, as well as things like the type of construction used in walls you’ll be transmitting through. In our testing, most mobile devices like smartphones and tablets will have the best range, some of which can exceed 100 ft in good conditions, even through one wall. Laptops and desktop computers in our testing generally had less overall range with an average of around 70 ft in similar good conditions through a single wall.
- Is the A2+ Wireless designed only for use with Bluetooth devices?
  - The A2+ Wireless work excellent via Bluetooth, but they can also be used wired, with more traditional source devices like Turntables, CD players, or anything else with a standard analog audio connection like RCAs or 3.5mm stereo-mini. They also include a USB port for use with a Windows or Mac computer, as well as many Smartphones and Tablets with the right USB adapter cable.
- What does the white indicator light on the A2+ Wireless rear panel mean?
  - - If it’s on and solid, this means the A2+ Wireless is powered on, and currently connected to a Bluetooth-enabled device.
    - If it’s on and blinking, this means the A2+ Wireless is powered on but not currently connected to a device.
    - If it’s off (and A2+ Wireless is powered on), this means Bluetooth is in standby and not connected to a device. The A2+ Wireless, however, is still visible to your device, so simply connect using your device and it will automatically wake up.
- What if my source doesn’t support aptX? Can I still use the A2+ Wireless and if so, how will it sound?
  - You can absolutely still use the A2+ Wireless and it will sound great. AptX is a high-quality Bluetooth audio codec that works really well. In addition aptX, and the default Bluetooth codec SBC, The A2+ Wireless support other high quality audio codecs, like AAC for use on Apple iPhone and iPads, as well as Android devices that do not include aptX.
- How easy is it to set up the A2+ Home Music System with Bluetooth?
  - Our A2+’s are an all-in-one system with no extra components needed except your phone or computer. Simply place the speakers where you want them and connect the power supply. Hook up the included speaker wire from the powered left speaker to the right passive speaker. Then connect your music source with the supplied cables – or go wireless with any Bluetooth enabled source device, like a computer, smartphone, or tablet. Here is a quick video that can be used as a reference: A2+ Setup Video (Please note – there is no audio associated with the video.)
- How much latency do Audioengine Bluetooth products have?
  - Though overall latency can be affected by some external factors (including things like signal strength, how well the source device’s manufacturer has implemented it’s Bluetooth, and even simply from being physically further away from the speakers) Audioengine Bluetooth products have very low latency when compared to most Bluetooth receivers, 30ms or less. Here are some tips you can use to minimize any latency issues you may run into with your Bluetooth setup: 1) Try restarting both your device as well as the speakers (by switching them off, and back on, with the power switch on the rear of the speakers). 2) Check to make sure your source device is running the most up to date version of software available. 3) Try disconnecting from and forgetting the your Bluetooth speaker or device through your source’s Bluetooth settings, and then re-pair to your Bluetooth speaker/device. 4) If you have multiple apps or windows open when the delay occurs, try closing all of the apps that are not currently in use. The more multitasking your system is having to do, the greater the potential delay in audio when using Bluetooth — this would apply to both your smart phone and computer. 5) When using your iPhone, we’ve found that resetting your network settings can help improve the overall functionality of Bluetooth with your device — including the latency.
- A2+ Home Music System w/ Bluetooth aptX Information
  - Type
    Powered Bluetooth aptX speaker system
    
    Amplifier Type
    Class AB
    
    Rated Power Output:
    15W RMS per channel at 4 ohms (measured in compliance with 16 C.F.R. § 432.3)
    Peak Power Output: 30W per channel at 4 ohms (AES)
    Total Peak Power Output: 60W (AES)
    
    Drivers
    2.75” aramid fiber woofers
    
    0.75“ Silk dome tweeters
    
    Inputs
    3.5 mm stereo mini-jack, RCA L/R, USB, Bluetooth
    
    Outputs
    RCA variable line-out
    
    Input Voltages
    100-240 V 50/60 Hz auto-switching
    
    SNR
    >95 dB (typical A-weighted)
    
    THD+N
    Less than 0.05% at all power settings
    
    Crosstalk
    <50 dB
    
    Frequency Response
    65 Hz-22 kHz ±2.0 dB
    
    Frequency Response w/ Bass Reduction Switch selected
    N/A
    
    Analog Input Impedance
    N/A
    
    Nominal Impedance
    N/A
    
    Input Impedance
    10K ohms unbalanced
    
    Crossover Frequency
    N/A
    
    Protection
    Output current limiting, thermal over-temperature, power on/off transient protection
    
    Power Consumption
    Idle: 10W
    
    Standby Consumption
    N/A
    
    Phase
    N/A
    
    Recommended Amplifier Power
    N/A
    
    Battery Life
    N/A
    
    Battery Charge Time
    N/A
    
    Internal BT Receiver
    Qualcomm QCC 3031/3034
    
    Input Bit Depth
    16 bit
    
    Bluetooth Receiver Type
    Bluetooth 5.3
    
    Supported Codecs
    aptX, AAC, SBC
    
    Supported Bluetooth Profiles
    N/A
    
    Wireless Operation Range
    Up to 100 ft (30 m) typical
    
    Input Data Rate
    Determined by Bluetooth
    
    Wireless Latency
    ~30 milliseconds (ms)
    
    USB Specifications
    
    Connector Type
    Micro-USB
    
    USB Device Class
    type 1.1 and above
    
    Input Bit Depth
    up to 16 bit native
    
    Input Sample Rate
    up to 48 kHz native.
    
    Internal D/A Converter
    
    Dimensions (HWD)
    Each speaker – 6″ (15.2 cm) x 4″ (10.2 cm) x 5.25″ (13.3 cm)
    
    Weight
    Left (active) – 3.6 lb (1.6 kg)
    Right (passive) – 3.2 lb (1.4 kg)
    
    Total Shipping Weight
    10 lb (4.6 kg)
    
    Shipping Box Dimensions (LWH)
    15” (38.1 cm) x 7” (17.8 cm) x 10.5” (26.7 cm)
    
    Operating temperature: 32 degrees F to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating temperature: -4 degrees F to 113 degrees F
    Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
    
    0.7″ (18 mm) thick MDF cabinets
    0.75″ (20 mm) silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets
    2.75″ (70 mm) aramid fiber woofers with advanced voice coils
    
    To minimize unwanted resonances and distortion, Audioengine cabinets have thick high-resin MDF walls with extensive internal bracing. Heavy internal sound-damping material is used to reduce unwanted sound reflections inside the cabinet. All cabinet edges are rounded which look great and reduce high-frequency diffraction effects on the front baffles. The A2+ cabinet contains tuned, front-port slots.
    
    The A2+ cabinets are available in several handsome, high-gloss finishes, including black, white and red paint, offering a modern compliment to any small space or desktop.
    
    Audioengine designs and manufactures our own tweeters, woofers, and other critical components. In other words, these are not “box built” speakers with off-the-shelf parts but custom-designed to our specifications. What we do not fabricate directly in our factory we have made to our designs (parts such as transformers, magnets, and wiring harnesses, for example). The cabinets, drivers, bass port designs, amplifiers, and crossovers are all painstakingly tuned together for each Audioengine model. This, in turn, makes for a much more efficient system that requires much less power than passive speakers and a separate integrated amplifier or similar A/V components.
    
    Studio monitor speakers are used by producers and engineers in recording and production studios. They are designed with a theoretical flat frequency response which allows the engineer to create a final mix in such a way that the recorded music will sound good on most other speakers. Although Audioengine speakers are not designed to be up-close “nearfield” studio monitors, we do carry over much of the same higher-end technology, components, and design philosophy for all Audioengine speaker systems.
    
    The speaker cabinets, drivers, innovative bass port designs, amplifiers, and passive crossovers are all critically tuned together for each Audioengine model. This, in turn, makes for a much more efficient system that requires less power than passive speakers and a separate integrated amplifier or similar A/V components. We build all this goodness into the left speaker cabinet to make it super-easy to connect your smartphone, tablet, computer, TV, network player or any other audio product.
    
    The Bluetooth built into the A2+ Wireless speakers features aptX coding which is an advanced Bluetooth audio codec with very impressive sound. And even if your phone or tablet does not have aptX, the A2+ Wireless Bluetooth solution is backwards-compatible with SBC and AAC codecs, so you can wirelessly stream music from any Bluetooth-enabled device and still enjoy all your music. High-fidelity Bluetooth aptX that really works and sounds great.
    
    Extended-range wireless. Most Bluetooth implementations have very limited range, typically within just one room. But with careful signal management circuitry and antenna tuning, we offer a superior solution that has up to 3 times the range of standard Bluetooth for multi-room use, with no degradation in audio quality.
    
    16 bit DAC
    The A2+ Bluetooth receiver utilizes the PCM 2704C DAC, known for extremely-low quantization noise in the audio band, with a built-in analog low-pass filter that removes the high-frequency components of the noise-shaping signal.
    
    The amplifiers in powered Audioengine speakers are located in the left speaker and are a conservatively-rated class A/B analog monoblock design. This is a more traditional speaker/amplifier configuration which provides excellent quality audio and greater flexibility. All circuit boards for the power and preamp sections are vertically mounted for maximum mechanical shock protection.
    
    Audioengine uses audiophile-quality, ferrofluid-cooled silk dome tweeters with neodymium magnets. Silk tweeters hold up well under high power and the edge-driven design gives very smooth response. The woofers are aramid fiber woven glass composite with rubber surrounds. Aramid fiber is obviously very strong, which means the woofer retains its shape when being driven at high levels.
    
    Both drivers are directly video shielded and allow the user to place the speakers within a few inches of a video monitor. This shielding also offers protection for hard-drive digital music players.
- How does the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+ Wireless and HD6 switch between audio sources/ manage multiple inputs?
  - ‘-Both analog (3.5mm mini-jack and RCA) inputs are “open” or active, so you can leave 2 audio sources plugged in at the same time. -The USB (Optical for HD6) and the Bluetooth module share the same DAC (Digital to Analog Converter) If connected to both, the Bluetooth connection will take precedence. If you’re using USB (Optical for HD6) for example, and start using Bluetooth, USB (Optical for HD6) will mute and Bluetooth will take over. If you pause or disconnect from Bluetooth the speakers will automatically switch back to USB (Optical for HD6) after a few seconds. *Please note, if you have a digital (Bluetooth, USB or Optical) and or multiple analog sources connected and streaming you are able to hear the input sources if they play simultaneously.
- Connecting a Bluetooth turntable to an Audioengine Bluetooth device
  - Setting up your Bluetooth turntable with your Bluetooth-ready Audioengine speakers/components should be simple! First, you would also need to make sure your Audioengine Bluetooth device is on, in pair mode (LED light flashing), and near the turntable. Next, you would need to use the pairing button to send the turntable into pairing mode. Depending on the turntable, you will need to either press and release the turntable’s pair button or press and hold it; for example, on the Audio Technica AT-LP60-BT you would need to hold the turntable’s pairing button for about two seconds, until the light flashes different colors. Once the turntable is in pairing mode, it will search and connect to the nearest available Bluetooth device. Once the turntable if paired and connected to your Audioengine Bluetooth device, the pair light on the receiver should turn solid.
- Low Volume with Turntable Setup
  - If you’ve connected your turntable to your speakers and the volume is low, one of two situations may be happening: If you have a turntable with a built-in phono preamp, such as the Audio-Technica ATLP120 or the Music Hall USB-1, the output may be in the wrong setting. Double check and make sure the switch is set to “line” instead of “phono.” Be careful to keep the volume of your speakers low as it can be quite loud if you had to switch it to “line”. Your turntable could also not include a built-in phono preamp, such as older turntables. If your turntable does not include a built-in preamp, you will need to add an external preamp to bring the signal up to a line level signal. We don’t have any recommendations on a particular brand or model preamp to use with this setup.
Wireless Devices
- Can I connect and stream from my Google Chromecast to your Bluetooth products?
  - The Chromecast works on a wifi system and doesn’t feature Bluetooth, so you wouldn’t be able to use this with our Bluetooth products wirelessly. The Chromecast does have an analog output, so you can connect it to the analog input of our B2 wireless speaker.
- Will my music have a delay through your Bluetooth products if I’m watching a movie or music video?
  - Bluetooth has a delay of about 30ms (milliseconds) so you can watch videos from Youtube, for example, and stream out the audio through your Bluetooth product without any noticeable lag between the video and audio.
- Do your Bluetooth products have a sleep mode?
  - Our Bluetooth products should go into sleep mode after some time. The sleep mode keeps important parts on so you can easily pair and connect devices to it; the pair light will actually turn off when in sleep mode. When in sleep mode, you shouldn’t have to press any buttons on the Audioengine device to reestablish the connection between it and the device as this is controlled by the bluetooth settings of whatever device you are using.
- Using Audioengine Bluetooth products with 4th generation Apple TV
  - Here’s how to use an Audioengine Bluetooth device to turn your 4th Generation Apple TV into a powerful home entertainment system:
    
    First, make sure your Audioengine device is powered up and are ready to pair. Next, go into your Apple TV’s settings and choose Remotes and Devices. Then click on Bluetooth. Under Other Devices, you’ll see the Audioengine device (listed as Audioengine HD6, Audioengine B1,Audioengine B2, etc.). Click on that. Apple TV will pair with your speakers and will send the audio signal directly to the device.
    
    A video link is here
- Can I rename my Audioengine Bluetooth device?
  - At first they’ll have the same name, such as “Audioengine [Product]”. Some devices (most computers and Android devices for example) can rename devices once you’re paired to them to make it easier to tell them apart when choosing which one to connect to. With an iOS device we have not found a yet to rename devices. It is worth noting that renaming the device in the streaming source will only change the way that particular source recognizes the Audioengine device; there isn’t a way to change the way the it will show up on new devices, so any new device will always see it as “Audioengine [Product].”
- Is the B1 compatible with the original A5 speakers?
  - The B1 should still work great with the original A5s! You can use the B1 with the mini-stereo inputs on either the top or back of the speaker. To use the B1 with the original A5s, you would need to use either an RCA to mini stereo adapter (such as the one that was included with your A5s) or an RCA to mini stereo cable. It’s important to note that the RCA jacks on the back of the original A5s is an output and not an input.
- How to get multi-room sound with Bluetooth
  - Ever wanted to create a multi-room sound system using your Audioengine Bluetooth speakers? Well, Mac users have a good reason to be happy because multi-zone audio is built-in to OS X! Here’s how.
- Can I use bluetooth/wireless headphones with any of your Bluetooth products?
  - Our Bluetooth products are receivers and not transmitters/senders, so it wouldn’t be able to send a Bluetooth signal to another device, like your Bluetooth headphones. You may be able to use wireless headphones with our Bluetooth products given the right combination of adapters, though they weren’t really designed with this in mind nor have we tested them with a setup like this.
- My neighbor keeps connecting to my Audioengine device; is there any way to add a passcode or extra security to connect via Bluetooth?
  - There wouldn’t be a way to add any extra security to the bluetooth receiver. The only ways to prevent a device from connecting to it would be for it to be off, or for it to be connected to your device already; it’s worth noting that only one device may connect at a time. If a device that you don’t want to be connected is connected to it, you can hold the pair button for a few seconds and it will disconnect from that device, allowing you to re-connect to it.
Digital Audio Converters
- Will your DACs work with a Chromebook?
  - Both the D1 and the D2 work great with a Chromebook! We were able to test them out with a couple of Chromebooks here in our offices and didn’t run into issues with them. We’ve tested the D3 with a couple of Chromebooks and found that while the computer will recognize the D3, we couldn’t get any audio. The Chromebook does not have the right audio playback software that is necessary to support 24-bit audio, which the D3 requires to work.
- Would using an external DAC, like your D1, be worth using with your speakers with built-in DACs, like the A2+s or HD6s?
  - The DAC built into speakers like the A2+ and HD6 is solid and makes sure you get a consistent experience. With that said, DACs like the D1 would bring you extra features like a dedicated headphone amp and easily accessible volume knob. In the case of the HD6s, this could also free up the optical input to use with another source, like a television, if you want. If you’re considering the D1 with your A2+s, it would be considered an upgrade from the A2+s DAC.
- Can I use the Airport Express with a D1 DAC?
  - You should be able to incorporate the Airport Express with the D1 easily. All you would need to do is run an optical cable from the output of the Airport Express into the optical input of the D1. Then all you would need to do is connect the D1’s RCA output into the analog input of your Audioengine Speakers or your AV receiver.
- How do multiple sources work with the D1?
  - Optical takes priority on the D1, so if you had something like a computer hooked up via USB and another device hooked up via optical, whenever the optical connection was active it would be automatically switched to that. That means that, depending on how the second device’s optical out behaves, it might automatically switch back to USB when nothings playing, or you might need to power down the device (or unplug it) to get USB back. If the second source’s optical output does not shut off, one option would be to use an optical switch. You could connect both the computer and other source to the optical switch, and the switch to the D1. Then you’d have an easy way to see which was active and switch between them.
- Can I still use my Audioengine DAC with USB C?
  - Our DACs should still work great with computers that feature USB C ports. In order to use our DACs with USB C, you can use a USB B to USB C cable to connect the DAC to your computer. For the built-in DAC for the HD3, you would just need a micro USB to USB C cable.
- Can I use Audioengine DACs with the new Tidal Masters service?
  - You shouldn’t have an issue using our products with the new Tidal Master service. We’ve been keeping a close eye on Tidal and the new MQA format that they’re offering through their HiFi membership; basically, when using Tidal through it’s desktop application, the application itself will decode the MQA file to a 24/96 file that can be read by any DAC connected to your computer, whether it is MQA-certified or not. This basically means that any of our USB/optical DACs (such as the D1, D2, D3, A2+, HD6, etc.) will work great with the MQA files streamed through Tidal Masters through the desktop app.
- Can I connect the D1 to my Android device?
  - The D1 will work with any device that can operate as a USB host, can provide enough power via USB, and includes generic drivers for standard USB audio playback. A device with Android 5.0 or later should have both USB host mode and native plug-and-play functionality for USB audio, so you could connect the two together using a USB OTG cable along with a standard USB cable.
- Can I connect the D1 to my iPhone/iPad?
  - You should be able to use the D1 with an iPad or iPhone with the right connections. In this kind of setup, you’d just need Apple’s USB camera connection kit and a powered USB hub. Here’s how you would connect everything together: iPad/iPhone w/ USB CCK –USB-> Powered hub –USB-> D1 –RCA/Mini-> Speakers/Headphones The iPad or iPhone should just automatically start playing audio over USB when its connected.
- Can I use a B1 and a D1 together?
  - If you wanted the functionality of both the D1 and the B1, you can actually use both connected together. Since the B1 has an optical output, you can use an optical cable running from the output of the B1 to the optical input of the D1. From there, you can connect the D1’s RCA outputs into the line level inputs of either your Audioengine powered speakers or your AV receiver.
Accessories
- How would using your desktop stands, like the DS1s and DS2s, be a benefit?
  - Using stands like the DS1s and DS2s will angle the speakers upwards, which can be a positive thing depending as well as other variables in your setup. The closer the speakers tweeters are aimed to your ears, the more you will perceive higher frequencies, which are very directional, and using these stands can achieve this. Some customers prefer having the tweeters off axis a bit, as this results in a less pronounced high end moving the focal point lower. There are a ton of options and it really comes down to personal preference, so we highly recommend trying a few different placements / toe-in / toe-out etc. to see what seems to work out best in your setup.
- I need a longer speaker wire than the one you supplied; how do I go about this?
  - The cable included with our products is standard speaker wire (16 AWG), so you should be able to find something like this most anywhere that carries electronics or audio gear. 16 AWG should be good up to around 25 ft or so. If you’d like to go farther than that we’d recommend 14 AWG.
- Will the replacement remote on your website work for my A5+s?
  - Yes! The replacement remote you can find on our webstore is the exact same remote that comes standard with our HD6 speakers. Even though the replacement remote is the HD6 remote, it will work just fine as a replacement for the A5+s.
- I’m having trouble connecting the USB plug into the body of the supplied USB power adapter; how do I assemble this?
  - The best way to attach the plug into the USB adapter is to go in at an angle. The plastic on the plug should have a more rounded side; we would suggest putting that side in first and then push down the other end (you may need to pull the tab out to make it easier to insert). One thing to look out for is the metal prongs on the body- when inserting the rounded end of the head, make sure the top prong is being inserted into the slot of the head; usually, if the first prong goes into the slot, the other prong should go into the other slot with no problems.
A2 Powered Speakers (Original)
- Audioengine A2+ vs Edifier R1280DBs: Why A2+ Stands Out
  - Table of Contents
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DBs
    - Key Specifications
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Other Noteworthy Features
    - Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Edifier R1280DBs Overview
    - Pros and Cons
      
      Audioengine A2+
      
      Edifier R1280DBs
    - Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the realm of powered desktop speakers, the distinction between a good and an exceptional audio experience can be vast. The Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DBs both offer quality sound and features, but a closer look reveals why the A2+ is the superior choice for audiophiles and casual listeners alike.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/8JwbciPX0hE
    
    Main Differences Between Edifier R1280DBs and Audioengine A2+
    
    The Audioengine A2+ sets itself apart through its premium build quality, superior sound performance, and versatile connectivity options. Emphasizing a richer audio experience and modern aesthetics. While the Edifier R1280DBs aim for affordability and functionality, they do not offer the same level of premium materials or sound quality.
    
    Key Specifications
    - Audioengine A2+:
    - Amplifier Type: Class AB
    - Power Output: 60-Watt Peak Power Total
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth aptX, USB, Analog Inputs
    - Edifier R1280DBs:
    - Built-in Amplifier Power: Up to 42 Watts
    - Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0, RCA Inputs
    Overall Design
    
    The Audioengine A2+ showcases its superior design with real-wood cabinets that are both hand-crafted and hand-painted, available in Satin Black, High Gloss White, High Gloss Red, and Matte Blue. This attention to detail sets them apart from the Edifier R1280DBs, which, despite having real wood cabinets, do not offer the same level of craftsmanship, lacking the hand-crafted and painted qualities that pushes the A2+ to a higher standard of design excellence.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    The Audioengine A2+ stands out with its 60 watts of power, supported by a Class AB amplifier and Bluetooth aptX, for a superior sound experience. In contrast, the Edifier R1280DBs, although featuring Bluetooth 5.0, are limited to a 42-watt output, which does not allow for the same level of volume or audio clarity, emphasizing the A2+’s enhanced sound capabilities.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    
    Audioengine enhances customer confidence with US-based customer phone support, a 30-day audition period, and a 3-year warranty, highlighting its commitment to product excellence. Conversely, Edifier offers essential support with a 30-day return policy and a 2-year warranty.
    
    Audioengine A2+ Exclusive Advantages
    - Superior Sound Quality: With its built-in DAC and AB Amplifier, the A2+ allows you to hear your favorite songs the way the artist intended.
    - Premium Design: The hand-crafted and hand-painted wood cabinets not only provide superior acoustics but also add a touch of elegance to your space.
    - Versatile Connectivity: The A2+ supports a wide range of devices through Bluetooth aptX, USB, and analog inputs, ensuring compatibility with any setup.
    - Exceptional Customer Support: Audioengine’s commitment to customer satisfaction is evident in their responsive US-based customer phone support and comprehensive 3-year warranty.
    Edifier R1280DBs Overview
    
    While the Edifier R1280DBs are a solid choice for those on a budget, offering Bluetooth connectivity and a practical design, they lack the A2+’s premium finish, signature Audioengine sound quality, and industry leading customer support.
    
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine A2+
    - Pros: Exceptional sound quality; elegant, hand-crafted design; versatile connectivity; superior customer support.
    - Cons: Higher price but justified by the superior sound quality and craftsmanship.
    Edifier R1280DBs
    - Pros: Affordable, good for basic needs, and includes remote control.
    - Cons: Sound and build quality cannot match the A2+; limited support.
    Conclusion
    
    While both the Audioengine A2+ and Edifier R1280DB offer quality sound and features, a closer look revealed that the Audioengine A2+ is the superior choice for both audiophiles and casual listeners. Through the hand-crafted and hand-painted cabinets and superior sound quality, the A2+ proves to be the best choice.
- Audioengine A2+ Rated Best Desktop Speakers of 2024 by NYMag.com
  - Audioengine’s A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers have clinched the title of Best Desktop Speaker of 2024, as declared by New York Magazine. This recognition shines a spotlight on the A2+’s superior sound quality, wrapped in the sleek, new matte blue finish.
    
    Read the full review
    
    In an era where desktop speakers often compromise on quality for design, Audioengine stands out by merging both without sacrifice. The A2+ is not just another speaker—it’s a statement of high-fidelity audio meeting bold, innovative design.
    
    Jennifer Conrad from New York Magazine remarked on the A2+’s impressive capabilities, noting,
    
    “The speakers easily filled my office with music at a low volume and could be turned up loud enough to fill most of my apartment.”
    
    This is what Audioengine aims for: robust, clear sound that can command any room, regardless of volume levels.
    
    Since its inception in 2005, Audioengine has been at the forefront of creating home music systems that redefine the listening experience.
    
    The A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers embody this mission, offering Bluetooth connectivity and an intuitive setup that appeals to audiophiles and casual listeners alike, and that is what makes them the best desktop speakers of 2024. The addition of the matte blue model to the A2+ lineup showcases Audioengine’s commitment to providing options that cater to the individual style of our users.
    
    This accolade from New York Magazine is a testament to Audioengine’s legacy of innovation and quality in the audio industry. It celebrates not just the superior sound of the A2+, but also the company’s ongoing commitment to enhancing the way music is experienced in personal and professional spaces.
    
    For those in pursuit of desktop speakers that refuse to compromise on sound or style, the Audioengine A2+ Wireless Desktop Speakers, especially in the new matte blue variant, offer an unrivaled audio experience that stands out in 2024’s competitive landscape.
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- My speakers sound distorted, what can I do?
  - Applicable to our A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speakers.
    Start with power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Determine if the distortion is due to your source by disconnecting all source devices from the speakers.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. Please try using each input available (mini-jack, RCA, USB, as well as Bluetooth), one at a time, to see how the speakers react. If the distortion is unique to one speaker, when testing via RCA switch the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    4. Make sure it is not a power issue by trying a power outlet that is on a different circuit.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- One of my speakers is not working, what should I do?
  - Applicable to our A1, A1-MR, A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, and HD6 speaker models
    If one of your speakers is not working (whether it be the left or right speaker), we would recommend the following troubleshooting steps: Start by power cycling your speakers by turning them off and then back on. From there:
    1. Check to make sure the speaker wire connecting the left and right speakers is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends.
    2. Please make sure all of your connector cables are in working order. Try different cables as well as a different source device.
    3. If you are using any other devices in line with these speakers, please temporarily remove them from your setup and connect the source directly to the speakers
    4. Please try using each available input, one at a time, to see how the speakers react. When testing via RCA swap the RCA jacks (red to white and white to red) to see if the issue remains in the same channel.
    If the issue persists, please click on the following link and then click on the dropdown to submit an email to our Support team: Support Page When doing so, please copy and paste the above troubleshooting steps along with the results of each and include this information when contacting us.
- Original A2 Troubleshooting Tips
  - The following troubleshooting tips can help diagnose and correct most concerns with the A2 speakers. We have attempted to make this list as comprehensive as possible, so some of these may not apply to your issue, but please go through each tip. Please check to see if the green LED on your power supply brick lights up when AC power is applied and that all of the pins are straight and connected properly. Also, check to see that any wall outlets or surge protectors are switched to the “On” position and are in working order. If you haven’t already, power cycle your speakers by disconnecting them from AC power, and plugging them back in. If the light comes on: 1) Please make sure all of your connections are complete and all of your connector cables are in working order (you will want to swap out some interconnects to test for this). 2) Try using at least one additional source to see if the problem follows. 3) Make sure your speaker wire is connected according to proper polarity (Red to Gold, Black to Silver) on both ends. 4) Please try using the mini plug (Input B) as well as the RCA jacks (Input A) to see how the speakers react. Switch the RCA jacks (red and white) to see if the issue remains in the same channel. 5) If you are using any wireless devices, preamps, or external DACs in line with these speakers, please remove the wireless device from the application (temporarily) and connect the source directly to the speakers. 6 If you are using a computer in line with the speakers, please make sure the volume is up on your media players, internet radio, master control, device volume, etc. and your balance control in centered. 7) If your input source has its own EQ, please make sure the low end is at a moderate level, as having too much bass in your signal can cause the speakers to break up. 8) Try your speakers in a different location to see if something is causing interference in the current location. Something as simple as a router, cordless / mobile phone, halogen lamps, etc. near the speakers may be causing the issue in your setup.
Financing With Affirm
- Do I have to use my prequalification amount on the Audioengine website?
  - Yes, if you apply for financing on the Audioengine site, the prequalification amount is tied specifically to audioenginedev.wpengine.com. If you wish to pay with Affirm at other merchants, you can apply for credit on any other site that uses Affirm, or you can apply for a loan directly on the Affirm website to receive a virtual credit card. See here for details.
- Can I use my prequalification amount with Affirm to place more than one order?
  - Yes, you pay with Affirm on our website using your prequalified credit amount for up to 7 days. Prequalifications expire after one week. So, for example, if you prequalify for $4,000 and spend $750 on a purchase, you can still spend $3,250 on our site for a week.
- Am I able to obtain a refund after my purchase?
  - Refunds can be processed up to 365 days from the date your order is placed.
- Can I amend my order after my purchase has been processed? Can I be approved for a higher loan amount if my purchase amount increases?
  - You cannot edit your order after you have confirmed your loan. If you want to add items to your purchase, apply for another loan with Affirm or use a different payment method.
- How long does it take to get my money back in the event of a return?
  - A refund credit appears in your account within three to ten business days, depending on your bank’s processing time.
- If I return an item, how do refunds work?
  - A refund posts to your Affirm account if we process your refund request. In the event that we issue you store credit instead of a refund, you are still responsible for paying off your Affirm loan. If you have already made loan payments or a down payment, Affirm issues a refund credit to the bank account or debit card that you used to make the payments. Affirm does not refund any paid interest.
- How do I make my payments?
  - Before each payment is due, Affirm sends you an email or SMS reminder with the installment amount that is coming due and the due date. You have the option to sign up for autopay, so you don’t risk missing a payment. Follow these steps to make a payment:
    1. Go to www.affirm.com/account.
    2. Enter your mobile phone number. Affirm sends a personalized security PIN to your phone.
    3. Enter this security PIN into the form on the next page and click Sign in.
    4. After you sign in, a list of your loans appears, with payments that are coming due. Click the loan payment you would like to make.
    5. Make a payment using a debit card or ACH bank transfer.
- How is interest on an Affirm loan calculated?
  - Affirm calculates the annual percentage rate (APR) of a loan using simple interest, which equals the rate multiplied by the loan amount and by the number of months the loan is outstanding. This model differs from compound interest, in which the interest expense is calculated on the loan amount and the accumulated interest on the loan from previous periods. Think about compound interest as “interest on interest,” which can increase the loan amount. Credit cards, for example, use compound interest to calculate the interest expense on outstanding credit card debt.
- Why is my Affirm interest rate so high?
  - When Affirm determines your annual percentage rate (APR), it evaluates a number of factors, including your credit score and other data about you. If you finance future purchases with Affirm, you may be eligible for a lower APR depending on your financial situation at the time of purchase. This APR calculator will give you an idea of how much interest you actually pay: https://www.affirm.com/apr-calculator/ When you consider Affirm financing, carefully evaluate the loan terms that Affirm offers you and determine whether the monthly payments fit your budget.
- What are Affirm’s fees?
  - The annual percentage rate (APR) on an Affirm loan ranges from 10% to 30%. Affirm discloses any required fees upfront before you make a purchase, so you know exactly what you will pay for your financing. Affirm does not charge any hidden fees, including annual fees.
- Why can’t customers outside the U.S. use Affirm?
  - Affirm is available only to shoppers residing in the United States. Affirm hopes to expand its services to customers outside the U.S. in the future.
- Will I see how much interest I am paying prior to accepting my loan?
  - Yes! Affirm works hard to be completely transparent. You’ll see the amount of interest you’ll owe on the terms page and again on the loan confirmation page. If you pay off your loan early, you’ll receive a rebate for any interest that hasn’t yet accrued.
- Why was I prompted for a down payment?
  - Affirm isn’t always able to offer credit for the full amount you request. In these cases, Affirm asks you to make a down payment with a debit card for the remainder of your purchase. The down payment amount can’t be changed and must be made upon confirming your loan and before the loan offer expires.
- Why is my bank not listed?
  - Although Affirm is continually adding support for additional banks, they aren’t able to connect to every bank at the present time. We apologize for the inconvenience. If you’re unable to connect your bank, you’ll need to complete your purchase with another payment method.
- Why was I prompted for my checking account?
  - Affirm may sometimes need more information about your finances and your ability to repay in order to make a credit decision. If you are prompted to link your checking account and would like to proceed, please provide the login information for your online bank account. Affirm does not store your online login credentials—they are transmitted securely to your bank. If Affirm asks you to link your checking account, Affirm won’t be able to offer you credit if:
    - Your bank is not listed
    - You choose not to link your checking account
    - You don’t use online banking
    - The username and / or password you provide is incorrect
    - You’re unable to successfully connect your checking account
- Why was I prompted to enter my income?
  - Affirm may sometimes need more information about your finances and your ability to repay in order to make a credit decision. Your income gives Affirm additional insight into your ability to repay.
- Why was I asked to verify my identity?
  - If Affirm has difficulty confirming your identity, you may need to provide more information. Affirm uses modern technology to confirm your identity, including verifying your address or full SSN, or requesting a photo of your ID. Affirm takes these steps in some cases to counter fraud and provide the most accurate credit decision they can.
- Why was I denied financing by Affirm?
  - Audioengine has no information regarding a customer’s financing denial. Affirm strives to offer all credit-worthy applicants financing with Affirm, but isn’t able to offer credit in every case. Affirm will send you an email with more details about its decision. Unfortunately Affirm’s decision is final.
- Does Affirm perform a credit check? Does it impact my credit score?
  - Although Affirm performs a credit check when you apply for a loan, this won’t impact your credit score. However, if you’re approved and decide to buy with Affirm, your loan and payments may affect your credit score. Paying on time can help you build a positive credit history.
- How does Affirm approve borrowers for loans?
  - - Affirm asks for a few pieces of personal information: Name, email address, mobile phone number, date of birth, and the last four digits of your social security number.
    - Affirm verifies your identity with this information and makes an instant loan decision.
    - Affirm bases its loan decision not only on your credit score, but also on several other data points. This means that you may be able to obtain financing from Affirm even if don’t have an extensive credit history.
- How does Affirm work?
  - Affirm loan-application process steps:
    1. At checkout, choose Pay with Affirm.
    2. Affirm prompts you to enter a few pieces of information: Name, email, mobile phone number, date of birth, and the last four digits of your social security number. This information must be consistent and your own.
    3. To ensure that you’re the person making the purchase, Affirm sends a text message to your cell phone with a unique authorization code.
    4. Enter the authorization code into the application form. Within a few seconds, Affirm notifies you of the loan amount you’re approved for, the interest rate, and the number of months you have to pay off your loan. You have the option to pay off your loan over three, six, or twelve months. Affirm states the amount of your fixed, monthly payments and the total amount of interest you’ll pay over the course of the loan.
    5. To accept Affirm’s financing offer, click Confirm Loan and you’re done.
    After your purchase, you’ll receive monthly email and SMS reminders about your upcoming payments. You can also set up autopay to avoid missing a payment. Your first monthly payment is due 30 days from the date that we (the merchant) processes your order.
- What is required to have an Affirm account?
  - To sign up for Affirm, you must:
    - Be 18 years or older (19 years or older in Alabama or if you’re a ward of the state in Nebraska).
    - Not be a resident of Iowa (IA) or West Virginia (WV).
    - Provide a valid U.S. or APO/FPO/DPO home address.
    - Provide a valid U.S. mobile or VoIP number and agree to receive SMS text messages. The phone account must be registered in your name.
    - Provide your full name, email address, date of birth, and the last 4 digits of your social security number to help us verify your identity.
- Why buy with Affirm?
  - - Buy and receive your purchase right away, and pay for it over several months. This payment option allows you to split the price of your purchase into fixed payment amounts that fit your monthly budget.
    - If Affirm approves your loan, you’ll see your loan terms before you make your purchase. See exactly how much you owe each month, the number of payments you must make, and the total amount of interest you’ll pay over the course of the loan. There are no hidden fees.
    - The application process is secure and real-time. Affirm asks you for a few pieces of information. After you provide this information, Affirm notifies you of the loan amount that you’re approved for, the interest rate, and the number of months that you have to pay off your loan — all within seconds.
    - You don’t need a credit card to make a purchase. Affirm lends to the merchant directly on your behalf.
    - You may be eligible for Affirm financing even if you don’t have an extensive credit history. Affirm bases its loan decision not only on your credit score, but also on several other data points about you.
    - Affirm reminds you by email and SMS before your upcoming payment is due. Enable Autopay to schedule automatic monthly payments on your loan.
- What is Affirm?
  - Affirm is a financing alternative to credit cards and other credit-payment products. Affirm offers instant financing for online purchases to be paid in fixed monthly installments over 3, 6, or 12 months.
B-Fi Multiroom Music Streamer
- Stream Music to Your Stereo: Audioengine B1 and B-Fi Comparison Guide
  - Audioengine B1 and B-Fi Comparison Guide
    
    Choosing the right wireless music streamer can significantly enhance your listening experience by offering you the convenience and quality of streaming music wirelessly. In the realm of home audio systems, two standout choices from Audioengine are the B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver and the B-Fi Multiroom Music Streamer. Both devices are designed to stream music wirelessly to your stereo system but cater to different preferences and functionalities.
    
    Here’s an in-depth look at these options to help you decide which one aligns with your audio streaming needs.
    
    B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver: Expanding Horizons with Bluetooth
    
    The B1 Bluetooth Music Receiver is designed for simplicity and quality, allowing you to wirelessly stream music from your device directly to your music system. It’s particularly suitable for integrating with both contemporary and vintage stereo systems, offering a touch of modernity without compromising the system’s original charm.
    
    Noteworthy Aspects:
    - Extended Range: The B1 boasts a 100-foot range, ensuring stable, quality sound transmission across extensive spaces.
    - Digital to Analog Converter (DAC): It comes equipped with an internal DAC that guarantees CD-quality or better sound, preserving the integrity of the music exactly as the artist intended.
    - Ease of Connectivity: Setup is straightforward, requiring no internet or network configuration, offering a hassle-free user experience.
    - aptX-HD Bluetooth: This technology supports better than CD-quality sound, providing an enhanced listening experience without the typical constraints of wireless streaming. Your device will stay paired, pair once and forget it!
    - Versatile Outputs: The B1 features both analog and optical outputs, offering flexibility in connection to various audio systems.
    - Design Aesthetic: With its brushed metal finish, the B1 not only sounds good but also adds a sleek, aesthetic appeal to your audio setup that is durable as well.
    B-Fi Multiroom Music Streamer: The Wi-Fi Revolution
    
    In contrast, the B-Fi Multiroom Music Streamer takes a leap forward by utilizing your home’s Wi-Fi network for music streaming. This approach bypasses traditional Bluetooth streaming, offering a direct and uncompressed audio signal for a pure, high-fidelity sound experience.
    
    Key Features:
    - Wi-Fi Streaming: B-Fi streams music directly to your stereo from your streaming service via your router. This way, your songs are free from Bluetooth’s digital signal processing, a feature enjoyed by Audiophiles everywhere (more on this below).
    - Audioengine App: Control is at your fingertips with the Audioengine app, allowing you to stream from major music services or your personal music library directly to any music system in your home.
    - Internal DAC: Like the B1, B-Fi includes an internal DAC, ensuring that the music delivered to your stereo system is of the highest quality, just as the artist intended.
    - Multiroom Capability: B-Fi’s strength lies in its ability to fill your entire home with music, streaming seamlessly to multiple rooms for a unified listening experience.
    Making Your Choice: The Bluetooth vs. Wi-Fi Streaming Quality Debate
    
    The B1, on the other hand, employs Bluetooth connectivity, utilizing high-quality codecs like Qualcomm aptX HD. These codecs are designed to compress and then decompress digital audio files with minimal loss of quality.
    
    However, even the most advanced Bluetooth codecs involve some level of digital signal processing (DSP) to recreate the song. While to many listeners the difference may be imperceptible, discerning audiophiles might lean towards the B-Fi for its method of streaming.
    
    The B-Fi’s reliance on Wi-Fi rather than Bluetooth means the music is streamed without the additional step of DSP, potentially offering a purer, more accurate version of the original recording.
    - B1 for Bluetooth Convenience: If you value simplicity and the versatility to stream from any Bluetooth-enabled device directly to your stereo system, the B1 offers an effective solution with an impressive range and high-quality sound. The B1 is your best option if you don’t have a smart phone or Wi-Fi network.
    - B-Fi for Wi-Fi Fidelity: For those who prioritize the purity of uncompressed audio and the convenience of streaming across multiple rooms via Wi-Fi, the B-Fi stands out. It is particularly appealing to users who prefer controlling their music ecosystem through a dedicated app. You can even connect up to 9 B-Fi or A1MR for a system that connects your entire house! The B-Fi is a great choice for Audiophiles that prefer the warmth of analog audio playback.
    Audioengine A1MR
    
    Both the B1 and B-Fi embody Audioengine’s commitment to delivering superior sound quality and innovative streaming solutions. By understanding the distinctive features and benefits of each device, you can select the wireless music streamer that best aligns with your lifestyle and audio preferences, ensuring an unparalleled listening experience that brings your music to life exactly as the artist intended.
- B-FI General Specifications
  - Wi-Fi Input
    802.11 b/g/n (2 GHz)
    
    Audio output
    Analog, optical
    
    Output level
    2V RMS
    
    Sample rates
    32 – 44.1kHz
    
    Bit depths
    16 bit
    
    Interfaces
    AirPlay, DLNA, UPnP
    
    Processor
    AP8064 ARM
    
    DAC
    ES9023
    
    Signal-to-noise-ratio
    -105dB
    
    Distortion
    THD+N, 0.01%
    
    Power
    Micro USB
    
    Power requirements
    5V, 300ma
    
    Product dimensions
    3.5 x 3 x 1
    
    Product weight
    5 oz.
    
    Shipping weight
    1.0lbs (0.5kg)
    
    Shipping box dimensions
    11 x 7 x 3
    
    Environmental Requirements
    Operating temperature: 32° to 105°F (0°C to 40°C)
    Storage temperature: -4°0 to 115°F (-20°C to 46°C)
    Relative humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
    
    Included accessories
    RCA audio cable (3ft/1m)
    Power adapter with detachable cable
    Microfiber bag
    Setup guide
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Spotify Disclosure with B-Fi/A1-MR
  - In order to stream Spotify to the Audioengine B-FI or A1-MR, Spotify requires a paid Premium account. This unlocks the Spotify-Connect feature within the app to send the audio to your Audioengine B-FI/A1-MR. A single device using a personal (1 user only) Spotify Premium account cannot play multiple songs simultaneously. However, this would be possible with a family plan and more than 1 device (B-Fi or A1-MR) though.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
- Is there a way to stream audio from my Windows PC to my B-Fi(s)?
  - The short answer is ‘yes’. However, you will need to use an app that gives you the ability to use Airplay while in Windows. Though there are a few options out there, we’ve found TuneBlade to be one of the more affordable and easy-to-use applications available. TuneBlade is a simple tray utility that lets you stream system-wide audio to the B-Fi from your windows device. There’s a one-time fee of $9.99 to purchase the app, but they have a trial version you can try out for free. To start, make sure your B-Fi is setup on the same network as your Windows device (PC/laptop). Once TuneBlade is installed, start the program. TuneBlade will automatically locate your B-Fi and any other Airplay-ready devices connected to your network. Start playing the audio you wish to stream to your B-Fi(s). While the audio is playing, hit the ‘play’ button next to the corresponding B-Fi in the TuneBlade app. All audio coming from your computer will now be passed on to the B-Fi. While using TuneBlade, you can send the audio to multiple B-Fi’s at once and the audio will automatically sync between B-Fi’s without the need to group them in the Control App. Things to keep in mind when using TuneBlade:
    1. If you have speakers directly connected to your computer, then turn them down (using the volume controls on the actual speaker) as there will be a slight buffering delay between the audio from your computer speakers and the speakers connected to your B-Fi(s).
    2. TuneBlade streams system-wide audio, so Windows notifications will be passed through when they occur.
    3. TuneBlade is a work-around we found offering Windows users the same streaming capabilities via Airplay that Apple users have.
- I’m having trouble setting up my B-Fi on my network when using my iPhone. What should I do?
  - Apple changed the way the iPhone and iPad connect to Wi-Fi networks starting in the iOS 14 and iPadOS 14 updates. This can cause issues when setting up the B-Fi on your network. To resolve this issue you would simply need to disable Private Wi-Fi MAC Addresses on your iPhone. The “Private Address” option is controlled separately for each Wi-Fi network. We don’t recommend disabling it for a network unless you need to do so (or are troubleshooting a problem.) To find this option, head to Settings > Wi-Fi on your iPhone or iPad. Locate the Wi-Fi network you want to change this option for—it’ll be at the top of the screen if you’re currently connected to it. Tap the “i” icon at the right side of the Wi-Fi network name. Disable the “Private Address” option by tapping the switch to its right. The “Wi-Fi Address” option here shows you the private MAC address being used on that specific network, just in case you need it—to configure something on a router, for example. You’ll be prompted to rejoin the network if you’re already connected. Tap “Rejoin” and your iPhone or iPad will rejoin with a static MAC address necessary for the B-Fi to communicate with your device. You should now be able to go back into the B-Fi Control App to complete the set up process.
- How do I turn on Airplay for use with the B-Fi?
  - You’ll need to make sure you have gone through the initial set up process for the B-Fi before moving onto the below steps. For iPhone users: 1. On the iPhone, swipe to open Control Center. (the swipe direction is dependent upon the iPhone model you are using) 2. In the music control area, tap the AirPlay button. 3. A list of AirPlay capable devices seen by your iPhone will be shown. Tap the B-Fi to connect to it. 4. Once connected, you can use your iPhone to send audio to your B-Fi without the need to open the Audioengine Control App. For Mac users: Option 1:
    1. Make sure that your Mac and B-Fi are on the same Wi-Fi network.
    2. Go to Apple menu > System Preferences > Sound.
    3. Under Output, you should see a list of any devices you are able to AirPlay to, and the B-Fi should be an option. If you named the B-Fi during setup, it may appear under that name.
    Option 2:
    1. Hold down the Option key on your keyboard, then click on the speaker icon in your menu bar. You will then see a list of audio output devices that are on your local network – select the B-Fi.
    2. Once you change the audio output to an AirPlay device, all audio coming from your Mac will go through the B-Fi, and not the internal speakers on your Mac.
    3. To change the audio output back to your Mac’s internal speakers, you can either Option-click on the speaker icon again and select internal speakers, or go back into System Preferences and change it there.
- How do I group multiple B-Fi units together?
  - Once you have each B-Fi set up on your Wi-Fi network: Open the Audioengine control app. Swipe from right to left in the app to the “Device” screen where your B-Fis are listed. Determine which group of B-Fis you want to be your primary, then touch the “+” in the upper right corner. A list of any additional A1-MRs you want to add will appear and you can tap the empty circle to add a check to the bubble, then tap “Done” You can add multiple B-Fis into that primary B-Fi for whole-home playback.
- Can I use B-Fi connected speakers, alongside Sonos speakers?
  - You could use these two systems separately, with their respective apps, and separately through Airplay. Sonos speakers are not able to be integrated into a B-Fi system, though. The Audioengine Connect App is only able to recognize B-FI connected audio systems, and the Sonos App will not recognize B-Fi wireless music streamers. So there wouldn’t be a way to group them together.
- What DAC does the B-Fi use, and is there any compression in the wireless transmission?
  - The B-Fi uses the ES9023 DAC. As the B-Fi uses your home wi-fi network, it is lossless and no compression is needed.
- Does sending audio to more than one B-Fi at a time result in a reduction in audio quality?
  - Sending audio to multiple B-Fi units at once will not impact the audio quality.
- What music sources can be sent to more than one B-Fi simultaneously?
  - Any audio source can be used for multiroom playback through your B-Fi(s) when using AirPlay, or when streaming audio via DLNA / UPnP, or using the streaming services integrated into the Audioengine Control App. The B-Fi(s) need only first be configured into groups using the Audioengine Control App.
- Does the B-Fi receive streamed music from your smartphone, or directly from the Wi-Fi network?
  - For music streamed through Audioengine Control App, or from streaming applications built into the Audioengine Control App, the B-Fi streams music directly over your WiFi network. The stream will continue whether your device is taken out of range or turned off altogether. Airplay, generally speaking makes a connection between your source device and the B-Fi, through your network. If your device goes out of range of the network, or the application on your source that is playing audio is closed, playback will stop.
- Does the B-Fi support YouTube Music service?
  - The B-Fi doesn’t include a YouTube Music integration into the Audioengine Control App, but YouTube Music will work via Airplay on an Apple Device. So you’d be able to stream YouTube Music to the B-Fi from your iPhone, iPad, or Mac computer, no problem.
- Besides Bluetooth vs WiFi what are the reasons to consider the B-Fi or the B1 over one another?
  - Both Audioengine Bluetooth and WiFi-based solutions are capable of delivering very high quality audio! Bluetooth is an extremely convenient way to quickly pair to a speaker for easy wireless playback. WiFi solutions are great for multi-room setups with custom groupings with different music or simultaneous playback to all which can be easily controlled with the B-Fi app.
- Does the B-Fi support MQA?
  - The B-Fi doesn’t include any MQA specific hardware, but you can still enjoy the benefits of MQA through software decoding with services like TIDAL, where you’ll have access to up to 16-bit 44.1kHz high resolution audio.
- Does the B-Fi support gapless playback?
  - Gapless playback works great when streaming to the B-Fi as long as the music app you are using supports gapless playback as well, such as Spotify. You would not need to adjust anything with the B-Fi or within the Audioengine B-Fi app.
- How can I stream music stored on my Windows computer to the B-FI?
  - Windows 10 supports sharing the media on your computer via DLNA. To set this up, you’ll need to:
    1. Click start and search for “media streaming options”.
    2. Turn on media streaming.
    3. Name your media library whatever you’d like after turning it on.
    4. From the Audioengine Control app on your Smartphone or tablet, go to My Music-> Home Music Share, and look for your media library name.
    From here you can play audio stored on your computer to any B-Fi(s) on your network. Just keep in mind that your computer will need to be powered on.
- I have a MacBook Pro and a Qobuz subscription that I would like to stream to my stereo system. How exactly would I connect from the laptop to the B-Fi?
  - Qobuz works great with the B-Fi for lossless CD quality streaming! Once you get your B-Fi setup on your network using the Audioengine app, you will be able to send your Qobuz music to the B-Fi through the Qobuz app on your MacBook Pro, the Qobuz app on your devices, or directly through the Audioengine Control app! Qobuz and other lossless capable streaming services are played back at CD quality, with no compression.
- I have multiple B-Fi, but I only see some of them outside the Audioengine App. Where did they go?
  - If you have grouped the speakers for a multi-room setup in the Audioengine app, only the B-Fi that you grouped the speakers into will show as the available destination. If you wish to send to your other speakers independently, ungroup the B-Fi in the app by pressing and holding on the speaker in the grouping and dragging down and away from the group.
- How do I reset my B-Fi?
  - Press and hold the status button on the front panel until the LED begins flashing (about 4 seconds), and you hear a voice prompt letting you know that the B-Fi has entered setup mode. If you don’t hear the voice prompt, double check your audio systems volume, and that the B-Fi is connected to an active input. Open the Audioengine Control app on your smartphone or tablet, and follow the instructions to complete setup. If you have other B-Fi units that are already configured, you will need to press the + in the top right corner of the screen to continue setup.
- Can I leave my B-Fi on all the time?
  - Yes.
- Will my music be interrupted if I lose my Wi-Fi connection?
  - Yes. You must be connected to your network for your music to play.
- My music streaming is cutting out. What can I do?
  - Try playing music directly on your phone, tablet or from your local library using the same network to check your internet connection. If your internet connection is OK:
    - Check the connections between B-Fi and your stereo system.
    - Use the Audioengine Control app to test signal strength.
    - Restart your source music device and power cycle your B-Fi and stereo.
- I don’t see my favorite music player in the Audioengine Control app. What can I do?
  - One of the great benefits to the B-Fi is that you’re no longer stuck using one product app. Any music player will work for iOS and MacOS via Airplay, as well as DLNA or UPnP streaming options for Android and Windows.
- Does B-Fi support AirPlay 2?
  - We considered Airplay 2, and will continue to keep an eye on it for future products or updates. At present though, the B-Fi includes support for only Airplay. While Airplay 2 allows grouping of Airplay 2 devices in the Apple Home app, to allow streaming audio to multiple rooms at once, we’ve already built out advanced multi-room grouping features through the Audioengine Connect App. And in our implementation, these features extend not only to Airplay on iOS and MacOS, but can even be used for non-Apple devices which don’t support Airplay or Airplay 2.
- Does the B-Fi support 5GHz network access points (wireless routers)?
  - The B-Fi is a 2.4GHz device but most networks are dual-band, so select 2.4GHz during B-Fi setup.
- Do all Audioengine Speaker Systems work with B-Fi?
  - Any Audioengine powered speaker systems that have line-level (RCA or 3.5mm) input connection or digital optical input will work with B-Fi.
- Can a single B-Fi have multiple users?
  - Yes, anybody connected to the same network.
- Can I play locally-stored music?
  - Yes. You can play music from your library, a mobile device storage device, and portable hard disks and NAS.
- Can B-Fi play high resolution music?
  - The B-Fi supports lossless playback of CD quality audio, with zero compression. While you can play higher than CD quality audio to the B-Fi through DLNA, UPnP, or high res streaming apps like TIDAL and Qobuz, all audio is transmitted at 16-bit 44.1kHz.
- Can I use a hotspot as an access point?
  - Yes. If your hotspot is listed as a choice in Wi-Fi networks, you can use it as an access point.
- What is the wireless connection range for the B-Fi?
  - After setup you can stream your music anywhere there is a reliable wireless internet signal.
- How many rooms or zones are possible?
  - The Audioengine Control app supports a maximum of 12 rooms, however for most homes we recommend 8.
- If B-Fi is used outside the Audioengine app, will multiroom and stereo configurations follow to other music services and apps?
  - Yes, while streaming via Airplay.
- Which has better sound, Audioengine Bluetooth or Wi-Fi?
  - Both are capable of high-resolution and high-definition audio and provide the highest quality sound for wireless streaming.
- What are the differences between B-Fi (wi-fi) and B1 (Bluetooth)?
  - - B-Fi uses your home Wi-Fi network for multiroom music streaming and stereo pairing, while B1 uses Bluetooth.
    - B-Fi allows you to name and rename devices, while B1 does not due to limitations of Bluetooth.
    - B-Fi requires the Audioengine Control app for initial setup while no product app is required for B1.
S6 wireless Subwoofer
- Audioengine S6 vs. Audioengine S8: A Comprehensive Comparison
  - Table of Contents
    1. Introduction
    2. Common Features and Brand Highlights
    3. Design
    4. Ideal Spaces and Uses
    5. Audio Quality
    6. Tech Specs and Features
    7. Conclusion
    Introduction
    
    In the search for the ideal subwoofer to improve your home music setup, Audioengine’s S6 and S8 models emerge as standout options. Renowned for their superior quality and performance, both the S6 and S8 offer unique features that cater to different audio preferences and environments. This comprehensive comparison will help you understand the differences and decide which subwoofer is right for your setup.
    
    Common Features and Brand Highlights
    
    Both the Audioengine S6 and S8 are built with exceptional sound quality, premium handcrafted real wood design, and versatility in placement. Some common features include:
    - Handcrafted, Real Wood Cabinets: Both models are meticulously crafted with attention to detail, ensuring the best sound quality in a modern and durable finish that complements any setup.
    - Airtight Enclosure: This design feature ensures precise and clear bass response by preventing air leaks that can cause unwanted resonances and vibrations. The enclosure controls woofer cone movement by maintaining an airtight seal, minimizing distortion, and enhancing sound quality.
    - Music-Focused Performance: Both subwoofers are engineered for music lovers, delivering detailed and dynamic sound that enhances the overall listening experience.
    - Wireless Upgrades Available: Both subwoofers offer wireless connectivity upgrades, providing flexibility in placement for optimal acoustics.
    - Clarity at Higher Volumes: The detailed construction and advanced engineering of the S6 and S8 ensure consistent audio performance, even at higher volumes. This is due to their Class D amplifier and precision-tuned enclosure that minimize distortion and maintain sound integrity.
    - Versatile Connectivity Options: Both models include multiple input options such as RCA and 3.5mm, ensuring compatibility with a wide range of audio sources and setups. This versatility allows seamless integration into various audio systems.
    Design
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    Front-Firing Design: The S6 features a front-firing woofer that directs sound toward the listener, ensuring a more direct and immersive audio experience. This design is particularly beneficial in compact spaces where optimal placement options are limited. Front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are effective in smaller rooms because they reduce bass reflection issues, providing clearer and more accurate sound directly to the listener.
    
    Airtight Enclosure: Encased in an airtight enclosure, the S6’s design minimizes distortion and ensures tight, controlled bass. The premium handcrafted, real wood cabinet adds a touch of style and durability, making it the perfect addition to any audio setup. The airtight design is crucial in maintaining the purity of the bass output, as it prevents the unwanted resonance that can muddy the sound.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    Down-Firing Design: The S8’s down-firing woofer ensures powerful bass distribution throughout larger rooms. This design helps in evenly dispersing sound, providing a balanced and uniform audio experience. Down-firing subwoofers like the S8 are ideal for larger spaces because they use the floor to reflect and amplify the bass waves, filling the room with rich, deep sound.
    
    Detailed Construction: The Audioengine S8 is available in Hi-Gloss Piano White and Satin Black finishes, ensuring it blends seamlessly into any setup. Its larger form factor and solid build are designed to deliver impactful bass, making it a focal point in any high-quality audio system. The sturdy construction not only looks great but also supports the powerful output of the subwoofer, ensuring it performs at its best, even at high volumes.
    
    Ideal Spaces and Uses
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The S6 is optimized for music listening, providing clear and precise bass that enhances every genre. The S6’s precise and controlled bass ensures that you can enjoy high-quality sound without disturbing your neighbors, making it an excellent choice for apartments and other shared living spaces. Whether you are an audiophile who loves every nuance of your music, a gamer needing clear, undistorted bass, the S6 is tailored to meet these needs without overwhelming the space.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The S8 is tailored for larger, floor-based setups and is ideal for standalone houses and non-shared living spaces where there is more room to fill. Its powerful, down-firing woofer is perfect for sounds where deep, impactful bass is desired. The S8 excels in delivering room-filling bass that enhances any genre, making it a great choice for more immersive audio experiences. If you have a dedicated media room or an open-plan living space, the S8’s ability to produce powerful, room-shaking bass will transform your listening experience.
    
    Audio Quality
    
    Audioengine S6
    
    The Audioengine S6 excels in delivering tight, controlled bass with precision and clarity. Its sealed design ensures minimal distortion, making it ideal for critical listening scenarios. With a 210W Class D amplifier and a 6″ long-throw woofer, the S6 offers a frequency response of 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB, providing a rich and full listening experience. The Class D amplifier is efficient and powerful, providing ample power for the woofer without generating excessive heat. This efficiency helps maintain high audio quality by minimizing power loss and ensuring that the woofer can deliver consistent, clean sound even at higher volumes.
    
    Audioengine S8
    
    The Audioengine S8 offers deep, room-filling bass thanks to its ported design and 8″ custom down-firing woofer. It delivers a frequency response of 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB, ensuring it can handle very low frequencies with ease. This makes the S8 perfect for sounds that require deep, impactful bass, providing a more dynamic and immersive sound experience. The ported design allows for greater efficiency in producing low frequencies, making the bass sound more natural and less strained.
    
    Tech Specs and Features
    
    Audioengine S6
    - 210W Class D Amplifier & 6″ Long Throw Woofer: Ensures powerful yet controlled bass output.
    - Frequency Response: 33 – 132 Hz ±1.5dB: Reproduces low frequencies with high accuracy.
    - Adjustable Crossover: 40 – 130Hz: Allows for fine-tuning to optimize integration with other speakers.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Provides flexibility in placement for optimal sound quality.
    - Phase Switch and Volume Control: Offers precise tuning for perfect integration into any audio setup.
    Audioengine S8
    - 8″ Custom Down-Firing Woofer: Delivers deeper and more impactful bass.
    - Frequency Response: 27 – 180 Hz ±1.5dB: Handles very low frequencies for a profound bass experience.
    - 3.5MM AUX & RCA Audio Inputs: Ensures compatibility with a wide range of audio sources.
    - Wireless Upgrade Available: Allows for flexible placement without compromising sound quality.
    - Auto-Sleep Power Saving Mode: Reduces power consumption when not in use, making it an eco-friendly choice.
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing between the Audioengine S6 and S8 depends on your specific needs and listening environment. Here’s our definitive quick guide to help you decide which subwoofer is right for your situation:
    
    For Urban Living Environments
    
    If you live in an urban setting with shared walls or limited space, the Audioengine S6 is the perfect choice. Its compact size and front-firing design make it ideal for placing on desks, bookshelves, or other elevated locations. The S6 provides tight, controlled bass that won’t disturb your neighbors, making it perfect for apartments or smaller rooms. Its precision and clarity ensure that you enjoy high-quality sound without overwhelming your living space.
    
    For Homes with No Shared Walls
    
    For those living in houses with no shared walls and more space to fill, the Audioengine S8 is the perfect option. Its larger size and down-firing woofer are designed to deliver deep, impactful bass that can fill larger rooms. The S8 is ideal for home theaters, living rooms, or any setup where you can enjoy powerful bass without worrying about disturbing others. Its ability to produce room-filling bass makes it perfect for creating an immersive audio experience in spacious environments.
    
    The S6 and S8 models focus on music, ensuring that every note and beat is reproduced with clarity and depth. Their superior bass performance enhances the music listening experience, providing an exceptional audio experience for music enthusiasts. Both models offer wireless options, providing the freedom to place your subwoofer in the acoustically optimal position, ensuring an audio experience that meets your highest expectations. By focusing on the specific features and benefits of each model, this comparison provides a clear, detailed view to help potential buyers make an informed decision.
- Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
  - Speaker Setup – How to break in new speakers.
    
    So you just got your brand new Audioengine speakers and you’re ready to pull them out of the box and get them set up so you can start rocking out.
    
    Straight out of the box, your speakers should sound great, but what if your speaker setup could sound better with time?
    
    One thing that you can easily do to make that new speaker setup sound top-notch is a thing called “break-in” and it’s actually really simple.
    
    So why would you want to break the speakers in?
    
    The materials we use for our speakers are quite robust, so right after manufacturing they can be a bit stiff.
    
    One way to help out with this stiffness is to break them in so that these materials, such as the rubber surrounds of the aramid fiber drivers, loosen up. As mentioned earlier, the speakers should sound great from your first listen, but after they move around a bit and loosen up you should notice smoother low end response and sweeter mids/highs.
    
    From time to time, we get asked about how to break in new speakers.
    
    The break-in period doesn’t really require anything special other than listening to music and over time your speakers will become more and more broken in.
    
    For proper break in, we generally recommend around 40 to 50 hours of at least mid-level playback before doing any critical listening. Some our customers have mentioned that they play tones or white noise while they are away, such as while they’re at work, to help the process along, but we’d recommend just listening to them normally at a medium-level during the break in period.
    
    Breaking in your new speaker setup is a simple and crucial thing to do to make your speakers sound better and open up their potential. Some things do get better with age!
    
    Audioengine – Doesn’t Your Music Deserve It?
- S6 vs S8: Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
  - Frequently Asked Subwoofer Questions
    
    Subwoofers are pivotal in enhancing the audio experience, providing the depth and richness that transform good sound systems into great ones.
    
    As part of the Audioengine lineup, the S6 and S8 subwoofers offer distinct advantages and features tailored to various listening environments. Here, we address some frequently asked questions about these two subwoofers to help you make an informed decision.
    
    #1 What Makes the Audioengine S6 and S8 Different?
    
    The Audioengine S6 and S8 are designed to cater to different needs and preferences:
    - Audioengine S6: Compact and front-firing, the S6 is ideal for desktop setups and apartment living. Its design directs sound towards the listener, minimizing disruption to neighbors and fitting seamlessly into smaller spaces. This subwoofer is perfect for enhancing desktop audio without taking up much room.
    - Audioengine S8: Larger and down-firing, the S8 excels in providing powerful, deep bass suitable for home theaters and larger rooms. Its design ensures that sound resonates throughout the room, making it a versatile choice for both music and movie enthusiasts.
    # 2 Why Do I Need a Subwoofer?
    
    Even with high-quality speakers, adding a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 can dramatically enhance your audio experience. Subwoofers handle the lower frequencies that regular speakers struggle with, adding depth and clarity to your music and movies.
    
    For example, the Audioengine A2+ Home Music System delivers excellent mid and high range sounds but pairing it with a subwoofer like the S6 or S8 brings out the full spectrum of bass frequencies, making your listening experience richer and more immersive.
    
    # 3 Are All Subwoofers Created Equal?
    
    When it comes to subwoofers, quality is paramount. Lower quality subwoofers, included with some desktop audio systems, can significantly detract from the overall listening experience.
    
    Here’s why investing in a high-quality subwoofer like the Audioengine S6 or S8 can make all the difference.
    - Precision and Clarity: High-quality subwoofers like the Audioengine S6 and S8 deliver tight, controlled bass that enhances both music and movie soundtracks. They provide clear, defined bass that complements mid and high frequencies.
    - Robust Build Quality: The S6 and S8 are built from durable materials that minimize unwanted vibrations and resonance. This ensures improved sound quality and a longer lifespan compared to cheaper subwoofers.
    - Wide Frequency Range: Both the S6 and S8 reproduce a broad range of low frequencies, providing depth and impact across various types of audio content. Lower quality subwoofers often struggle with this, resulting in a lack of depth.
    - Sufficient Power: The S6 and S8 produce ample volume and dynamic range without distortion. Lower quality subwoofers are often underpowered, leading to distortion at higher volumes.
    #4 How Should I Place My Subwoofer for Optimal Sound?
    
    Placement Tips for the S6:
    - Desk Setup: Place the S6 on your desk or a dedicated stand to keep the bass directed towards your ears. This front-firing design ensures the sound reaches you directly without spreading through floors or walls.
    - Room Positioning: Position the S6 near your primary listening area but avoid corners and walls to prevent muddy sound.
    Placement Tips for the S8:
    - Larger Spaces: The S8 can be placed on the floor in larger rooms to fill the space with deep bass. Its down-firing design allows sound waves to resonate off the floor, enhancing the overall audio experience.
    - Subwoofer Crawl Technique: For the best placement, use the subwoofer crawl method. Place the S8 in your usual listening spot, play bass-heavy music, and move around the room to find where the bass sounds best. This spot is where you should place your subwoofer for optimal performance.
    #5 Should I Choose a Sealed or Ported Subwoofer?
    - Sealed Subwoofers: The S6, with its sealed design, offers tighter and more precise bass. This makes it ideal for genres like jazz or acoustic music, where detail and clarity are paramount.
    - Ported Subwoofers: The S8 features a ported design that produces deeper and more impactful bass, suitable for energetic genres like rock and EDM. It’s perfect for larger spaces where you want the bass to be felt as well as heard.
    #6 What is an Adjustable Crossover and Why is it Important?
    
    An adjustable crossover allows you to control which frequencies are sent to your subwoofer and which are sent to your speakers. This ensures that the subwoofer handles only the low-end frequencies, allowing your speakers to deliver clearer highs and mids. Both the S6 and S8 feature adjustable crossovers, enabling you to fine-tune your audio setup for the best performance.
    
    #7 How Do I Connect My Subwoofer to My System?
    
    Both the S6 and S8 can be connected to your home music system through various methods:
    - Wired Connection: Provides a stable and continuous sound quality. It’s ideal for setups where the subwoofer will remain in a fixed position.
    - Wireless Connection: Using adapters like Audioengine’s W3, you can convert a wired subwoofer into a wireless unit, offering more flexibility in placement and reducing cable clutter.
    #8 Are Front-Firing Subwoofers Better for Desktop Setups?
    
    Yes, front-firing subwoofers like the S6 are specifically designed for desktop setups. They direct sound towards the listener, making them ideal for close-proximity listening environments like a home office or gaming station. This design ensures that you experience the full impact of the bass without disturbing adjacent rooms or neighbors.
    
    Conclusion
    
    Choosing the right subwoofer depends on your specific needs and listening environment. The Audioengine S6 is perfect for compact spaces and desktop setups, offering precise bass in a neighbor-friendly package. The S8, on the other hand, excels in larger rooms and home theater setups, delivering powerful and resonant bass that can transform your listening experience.
    
    Whether you’re enhancing a home music system or creating a full home theater, understanding the features and benefits of the S6 and S8 will help you make the right choice. Both subwoofers embody Audioengine’s commitment to quality and superior sound, ensuring that every note and beat is delivered with clarity and depth. Upgrade your audio experience today with the S6 or S8 and discover the difference a high-quality subwoofer can make.
- How to Clean Your Audioengine Home Music System
  - 1. Turn Off and Unplug:
    - Make sure your system is turned off and unplugged.
    2. Dust the Surfaces:
    - Use a soft, dry cloth to wipe away dust.
    - For hard-to-reach places, use a soft brush or a can of compressed air.
    3. Wipe Down the Exterior:
    - We do not recommend using any solvents
    - If cleaning off stains or build-up is necessary, we recommend doing so with a very small amount of mild cleaning solution applied only to the affected area, followed by quickly wiping the area dry completely.
    - Any scoured pads or objects like a ‘magic eraser’ too easily run the risk of removing sealers and top coats of the painted finish that can leave a clearly visible change in the uniformity of the paint/finish
    4. Clean the Speaker Grills:
    - The speaker grills can be gently cleaned with a vacuum, preferably using a soft bush attachment.
    - A lint roller can also be used.
    5. Clean Buttons and Knobs:
    - A dry cloth is recommend for cleaning any knobs, buttons or other surfaces
    - Be careful not to let water get into any gaps.
    6. Clean Ports and Connections:
    - Use compressed air to blow out dust from ports and connections.
    7. Let Everything Dry:
    - Make sure everything is completely dry before plugging back in and turning on.
    8. Regular Cleaning:
    - Dust your system regularly to keep it in good shape.
    By following these steps, you can keep your Audioengine system clean and working well.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- S6 Size: What is the dimensions of the S6?
  - The S6 is dimensions are 10″H x 8.7″W x 10″D
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Can I connect the S6 to my powered speakers?
  - Yes! As long as your speakers have an analog output (either RCA outputs or a 3.5mm stereo mini output), you can absolutely connect the S6 to your powered speakers. With the exception of the B2, all of our powered speakers will have the outputs needed to connect the S6, this includes the original A2 and A5 models. You can simply use RCA cables to connect the S6 to the A2+, HD3, HD4, A5+, A5+Wireless, and HD6 speaker models. For the A1 and A1-MR speakers, you can use one side of your stereo RCA cables. Just use the left/white RCA cable, and leave the red RCA disconnected to prevent an accidental ground loop. ** Please note: a 3.5mm/stereo mini cable will not work with the ‘Subwoofer’ output on the back of your A1/A1-MR speakers. **
- Can the S6 subwoofer be made wireless?
  - Yes! You’d just need a wireless adapter like our W3 Wireless Adapter.
- How do I control the volume of my S6 subwoofer? Do I have to reach behind the S6 each time I want to raise or lower the volume?
  - Most Audioengine powered speakers have variable RCA outputs for use with a subwoofer like the S6 (the exceptions being the B2 and the 512). This means that the output of the speakers and the RCA output will go up and down together. So once you dial in the volume of your S6, you should be able to adjust the volume from the speakers, or your source device. Either way the subwoofer and speakers should stay in balance as the volume is raised and lowered.
- Does the crossover on the S6 adjust the frequencies played by speakers connected to the RCA line output?
  - The S6’s crossover is a variable low-pass filter, and will not adjust the audio for the RCA output connection. This is a full range line level output.
DAC3 Headphone Amplifier
- Audioengine D1 vs D1P and DAC3: Reviews from Top Publications
  - Audioengine D1, D1P and DAC3 Reviews from Top Publications
    
    What are the differences?
    
    The Audioengine D1, D1P, and DAC3 each offer a distinct approach to enhancing your music. The D1 is a classic choice for desktop setups, transforming ordinary computer audio into something rich and clear. It’s designed for those who want to elevate their home listening without the hassle of complex equipment.
    
    The D1P takes the D1’s strengths and packs them into a more portable form. It’s ideal for those who need high-quality sound on the go, without sacrificing performance. The D1P’s compact size makes it easy to carry, but its sound remains powerful and precise.
    
    Then there’s the DAC3, the most advanced of the three. It delivers studio-quality sound in a sleek, portable package, perfect for those who demand the best audio performance no matter where they are. The DAC3 is versatile, connecting easily to modern devices while ensuring every note is captured with perfect clarity.
    
    Each model serves a purpose, whether you’re setting up at home, traveling, or simply wanting the best sound possible. Audioengine has designed these DACs to meet the needs of every listener, ensuring that your music always sounds its best.
    
    On this collection page you’ll find detailed reviews from industry experts and major publications that applaud Audioengine’s D1, D1P, and DAC3.
    
    These reviews collectively affirm the top-tier performance and reliability of our digital-to-analog converters and headphone amplifiers. Each piece is celebrated for its precision engineering and outstanding audio fidelity, offering users an unrivaled listening experience.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/C0rt9IiLBxM
    
    Audioengine D1 vs. D1P: Key Differences
    
    The Audioengine D1 and D1P are both 32-bit digital-to-analog converters designed for outstanding audio performance, but they cater to different preferences and use cases.
    
    Audioengine D1 is equipped with the PCM5102 DAC chip, making it a robust choice for desktop audio setups. It features USB and S/PDIF optical inputs and provides outputs for headphones and powered speakers. This makes the D1 an ideal solution for users looking to enhance their home audio systems.
    
    On the other hand, the Audioengine D1P is built for portability without compromising sound quality. It features the ESS ES9219C DAC chip, supports high-resolution audio formats, and offers MQA rendering. The D1P includes a toggle switch for easy switching between headphone and line-out modes and is powered via USB-C, ensuring compatibility with various modern devices like laptops and smartphones. This makes the D1P a versatile choice for audiophiles who seek premium sound quality in a compact design.
    
    By offering features tailored to different applications, both the Audioengine D1 and D1P maintain the brand’s commitment to providing high-fidelity audio solutions, whether at home or on the go.
    
    Audioengine D1P Professional Review:
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/8o3b1S0GF2Q?si=YrLFkap-9CL2y8Zl
    
    NEW Audioengine D1P DAC and Headphone Amplifier
    
    For those demanding the best sound quality, the D1P enhances music streaming to high-fidelity, exceeding the capabilities of traditional audio equipment.
    
    It bypasses the limitations of standard device sound cards, ensuring that your favorite tracks from platforms like Tidal, Apple Music, or Spotify are delivered in studio-level quality. Supporting high-resolution audio formats — including PCM up to 32bit 384KHz, DSD up to 256, and MQA files — the D1P allows you to immerse yourself in the full depth of your music, unveiling every note with clarity and detail.
    
    Audioengine DAC3 and Headphone Amplifier
    
    Professional Review by The Honest Audiophile
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/qFKbLYB4nxM
    
    More Professional Reviews:
    
    Best DAC and Headphone Amplifier of 2024: Audioengine D1
    
    C-Tech by CalCalist
    
    “The D1 by Audioengine has been honored as the “Best DAC and Headphone Amplifier of 2024″ by C-Tech by CalCalist. This prestigious accolade highlights our dedication to excellence and innovation in audio technology. The D1 is praised for its superior sound quality and advanced features, making it the preferred choice for audiophiles seeking the ultimate in audio performance and convenience.”
    
    Audioengine HD3 – Hi-Fi Stereo Desktop Speakers w/ Built-in 10K OHM Headphone Amplifier
    
    Reddit R/Headphones
    
    “The HD3 features a PCM5102 DAC and a OPA2134 headphone amp that’s separate from the main speaker amp…The 3.5 mm headphone output does exactly what it’s supposed to do: power your headphones without coloring the sound.
    
    There was no noticable hiss or distortion at either end of the volume range. All you get is clean power with no coloration.
    
    At $399 — $319 refurb — the HD3 is an awesome value that rolls 2 channel powered speakers, a DAC, a headphone amp, and Bluetooth receiver all into compact and attractive package.”
- Dac3 General Specifications
  - DAC type
    
    USB
    
    Input
    
    USB audio
    
    D/A converter
    
    ESS ES9281A PRO
    
    USB transfer mode
    
    Asynchronous dual clock
    
    USB device class
    
    Type 1.1 or above
    
    Input bit depth
    
    32 bit
    
    Input sample rate
    
    44.1kHz-96kHz native playback
    
    188.2kHz & 192kHz re-sampled to 96kHz
    
    Output
    
    Analog 3.5mm mini-jack stereo
    
    Full-scale output level
    
    2.0V RMS
    
    Output impedance
    
    2 ohms
    
    Recommended headphone impedance range
    
    12 ohms to 10K ohms
    
    Headphone amplifier
    
    LME49726
    
    Frequency response
    
    10Hz-25KHz (+/- 0.5dB)
    
    SNR
    
    >116dB
    
    THD+N
    
    (1kHz FS 96kS/s) <0.002%
    
    Crosstalk
    
    -110dB
    
    Power requirement
    
    USB 5V DC, 200mA
    
    USB power filtering
    
    2-stage redundant regulation
    
    Product dimensions
    
    1.9” (48mm) ×0.6” (15mm) ×0.375″ (10MM)
    
    Shipping weight
    
    1.0lbs (0.5kg)
    
    Environmental
    
    Operating Temperature: 32 to 95 degrees F
    
    Non-operating Temp: -4 to 113 degrees F
    
    Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
    
    Included accessories
    
    Lightning to USB-C and USB-C cables
    
    Setup guide
    
    DAC3 Internal Converter
    
    The heart of the DAC3 is the ES9281A PRO DAC, which is well-regarded for its low noise and high fidelity. Due to the high signal-to-noise specs of the ES9281A PRO and the added benefit of double redundancy power source conversion and filtering, the DAC3 presents impressive low noise and low distortion characteristics. The DAC3 can process digital audio at any bit depth up to 32 bits and any sample rate up to 192kHz. DAC3 pads (upsampled) all bit depths internally to 32-bits, thus achieving a higher signal-to-noise ratio.
    
    DAC3 Headphone Amplifier
    
    The DAC3 contains a high-performance headphone amplifier based on the LME49726 low-noise opamp. This amp is able to provide low-impedance, high-fidelity audio and a 2-volt output which easily drives a wide range of headphones, satisfying even the most demanding headphone enthusiasts. The DAC3’s relay-controlled stereo output can also be connected to any system with an analog audio input, such as Audioengine powered speakers.
    
    DAC3 Power
    
    The DAC3 is powered directly from the USB bus and power is passed through two stages of regulation to ensure no USB bus power variations affect the audio quality. This low-noise, low-ripple power supply is located on a separate circuit board for extra isolation and thermal management.
    
    DAC3 Volume Control
    
    Volume for headphones and line-out is controlled directly from the DAC3 side panel. Smoothly adjust volume levels at fine increments without any undesirable noise or channel imbalance at lower volumes.
- My Sample Rate indicator light on my DAC3 / D1P is staying the same color, regardless of my audio track’s sample rate. How do I fix this?
  - Using Third-Party Software
    1. Audirvana:
      
      Audirvana is a high-quality audio player for macOS that automatically switches the sample rate to match the source audio.
      
      It provides a direct mode that bypasses macOS’s audio processing, allowing for bit-perfect playback.
      
      To use Audirvana:
      
      Download and install Audirvana from the official website.
      
      Open Audirvana and go to the preferences.
      
      Ensure the option to automatically adjust the sample rate is enabled.
    2. Roon:
      
      Roon is another powerful music player and library manager that supports automatic sample rate switching.
      
      It offers advanced features for managing your music collection and provides high-quality playback.
      
      To use Roon:
      
      Download and install Roon from the official website.
      
      Open Roon and go to the settings.
      
      In the audio settings, configure your DAC as a zone and ensure it is set to automatically adjust the sample rate.
    3. BitPerfect:
      
      BitPerfect is a simple and affordable app that integrates with iTunes (Music app) to ensure bit-perfect playback, including automatic sample rate switching.
      
      To use BitPerfect:
      
      Download and install BitPerfect from the Mac App Store.
      
      Open BitPerfect and configure it to work with your preferred audio output device.
      
      Ensure that automatic sample rate switching is enabled in the settings.
    For Windows
    
    To configure your Windows PC to automatically switch the indicator color on your D1P or DAC3 based on the sample rate of the audio file being played, you can use specialized audio playback software that supports this feature. Here are a few options:
    
    Using foobar2000 with WASAPI or ASIO Plugins
    
    foobar2000 is a popular and highly customizable audio player for Windows that can be configured to use WASAPI or ASIO for bit-perfect playback, which allows automatic sample rate switching.
    1. Download and Install foobar2000:
      
      You can download foobar2000 from the official website.
    2. Install WASAPI or ASIO Plugin:
      
      Download the WASAPI component or ASIO component from the foobar2000 components page.
      
      Install the component by dragging the downloaded file into the foobar2000 Components window (File > Preferences > Components).
    3. Configure Output:
      
      Go to File > Preferences > Playback > Output.
      
      Select your DAC under the WASAPI or ASIO output device.
    4. Enable Bit-Perfect Playback:
      
      Ensure that your DAC is set to “Event” or “Push” mode (for WASAPI) or the correct ASIO driver.
      
      This configuration will allow foobar2000 to automatically switch the sample rate based on the source material.
    Using JRiver Media Center
    
    JRiver Media Center is another powerful media player that supports automatic sample rate switching.
    1. Download and Install JRiver Media Center:
      
      You can download JRiver Media Center from the official website.
    2. Configure Output Mode:
      
      Go to Tools > Options > Audio.
      
      Select your DAC as the audio device.
      
      Under Settings, choose “WASAPI” or “ASIO” as the output mode.
    3. Set Automatic Sample Rate Switching:
      
      In the Audio settings, go to “DSP & output format”.
      
      Ensure “Output Format” is checked, then set the sample rate to “Source Sample Rate” or “No Change” to enable automatic switching based on the source file.
    Using Roon
    
    Roon is a premium music player with extensive support for high-resolution audio and automatic sample rate switching.
    1. Download and Install Roon:
      
      You can download Roon from the official website.
    2. Configure Audio Device:
      
      Go to Settings > Audio.
      
      Enable your DAC as an output device.
    3. Set Up Playback:
      
      Ensure that the sample rate conversion settings are set to “Source Sample Rate” to allow Roon to automatically adjust the sample rate.
    Using specialized audio playback software like foobar2000, JRiver Media Center, or Roon can help you achieve automatic sample rate switching on your Windows PC, allowing your DAC to read and display the correct sample rate based on the audio file being played. These applications provide bit-perfect playback and ensure that your DAC receives the correct sample rate without manual configuration.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Why does the light on the DAC3 light up when first connected to my phone but then turn off?
  - If you do not have headphones connected to the DAC3, the LED light will turn off after cycling through ‘Blue/Green/Red’. This is an intended feature to help save device power when headphones are unplugged.
- What DAC chip does the DAC3 use?
  - The DAC3 uses the ES9281A PRO DAC chipset
- Will my device be sufficient to power the DAC3?
  - The DAC3 only needs 200mA USB power to work, which most all modern source devices are capable of.
- A hum or buzzing sound can be heard.
  - Verify that the audio cable from the D3 is plugged in and in working order.
- I am playing HD files or streams but the DAC3 HD indicator LED is not illuminated.
  - Verify that the sample rate selection in your computer’s OS is set correctly. Your OS’s output settings will determine the color of the LED on the DAC3 — not the specific file being played.
- Only one channel plays music.
  - Check the cables between DAC3 and your headphones or sound system. Also check your audio player and OS audio controls to ensure that the audio balance is centered as well.
- The output level from the DAC3 is low.
  - Please check that the volume control on your phone/tablet/computer is up and at a good level; 75% should be a good level. Also try adjusting the volume on the DAC3 as well.
- My DAC3 is connected as shown, but there is no music output.
  - 1. Verify that one of the included cables is completely plugged into the DAC3 and your source device.
    2. Also verify that a 3.5mm mini-jack is firmly plugged in.
    3. Try disconnecting and reconnecting both the USB and 3.5mm cable.
    4. You will see an LED light confirming the DAC3 is getting power and is connected to an output.
    5. Check the volume level on your source.
    6. If connected to a computer, verify that the DAC3 is recognized and the active output device.
    7. Try restarting your computer.
    If none of the above helps resolve your issue, please contact our Support Team for additional assistance.
- Does DAC3 support MQA files?
  - Yes! DAC3 offers broad support for standard hi-res audio formats including MQA, PCM and DSD.
- Will DAC3 work with lower impedance headphones such as my Beyerdynamic DT-990 and Hifiman HE500?
  - DAC3 can easily drive wired headphones with impedances of 12 ohms or higher.
- Can I use the DAC3 with an Apple iPhone or iPad?
  - Yes! All you would need to do is connect your iOS device to the DAC3 using the included Lightning to USB-C cable.
- How easy is it to set up the DAC3?
  - To get things up and running only takes 3 simple steps. You would just need to first connect the included USB-C cable from your device’s USB port to the DAC3; then you’ll need to connect the mini-jack output of your DAC3 to headphones, or any audio input of your powered speakers, stereo system, etc. Next, if using a Mac, you will need to go to System Preferences/Sound, and select “Audioengine DAC3”; if you’re using a PC, no setting changes are needed as the computer will automatically find the USB driver. Finally, you’ll just need to adjust the volume on your device and DAC3 to medium and you’re ready to play music from iTunes or your favorite media player and that’s it! Setup really is that easy!
- Can I connect the DAC3 to my Android device?
  - The DAC3 will work with Android or any device that can operate as a USB-C host, can provide enough power via USB, and includes generic drivers for standard USB audio playback. A device with Android 5.0 or later should have both USB host mode and native plug-and-play functionality for USB audio, so you could connect the two together using the included USB-C cable.
- How can the DAC3 external computer DAC improve my music?
  - The DAC3 is essentially a very high-end external sound card. Its components and implementation of those components make it more capable than what might be built into a computer, not to mention the benefit of moving those sensitive components outside and away from the potentially noisy interior of your computer. All of this means the signal your speakers or wired headphones receive will be clearer, with a lower noise-floor, and with a more pronounced dynamic range over your internal sound card.
- How powerful is the headphone amp in the DAC3? Will it drive my headphones?
  - The DAC3 includes a headphone amplifier based on the ES9281A PRO Ultra DAC delivers 32-bit precision, high dynamic range and ultra low distortion. This headphone amp is able to provide low-impedance, high-fidelity audio to a wide range of wired headphones.
- Are firmware updates or driver downloads needed for my Audioengine product?
  - No, there are no firmware updates or special drivers needed unless you own our A1-MR multi-room speakers or our B-Fi multi-room wireless streaming device. If a firmware update is released for the A1-MR or the B-Fi, you will be notified of the update the next time you open the Audioengine Control App. If an update is needed, simply click “update” on the DEVICES page next to the product that needs to have the firmware update applied. The app will handle the rest of the process from there! Standard plug-n-play drivers that are provided by your computer’s OS are utilized when using the USB input on our A2+, HD3, and HD4 speaker models. And all of our Bluetooth speakers/products are compatible with any device that supports Bluetooth, and the A2DP profile for streaming stereo audio. This includes most smartphones, tablets, and computers. For computers that don’t include Bluetooth support out of the box, you can simply add a USB Bluetooth adapter.
D1P Headphone Amplifier & DAC
- AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt VS Audioengine D1P Portable DAC
  - Table of Contents:
    - Introduction
    - Main Differences Between Audioengine D1P and AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt
    - Key Specifications
    - Key Features
    - Overall Design
    - Playback Capabilities
    - Other Noteworthy Features
    - Reliability
    - Pros and Cons
    Introduction
    
    In the world of high-quality audio playback, digital-to-analog converters (DACs) play a crucial role in transforming digital audio signals into a format that can be appreciated by audiophiles and casual listeners alike. Audioengine’s D1P and AudioQuest’s DragonFly Cobalt are two standout DACs that offer unique features and capabilities. This analysis will delve into a detailed comparison of these two devices, highlighting their strengths and differences.
    
    Audioengine D1P and AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt
    
    The Audioengine D1P builds on the legacy of its predecessor, the D1, offering a lightweight and compact form factor with enhanced audio performance thanks to its ESS Sabre DAC chip. It is designed for versatility with a convenient toggle switch to easily swap between your headphones and speakers.
    
    Conversely, the DragonFly Cobalt by AudioQuest focuses on portability and compatibility, featuring a high-performance ESS Sabre digital-to-analog conversion chip and a variety of connectivity options for mobile and desktop devices.
    
    Key Specifications
    
    Audioengine D1P Digital to Analog Converter:
    - ESS Sabre ES9219C 32-bit/384kHz DAC chip
    - Supported sample rates: PCM up to 32-bit/384kHz, DSD up to 11.2 MHz
    - Connectivity: USB-C, Optical, 3.5mm output, RCA output
    - No battery required; powered by USB
    - Dimensions: 3″W x 1″H x 2-1/2″D; Weight: 0.85 lbs.
    AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt:
    - 32-bit ESS Sabre ES9038Q2M DAC chip
    - Supported sample rates: PCM up to 96kHz
    - Connectivity: USB, 3.5mm output
    - Powered by USB connection
    - Dimensions: 3/4″W x 1/2″H x 2-1/4″D
    Key Features
    - Audioengine D1P: Offers a wide range of audio format support, including AAC, FLAC, and MQA, with a variety of connectivity options for flexibility in setup. It also includes an onboard volume knob and a sampling rate indicator.
    - AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt: Known for its compatibility with a wide array of devices, including Windows and Mac computers, iPhones, iPads, and some Android devices. It offers a compact and durable design, with a simple plug-and-play operation.
    Overall Design
    
    The D1P continues Audioengine’s tradition of high-quality, aesthetically pleasing designs with its compact and lightweight form factor. It is designed to be the perfect audio companion for both office and home environments.
    
    The DragonFly Cobalt features a durable metal construction with a blue hardshell finish, emphasizing portability and durability for on-the-go use.
    
    Playback Capabilities
    
    Both DACs excel in their playback capabilities, with the D1P leveraging the power of the ESS Sabre DAC chip for detailed and nuanced sound across all types of headphones. The DragonFly Cobalt, with its ESS Sabre digital-to-analog conversion chip and high-performance headphone amplifier, offers dynamic and nuanced sound quality.
    
    Other Noteworthy Features
    - Audioengine D1P: Supports hi-fi quality audio rendering, including MQA and FLAC, a USB-C and Lightning adapter for universal phone connectivity, optical digital input for TV and home theater connections, and an industry-leading 3-year warranty.
    - AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt: Offers increased processing speed and efficiency, rendering for MQA audio files, and comes with a variety of adapters for connectivity with different devices.
    Reliability
    - Audioengine D1P: Known for its durability and backed by a 3-year warranty, offering peace of mind for consumers.
    - AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt: Comes with a 1-year warranty and is praised for its build quality and reliable performance.
    Pros and Cons
    
    Audioengine D1P:
    - Pros: Supports a wide range of audio formats with bitrates up to 32bit, inclduing MQA, FLAC and AAC, versatile connectivity, durable proven design based on the Audioengine D1, 3-year warranty.
    AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt:
    - Pros: Compact and portable, compatible with many devices, easy plug-and-play operation.
    - Cons: Limited to 96kHz PCM, requires additional adapters for some connections.
    Why Digital Audio Quality Matters
    
    Understanding the essence of high-quality components in a DAC reveals why Audioengine’s D1P excels. It’s not just about hearing music; it’s about experiencing it in its fullest, with every note and nuance captured exactly as created in the studio. Visit our blog about digital and analog audio to learn more.
    
    The Company Behind the Sound
    
    Audioengine, founded in 2005, stands as a testament to American innovation in audio technology. With a focus on customer satisfaction, they provide US-based phone support, fast and free shipping, and a commitment to quality that’s hard to beat.
    
    Why Audioengine D1P Stands Out
    
    With its hi-fi audio quality and robust 3-year warranty, the D1P not only meets but exceeds expectations. It represents the culmination of Audioengine’s dedication to creating products that deliver music the way it was meant to be heard.
    
    As an American company with deep roots in innovation, Audioengine ensures each customer feels valued with US-based support and fast, free shipping.
    
    In conclusion, while the AudioQuest DragonFly Cobalt offers a pathway to enhanced audio, the Audioengine D1P leads to the destination of audio perfection. It’s more than a DAC; it’s a gateway to experiencing music in its purest form, making it the clear choice for audiophiles and casual listeners alike seeking the ultimate sound experience.
- Audioengine D1 vs D1P and DAC3: Reviews from Top Publications
  - Audioengine D1, D1P and DAC3 Reviews from Top Publications
    
    What are the differences?
    
    The Audioengine D1, D1P, and DAC3 each offer a distinct approach to enhancing your music. The D1 is a classic choice for desktop setups, transforming ordinary computer audio into something rich and clear. It’s designed for those who want to elevate their home listening without the hassle of complex equipment.
    
    The D1P takes the D1’s strengths and packs them into a more portable form. It’s ideal for those who need high-quality sound on the go, without sacrificing performance. The D1P’s compact size makes it easy to carry, but its sound remains powerful and precise.
    
    Then there’s the DAC3, the most advanced of the three. It delivers studio-quality sound in a sleek, portable package, perfect for those who demand the best audio performance no matter where they are. The DAC3 is versatile, connecting easily to modern devices while ensuring every note is captured with perfect clarity.
    
    Each model serves a purpose, whether you’re setting up at home, traveling, or simply wanting the best sound possible. Audioengine has designed these DACs to meet the needs of every listener, ensuring that your music always sounds its best.
    
    On this collection page you’ll find detailed reviews from industry experts and major publications that applaud Audioengine’s D1, D1P, and DAC3.
    
    These reviews collectively affirm the top-tier performance and reliability of our digital-to-analog converters and headphone amplifiers. Each piece is celebrated for its precision engineering and outstanding audio fidelity, offering users an unrivaled listening experience.
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/C0rt9IiLBxM
    
    Audioengine D1 vs. D1P: Key Differences
    
    The Audioengine D1 and D1P are both 32-bit digital-to-analog converters designed for outstanding audio performance, but they cater to different preferences and use cases.
    
    Audioengine D1 is equipped with the PCM5102 DAC chip, making it a robust choice for desktop audio setups. It features USB and S/PDIF optical inputs and provides outputs for headphones and powered speakers. This makes the D1 an ideal solution for users looking to enhance their home audio systems.
    
    On the other hand, the Audioengine D1P is built for portability without compromising sound quality. It features the ESS ES9219C DAC chip, supports high-resolution audio formats, and offers MQA rendering. The D1P includes a toggle switch for easy switching between headphone and line-out modes and is powered via USB-C, ensuring compatibility with various modern devices like laptops and smartphones. This makes the D1P a versatile choice for audiophiles who seek premium sound quality in a compact design.
    
    By offering features tailored to different applications, both the Audioengine D1 and D1P maintain the brand’s commitment to providing high-fidelity audio solutions, whether at home or on the go.
    
    Audioengine D1P Professional Review:
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/8o3b1S0GF2Q?si=YrLFkap-9CL2y8Zl
    
    NEW Audioengine D1P DAC and Headphone Amplifier
    
    For those demanding the best sound quality, the D1P enhances music streaming to high-fidelity, exceeding the capabilities of traditional audio equipment.
    
    It bypasses the limitations of standard device sound cards, ensuring that your favorite tracks from platforms like Tidal, Apple Music, or Spotify are delivered in studio-level quality. Supporting high-resolution audio formats — including PCM up to 32bit 384KHz, DSD up to 256, and MQA files — the D1P allows you to immerse yourself in the full depth of your music, unveiling every note with clarity and detail.
    
    Audioengine DAC3 and Headphone Amplifier
    
    Professional Review by The Honest Audiophile
    
    https://www.youtube.com/embed/qFKbLYB4nxM
    
    More Professional Reviews:
    
    Best DAC and Headphone Amplifier of 2024: Audioengine D1
    
    C-Tech by CalCalist
    
    “The D1 by Audioengine has been honored as the “Best DAC and Headphone Amplifier of 2024″ by C-Tech by CalCalist. This prestigious accolade highlights our dedication to excellence and innovation in audio technology. The D1 is praised for its superior sound quality and advanced features, making it the preferred choice for audiophiles seeking the ultimate in audio performance and convenience.”
    
    Audioengine HD3 – Hi-Fi Stereo Desktop Speakers w/ Built-in 10K OHM Headphone Amplifier
    
    Reddit R/Headphones
    
    “The HD3 features a PCM5102 DAC and a OPA2134 headphone amp that’s separate from the main speaker amp…The 3.5 mm headphone output does exactly what it’s supposed to do: power your headphones without coloring the sound.
    
    There was no noticable hiss or distortion at either end of the volume range. All you get is clean power with no coloration.
    
    At $399 — $319 refurb — the HD3 is an awesome value that rolls 2 channel powered speakers, a DAC, a headphone amp, and Bluetooth receiver all into compact and attractive package.”
- D1P General specifications
  - DAC Chip:
    
    SA9312+ES9219C
    
    Input bit depth:
    
    Up to 32 bits
    
    Input sample rate (USB):
    
    PCM Max. 32bit 384KHz, Max 24bit 192KHz
    
    DSD Support:
    
    DSD 64, 128 (DOP), DSD 256 (Native)
    
    MQA Rerender:
    
    8X
    
    USB device class:
    
    UAC 2.0
    
    Inputs:
    
    USB Type-C
    
    S/PDIF Optical (Max 24bit 192KHz)
    
    Toggle Switch for input selection
    
    Outputs:
    
    Standard 3.5mm headphone port for headphones and headsets
    
    RCA
    
    SPDIF
    
    Full-scale output level:
    
    Max. 2.05Vrms @ 10K default
    
    Output impedance:
    
    <0.5R @ Headphone, 47R @ RCA
    
    Recommended headphone impedance range:
    
    10 Ohms ~ 600 Ohms
    
    Frequency Response:
    
    20Hz-40KHz +/-0.1dB
    
    Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR):
    
    121dB (10K）
    
    Power Requirement:
    
    USB 5V DC
    
    Consumption:
    
    ~102mA (normal), ~121mA (with pink noise at 50% volume, 32bit 384Khz)
    
    Indicators:
    - White: power/connected
    - Green: PCM 88.2-192kHz / DSD64
    - Blue: PCM 352.8-384kHz / DSD128
    - Purple: MQA
    - Green: Optical
    Product dimensions
    
    3.0″ (7.62 cm) x 2.5″ (6.35 cm) x 1″ (2.5 cm)
    
    Shipping weight
    13.7 oz (0.39kg)
    
    Environmental
    Operating Temperature: 32 to 95 degrees F
    Non-operating Temp: -4 to 113 degrees F
    Relative Humidity: 5% to 95% non-condensing
    
    Included Accessories:
    - USB-C cable
    - Lighning Cable
    - Setup guide
    - Microfiber bag
- My Sample Rate indicator light on my DAC3 / D1P is staying the same color, regardless of my audio track’s sample rate. How do I fix this?
  - Using Third-Party Software
    1. Audirvana:
      
      Audirvana is a high-quality audio player for macOS that automatically switches the sample rate to match the source audio.
      
      It provides a direct mode that bypasses macOS’s audio processing, allowing for bit-perfect playback.
      
      To use Audirvana:
      
      Download and install Audirvana from the official website.
      
      Open Audirvana and go to the preferences.
      
      Ensure the option to automatically adjust the sample rate is enabled.
    2. Roon:
      
      Roon is another powerful music player and library manager that supports automatic sample rate switching.
      
      It offers advanced features for managing your music collection and provides high-quality playback.
      
      To use Roon:
      
      Download and install Roon from the official website.
      
      Open Roon and go to the settings.
      
      In the audio settings, configure your DAC as a zone and ensure it is set to automatically adjust the sample rate.
    3. BitPerfect:
      
      BitPerfect is a simple and affordable app that integrates with iTunes (Music app) to ensure bit-perfect playback, including automatic sample rate switching.
      
      To use BitPerfect:
      
      Download and install BitPerfect from the Mac App Store.
      
      Open BitPerfect and configure it to work with your preferred audio output device.
      
      Ensure that automatic sample rate switching is enabled in the settings.
    For Windows
    
    To configure your Windows PC to automatically switch the indicator color on your D1P or DAC3 based on the sample rate of the audio file being played, you can use specialized audio playback software that supports this feature. Here are a few options:
    
    Using foobar2000 with WASAPI or ASIO Plugins
    
    foobar2000 is a popular and highly customizable audio player for Windows that can be configured to use WASAPI or ASIO for bit-perfect playback, which allows automatic sample rate switching.
    1. Download and Install foobar2000:
      
      You can download foobar2000 from the official website.
    2. Install WASAPI or ASIO Plugin:
      
      Download the WASAPI component or ASIO component from the foobar2000 components page.
      
      Install the component by dragging the downloaded file into the foobar2000 Components window (File > Preferences > Components).
    3. Configure Output:
      
      Go to File > Preferences > Playback > Output.
      
      Select your DAC under the WASAPI or ASIO output device.
    4. Enable Bit-Perfect Playback:
      
      Ensure that your DAC is set to “Event” or “Push” mode (for WASAPI) or the correct ASIO driver.
      
      This configuration will allow foobar2000 to automatically switch the sample rate based on the source material.
    Using JRiver Media Center
    
    JRiver Media Center is another powerful media player that supports automatic sample rate switching.
    1. Download and Install JRiver Media Center:
      
      You can download JRiver Media Center from the official website.
    2. Configure Output Mode:
      
      Go to Tools > Options > Audio.
      
      Select your DAC as the audio device.
      
      Under Settings, choose “WASAPI” or “ASIO” as the output mode.
    3. Set Automatic Sample Rate Switching:
      
      In the Audio settings, go to “DSP & output format”.
      
      Ensure “Output Format” is checked, then set the sample rate to “Source Sample Rate” or “No Change” to enable automatic switching based on the source file.
    Using Roon
    
    Roon is a premium music player with extensive support for high-resolution audio and automatic sample rate switching.
    1. Download and Install Roon:
      
      You can download Roon from the official website.
    2. Configure Audio Device:
      
      Go to Settings > Audio.
      
      Enable your DAC as an output device.
    3. Set Up Playback:
      
      Ensure that the sample rate conversion settings are set to “Source Sample Rate” to allow Roon to automatically adjust the sample rate.
    Using specialized audio playback software like foobar2000, JRiver Media Center, or Roon can help you achieve automatic sample rate switching on your Windows PC, allowing your DAC to read and display the correct sample rate based on the audio file being played. These applications provide bit-perfect playback and ensure that your DAC receives the correct sample rate without manual configuration.
- How do I know if I bought from an authorized and legitimate site?
  - Audioengine operates two websites, audioenginedev.wpengine.com and audioengineeu1.wpengine.com. If you go to any other site but these, they are not an Audioengine site. For Canada, Mexico and most of Europe and the UK, we only sell through Amazon. There are also a host of authorized retailers and sites across the US, and they can be found here. For international sales, we have distributors that operate independently, and they can be found here.
    
    What happens if I buy from an authorized site claiming to be Audioengine? Unfortunately, there is not much we can do. We are taking all the action we can to make sure those sites don’t get indexed, but we recommend you work with the provider of the card you used to make payment to get your money back.
- Bluetooth won’t connect on my Mac Computer (2019 or newer). Reset the Bluetooth to determine if that is the issue.
  - Step-by-Step Guide
    1. Open Terminal:
      
      You can find Terminal in your Applications folder under Utilities, or you can use Spotlight by pressing Cmd + Space and typing “Terminal”.
    2. Execute the Command:
      
      In the Terminal window, type the following command and press Enter:
    bash
    
    Copy code
    
    sudo pkill bluetoothd
    1. Enter Your Password:
      
      After pressing Enter, you will be prompted to enter your password. Type your Mac’s administrator password and press Enter.
      
      Note that when you type your password, it won’t be displayed on the screen (not even as asterisks). Just type it and press Enter.
    By following these steps, you should be able to reset your Bluetooth service on your Mac, which can help resolve connectivity issues with your Audioengine devices or any other Bluetooth peripherals.
- I’m not able to adjust the volume with my tv remote using the Optical input?
  - All Optical audio is considered a “fixed” output, meaning volume will not attenuate from the TV remote. If you have an HD5/HD6 you can use the Audioengine remote for this. Fo
- What are the QA Stickers?
  - We take great pride in our products, and go through great lengths to ensure consistency and quality. For that reason, this item was randomly selected for an additional step of Quality Assurance.
- Do I need external power to use the D1P?
  - No external power is required. The D1P has a minimal power draw and can be powered directly by your mobile device or computer, ensuring efficient operation without significant power consumption. If you do not have a computer close by and are using the optical, any 5v DC USB power supply will work.
- What is the supported headphone impedance range for the D1P?
  - The D1P supports a wide range of headphones, from 10-600 Ohms, accommodating nearly all audiophile-grade headphones.
- If both my optical and USB inputs are connected, which one will play?
  - The D1P gives priority to the optical input over USB when dual connected.
- My headphones are plugged into the DAC but there’s no sound. What could be wrong?
  - Ensure the toggle switch is set to the headphone output and not the line out. This common step is overlooked and is crucial for directing audio correctly.
- What are the key components within the D1P?
  - Key components include a Savitech SA9312 USB, an ESS ES9219C DAC for superior audio decoding, and a Cirrus Logic CS8416 for optical input, ensuring premium performance and sound quality.
- How does the optical input function?
  - The Toslink digital optical input allows the D1P to accept PCM stereo streams from any optical source, like TVs, computers, and media servers, providing flexible and high-quality audio connectivity.
- What is the maximum sample rate/bit depth the D1P can process?
  - The D1P processes PCM digital audio up to 32 bits and a maximum sample rate of 384kHz. It also supports DSD playback up to DSD128, allowing for high-resolution audio playback.
- Can the D1P play MQA files?
  - Yes, the D1P has built-in MQA hardware to complete the final unfold of an MQA audio file, offering a crystal clear listening experience.
- What high-resolution formats does the D1P support?
  - The D1P supports MQA, FLAC, PCM, and DSD formats, ensuring it can handle a wide range of high-quality audio files for your listening pleasure.
- How does the D1P enhance audio quality compared to my computer’s internal DAC or sound card?
  - By bypassing your computer’s internal DAC or sound card, the D1P with its advanced DAC technology and custom audiophile-grade connectors delivers a more expansive and detailed soundstage, enhancing your listening experience across platforms like iTunes, TIDAL, Spotify, and Pandora.
- What types of audio input does the D1P accept?
  - The D1P accepts both USB-C and S/PDIF optical input from any device with a TOSLINK digital optical, for your digital audio sources.
- How is the D1P powered?
  - It is powered by your devices through a USB-C connection, with no need for an additional/external power source. This ensures convenient and versatile use across all your digital devices on-the-go, or from your home.
- Can the D1P drive my headphones?
  - Absolutely, the D1P is engineered to power audiophile-grade headphones effortlessly. Its robust yet portable 32-bit headphone amplifier ensures superior sound quality from even the most demanding headphones.
- What devices are compatible with the D1P?
  - The D1P works with iOS, Android, MacOS, and Windows devices, supporting any device with a USB or digital audio output, including phones, laptops, and computers.
- Why does my D1P indicator light change colors?
  - Audio formats and bitrates are shown by the color of the indicator light on the D1P
    
    White PCM 32-48kHz
    
    Green PCM 88.2-192kHz, DSD64, Optical
    
    Blue PCM 352.8-384kHz, DSD128
    
    Purple MQA Rendering
    
    *When connected to a Mac or PC, the indicator light reflects what your system sound audio output quality is set to, not the bitrate of the specific track you’re playing.